Plain Bearings PDF

Plain Bearings
Spherical plain bearings

Rod ends
Plain bushes
Thrust washers, strips
Plain Bearings
Rod ends
Plain bushes
All data have been prepared with a great deal
of care and checked for their accuracy. However,
no liability can be assumed for any incorrect or
incomplete data. We reserve the right to make
technical modifications.
Schaeffler Technologies GmbH & Co. KG

Issued: 2014, August
Reproduction in whole or in part without our

authorisation is prohibited.
Foreword
Schaeffler Technologies Schaeffler Technologies with its brands INA and FAG is a leading
worldwide supplier of rolling bearings, spherical plain bearings,
plain bearings, linear products, accessories specific to bearings and
comprehensive maintenance products and services. Schaeffler
has approximately 40 000 catalogue products manufactured as
standard, providing an extremely wide portfolio that gives secure
coverage of applications from all 60 designated industrial market
sectors.
The central factors responsible for this success are our outstanding
strength in innovation, our global focus on local customer proximity,
highly developed manufacturing methods, extremely high quality
standards in all processes and our ability to transform specific
customer requirements quickly and accurately into cost-effective
solutions. Against this background of expertise, knowledge and
experience together with our wide range of catalogue items, we see
ourselves as a high performance, customer focussed partner.
Research and development As a company looking to the future, we are especially active in
the field of research and development. The key areas in this respect
include not only research into fundamental principles, materials
technology, tribology and calculation but also extensive inspection
and test methods as well as activities to optimise manufacturing
technology. This is oriented towards ensuring the continuous devel-
opment, improvement and application of our products in the long
term.
We carry out research and development on a global basis. Our devel-
opment centres are linked with each other worldwide and are thus
in a position to exchange current information on a very short time-
scale as well as access and communicate the most recent data.
This ensures that a uniform level of knowledge and information is
available worldwide.
In addition to continued development of standard products,
we work closely in research and development activities with our
customers where specific customer solutions are required. They can
thus benefit from the best product for their application, with the
maximum possible performance capacity at a cost-effective price.
Foreword
Quality, Zero defects is our quality objective. We have matched all our
manufacturing technology, processes to this target. In addition, our many years of experience
in forming, forging, heat treatment, surface technologies, grinding,
environmental protection honing and assembly ensures that our products fulfil the required
quality level.
Ongoing quality inspections are a defined component of the manu-
facturing process. These are integrated directly as a feedback
function in the manufacturing process. This ensures that all products
continuously fulfil the same high standard of quality.
The quality of our products and processes is certified; for example,
all manufacturing facilities are certified in accordance with
DIN EN ISO 9001 and ISO/TS 16949.
With the validation and certification of our manufacturing sites,
we are taking a pioneering role in environmental protection.
All larger manufacturing sites are certified to ISO 14001 and are also
validated in accordance with the more stringent EC Eco-Management
and Audit Scheme (EMAS).
Worldwide presence Through a closely knit network of development and manufacturing

sites, sales companies and an international distribution structure,
we are represented throughout the world. This global presence
ensures effective linkage between the major markets in Europe,
India, South East Asia/Pacific Region, East Asia, North and
South America.
As a result, we have an on-site presence with service and technical
advice in close proximity to the customer.
We take orders from throughout the world and make deliveries
worldwide too. Furthermore, we support our customers worldwide
in resolving their bearing arrangement requirements, respond
to technical queries and develop specific bearing arrangement
solutions in local partnership with our customers.
Plain bearings catalogue HG 1 Catalogue HG 1, Plain Bearings, describes the product range
of spherical plain bearings and rod ends of the ELGES brand
as well as plain bushes, thrust washers and strips of the INA brand.
It incorporates the complete revision of Catalogue 238 and
Catalogue 706 as well as other products such as ELGOTEX plain
bearings.
An engineering compendium Since the introduction of the spherical plain bearing, ELGES
spherical plain bearings and ELGES rod ends have had a decisive
influence on the development and technological progress of these
precision components. This has led to extensive product innovations
and many pioneering applications only became possible due
to the know-how of the company group. Furthermore, the new
maintenance-free ELGOGLIDE bearings as spherical plain bearings
or combinations of radial, angular contact and axial bearings
continue in the tradition of this product group for state-of-the-art
engineering and economical bearing solutions.
Spherical plain bearings and Spherical plain bearings are ready-to-fit precision machine
rod ends elements. Due to the outer ring with its concave inner slideway and
the inner ring with its crowned outer slideway, they can perform
spatial adjustment motions. The bearings can support static loads
and are suitable for tilt and swivel motion. They can compensate for
shaft misalignment, are not subject to edge stresses under misalign-
ment and allow substantial manufacturing tolerances in the adjacent
construction.
Rod ends are spherical plain bearing units. They comprise a housing
and integral shank, into which a spherical plain bearing is inte-
grated, and have an external or internal thread. Rod ends are used
as connecting levers and connecting rods and as connecting
elements between cylinders and their adjacent parts in hydraulic
and pneumatic cylinders.
Spherical plain bearings and rod ends are available in numerous
designs, dimension series and versions. They have high operational
security and a long operating life. Maintenance-free versions are
available with the sliding layers ELGOGLIDE, PTFE composite and
PTFE film. Versions requiring maintenance have steel/steel or
steel/bronze sliding contact surfaces and can be easily relubricated.
Plain bushes, Plain bushes, thrust washers and strips are used not only for rotary
thrust washers and strips and oscillating motion but also for linear motion with short or long
stroke lengths. In the case of maintenance-free bearings with
the sliding material E40, lubrication is not necessary at any point
during the operating life due to the use of PTFE as a dry lubricant.
The low-maintenance bearings with the sliding material E50 receive
an initial lubrication at the start of operation. Since the sliding layer
has lubrication pockets, this initial lubrication is sufficient in most
cases.
All metal/polymer composite plain bearings are free from lead
in accordance with the End of Life Vehicles Directive, Directive
2000/53/EC as well as the Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS-II) for the
restriction of hazardous substances. They are thus environmentally
safe.
In addition to the polymer composite plain bearings with the sliding
materials E40 and E50, there are also plain bushes with ELGOGLIDE
and ELGOTEX filament wound bushes.
Current level of technology The data represent the state of current technology and manufacture
as at April 2014. They take account of the progress in rolling
bearing technology as well as the experience gained in numerous
applications.
Any data in earlier publications that do not correspond to the data
in this catalogue are therefore invalid.
Foreword
Definition This catalogue gives descriptions of standard and special bearings.

of the Attention symbol Since these are used in numerous applications, we cannot make
a judgement as to whether any malfunctions will cause harm to
persons or property.
Follow instructions It is always and fundamentally the responsibility of the designer and
user to ensure that all specifications are observed and that all
necessary information is communicated to the end user. This applies
in particular to applications in which product failure and malfunction
may constitute a hazard to human beings.
If guidelines marked with the Attention symbol are not observed,
damage or malfunctions in the product or the adjacent construction
may occur.
X-life is the premium brand of Schaeffler. Plain bearings identified

as X-life have even higher performance materials, lower coefficients
of friction and lower running-in wear than comparable bearings.
X-life bearings are described in the sections on product features and
are indicated in the dimension tables by the symbol XL.
Product ranges Special product ranges are available for specific market sectors.
for specific market sectors In addition to standard products, these include a large number
of special solutions. The range extends from simple, application-
specific bearings via complete, ready-to-fit systems to special
solutions that can be used to fulfil the most complex bearing
technology requirements with high functional security and cost-
effectiveness.
Contact our External Sales at the earliest possible stage and benefit
from the broad knowledge and considerable experience of these
specialists for your project.
medias professional medias professional, the proven selection and information system,
electronic information system presents the INA and FAG catalogue products in electronic format.
As with the printed catalogue, this gives our customers product
information on both brands in a single data source. This saves time
and gives easier handling.
medias professional is available online and in download form
in several languages, is easy to navigate and is particularly clear
thanks to the use of numerous images, diagrams and models.
There are also highly representative application examples, classified
by market sector.
Datasheets on the bearing series can be generated as PDF files.
It includes a lubricant database and also the web2CAD link for direct
download and integration of 3D models.
medias professional focusses on the individual bearing.
The complete shaft can be simulated and any influences arising
from its deformation on the bearings can be determined using
the calculation program BEARINX. This program can also be made
available to direct customers as BEARINX-Online via the Internet
for conditions, see the INA/FAG homepage).
In conclusion, medias professional is a comprehensive, reliable
system to help you help yourself answer many questions on rolling
and plain bearing technology by electronic means, quickly and at
any location.
Foreword
Other technical publications This catalogue contains ELGES radial, angular contact and axial
spherical plain bearings, rod ends, metal/polymer composite plain
bearings in the form of plain bushes, thrust washers and strips as
well as ELGOTEX plain bushes and other plain bearings.
Furthermore, we develop and manufacture many other products and
systems that are of significant interest in terms of technical progress
and cost-effectiveness for rotary and linear bearing arrangements
as well as for the automotive sector. These are covered in separate
technical publications that can be obtained upon request.
INA and FAG, Catalogue HG 1 stands for pioneering plain bearing technology,
when it comes to motion application-focussed advice, the highest product and performance
density and continuous development.
The benefits to you are:
selection of products from a vast product range
the most suitable product in the right place
worldwide availability of products
short delivery times
long term supply capability
security of planning for the long view
simplified stockholding
market-competitive prices
global service
comprehensive, application-focussed advice.
Together we move the world For us, technical progress means never standing still. In partnership
with you, we are continually working on new solutions so that your
vision and our technical ideas can continue to become a reality,
to your benefit.
With our products and our knowledge, we can together continue
to fulfil the challenges of your market in relation to bearing arrange-
ments. To this end, this catalogue is an important instrument.
Contents
Page
Product index ......................................................................... 10
Technical principles................................................................ 20
ELGES spherical plain bearings ............................................... 131
Maintenance-free............................................................... 134
Requiring maintenance ...................................................... 170
ELGES rod ends ...................................................................... 209
Requiring maintenance ...................................................... 244
Plain bushes .......................................................................... 283
Metal/polymer composite plain bushes,
maintenance-free............................................................... 286
ELGOTEX filament wound bushes, maintenance-free........... 320
ELGOGLIDE plain bushes, maintenance-free ........................ 334
low-maintenance ............................................................... 344
Thrust washers, strips............................................................. 355
Low-maintenance............................................................... 372
Special materials, special designs .......................................... 383
Mounting and maintenance .................................................... 401
Addresses .............................................................................. 422
Schaeffler Technologies HG 1 9
Product index
Page
EGB..-E40 Bush with steel backing, maintenance-free,
metal/polymer composite plain bearing to ISO 3547,
sliding layer E40 .................................................................. 288
EGB..-E40-B Bush with bronze backing, maintenance-free,
sliding layer E40 .................................................................. 288
EGB..-E50 Bush with steel backing, low-maintenance,
sliding layer E50 .................................................................. 346
EGBZ..-E40 Bush with steel backing, inch sizes, maintenance-free,
metal/polymer composite plain bearing,
sliding layer E40 .................................................................. 288
EGF..-E40 Flanged bush with steel backing, maintenance-free,
sliding layer E40 .................................................................. 288
EGF..-E40-B Flanged bush with bronze backing, maintenance-free,
sliding layer E40 .................................................................. 288
EGS..-E40 Strip with steel backing, maintenance-free,
material to ISO 3547-4, sliding layer E40 .............................. 360
EGS..-E40-B Strip with bronze backing, maintenance-free,
EGS..-E50 Strip with steel backing, low-maintenance,
EGW..-E40 Thrust washer with steel backing, maintenance-free,
EGW..-E40-B Thrust washer with bronze backing, maintenance-free,
EGW..-E50 Thrust washer with steel backing, low-maintenance,
10 HG 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Page
GAKL..-PB Rod end, requiring maintenance,
to DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series K, type M,
sliding contact surface steel/bronze,
shank with external thread, left hand thread ........................ 247
GAKL..-PW Rod end, maintenance-free,
sliding contact surface steel/PTFE film,
GAKR..-PB Rod end, requiring maintenance,
shank with external thread, right hand thread ...................... 247
GAKR..-PW Rod end, maintenance-free,
GAKSL..-PS Corrosion-resistant rod end, maintenance-free,
sliding contact surface corrosion-resistant steel/PTFE film,
GAKSR..-PS Corrosion-resistant rod end, maintenance-free,
GAL..-DO Rod end, requiring maintenance,
to DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series E, type M,
sliding contact surface steel/steel,
GAL..-DO-2RS Rod end, requiring maintenance
shank with external thread, left hand thread,
lip seals on both sides ......................................................... 246
GAL..-DO-2TS Rod end, requiring maintenance,
high performance triple lip seals on both sides .................... 246
Product index
Page
GAL..-UK Rod end, maintenance-free,
sliding contact surface hard chromium/PTFE composite,
shank with external thread, left hand thread......................... 214
GAL..-UK-2RS Rod end, requiring maintenance,
sliding contact surface hard chromium/ELGOGLIDE,
GAL..-UK-2TS Rod end, maintenance-free,
high performance triple lip seals on both sides..................... 214
GAR..-DO Rod end, requiring maintenance,
shank with external thread, right hand thread....................... 246
GAR..-DO-2RS Rod end, requiring maintenance,
shank with external thread, right hand thread,
GAR..-DO-2TS Rod end, requiring maintenance,
GAR..-UK Rod end, maintenance-free, to DIN ISO 12240-4,
dimension series E, type M,
shank with external thread, right hand thread....................... 214
GAR..-UK-2RS Rod end, maintenance-free,
GAR..-UK-2TS Rod end, maintenance-free,
Page
GE..-AW Axial spherical plain bearing, maintenance-free,
to DIN ISO 12240-3,
sliding contact surface hard chromium/ELGOGLIDE ............... 137
GE..-AX Axial spherical plain bearing, requiring maintenance,
to DIN ISO 12240-3,
sliding contact surface steel/steel ....................................... 173
GE..-DO Radial spherical plain bearing, requiring maintenance,
to DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series E,
sliding contact surface steel/steel ....................................... 172
GE..-DO-2RS Radial spherical plain bearing, requiring maintenance,
GE..-DO-2TS Radial spherical plain bearing, requiring maintenance,
GE..-DO-2RS4 Large radial spherical plain bearing, requiring maintenance,
to DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series C,
lip seals with increased sealing action on both sides............ 173
GE..-DW Large radial spherical plain bearing, maintenance-free,
GE..-DW-2RS2 Large radial spherical plain bearing, maintenance-free,
lip seals with increased sealing action on both sides............ 136
GE..-FO Radial spherical plain bearing, requiring maintenance,
to DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series G,
sliding contact surface steel/steel, extended inner ring ........ 172
GE..-FO-2RS Radial spherical plain bearing, requiring maintenance,
sliding contact surface steel/steel, extended inner ring,
GE..-FO-2TS Radial spherical plain bearing, requiring maintenance,
sliding contact surface steel/steel, extended inner ring,
Product index
Page
GE..-FW Radial spherical plain bearing, maintenance-free,
extended inner ring .............................................................. 136
GE..-FW-2RS Radial spherical plain bearing, maintenance-free,
extended inner ring, lip seals on both sides.......................... 136
GE..-FW-2TS Radial spherical plain bearing, maintenance-free,
extended inner ring,
GE..-HO-2RS Radial spherical plain bearing, requiring maintenance,
cylindrical extensions on inner ring,
GE..-LO Radial spherical plain bearing, requiring maintenance,
to DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series W,
bore dimensions to standard sizes,
dimensions to DIN 24338 for standard hydraulic cylinders.... 172
GE..-PB Radial spherical plain bearing, requiring maintenance,
to DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series K,
sliding contact surface steel/bronze..................................... 172
GE..-PW Radial spherical plain bearing, maintenance-free,
to DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series K,
sliding contact surface steel/PTFE film.................................. 136
GE..-SW Angular contact spherical plain bearing, maintenance-free,
to DIN ISO 12240-2,
GE..-SX Angular contact spherical plain bearing, requiring maintenance,
to DIN ISO 12240-2,
sliding contact surface steel/steel........................................ 173
GE..-UK Radial spherical plain bearing, maintenance-free,
sliding contact surface hard chromium/PTFE composite........ 136
GE..-UK-2RS Radial spherical plain bearing, maintenance-free,
GE..-UK-2TS Radial spherical plain bearing, maintenance-free,
Page
GE..-ZO Radial spherical plain bearing requiring maintenance,
sliding contact surface steel/steel, inch sizes ...................... 172
GF..-DO Hydraulic rod end, requiring maintenance,
heavy-section design with square welding face,
for hydraulic cylinder bases ................................................. 247
GIHNRK..-LO Hydraulic rod end, requiring maintenance,
to DIN 24338, ISO 6982,
with thread clamping facility, for standard hydraulic cylinders
to CETOP recommendation RP 58H, DIN 24333, DIN 24336,
DIN ISO 6020-1, DIN ISO 6022,
internal thread, right hand thread ........................................ 247
GIHRK..-DO Hydraulic rod end, requiring maintenance,
with thread clamping facility,
internal thread, right hand thread ........................................ 247
GIKL..-PB Rod end, requiring maintenance,
to DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series K, type F,
shank with internal thread, left hand thread ......................... 247
GIKL..-PW Rod end, maintenance-free,
GIKPR..-PW Rod end, maintenance-free,
shank with internal thread, right hand thread
(fine pitch thread for standard pneumatic cylinders
to DIN 24335)...................................................................... 215
GIKPSR..-PS Corrosion-resistant rod end, maintenance-free,
for pneumatic cylinders with CETOP mounting dimensions
to ISO 8139, shank with internal thread,
right hand thread................................................................. 215
GIKR..-PB Rod end, requiring maintenance,
shank with internal thread, right hand thread ....................... 247
GIKR..-PW Rod end, maintenance-free,
Product index
Page
GIKSL..-PS Corrosion-resistant rod end, maintenance-free,
GIKSR..-PS Corrosion-resistant rod end, maintenance-free,
GIL..-DO Rod end, requiring maintenance,
to DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series E, type F,
GIL..-DO-2RS Rod end, requiring maintenance,
shank with internal thread, left hand thread,
GIL..-DO-2TS Rod end, requiring maintenance,
GIL..-UK Rod end, maintenance-free,
GIL..-UK-2RS Rod end, maintenance-free,
GIL..-UK-2TS Rod end, maintenance-free,
Page
GIR..-DO Rod end, requiring maintenance,
GIR..-DO-2RS Rod end, requiring maintenance
shank with internal thread, right hand thread,
GIR..-DO-2TS Rod end, requiring maintenance,
GIR..-UK Rod end, maintenance-free,
GIR..-UK-2RS Rod end, maintenance-free,
GIR..-UK-2TS Rod end, maintenance-free,
GK..-DO Rod end, requiring maintenance,
to DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series E, type S,
sliding contact surface steel/steel, circular welding face,
locating pin on shank base and 45 welding chamfer,
for piston rod ends and cylinder bases ................................. 247
ZGB Plain bush, maintenance-free,
to DIN ISO 4379, sliding layer ELGOGLIDE ............................. 336
ZGB..-2RS Plain bush, maintenance-free,
to DIN ISO 4379, sliding layer ELGOGLIDE,
with lip seals ....................................................................... 336
ZWB Filament wound bush, maintenance-free,
to DIN ISO 4379, sliding layer ELGOTEX ................................ 322
ZWB..-2RS Filament wound bush, maintenance-free,
to DIN ISO 4379, sliding layer ELGOTEX,
with lip seals ....................................................................... 322
00019EEA 00019D42 00019537 00019534 0001952E 0001952B
Technical principles
00015CE8
ELGES spherical plain bearings
Maintenance-free
Requiring maintenance
0001952C
ELGES rod ends
Maintenance-free
0001952F
Plain bushes
Metal/polymer composite plain bearings
ELGOTEX filament wound bushes
ELGOGLIDE plain bushes
00019535

00019538
Special materials
Special designs
00019D43
Mounting and maintenance

00019EEB
Addresses
00018048
Selection of the correct plain bearing
Load carrying capacity and life
Friction and increases in temperature
Internal clearance and operating clearance
Design of bearing arrangements
Sealing
Mounting and dismounting
ISO tolerances
Page
Selection Areas of application................................................................... 24
of the correct plain bearing Requirements of the application............................................ 24
Selection by bearing type........................................................... 25
Sizes of bearing types ........................................................... 26
Selection by material suitability ................................................. 27
Operating limits of plain bearing materials ............................ 28
Estimation of the sliding distance.......................................... 30
Predimensioning ....................................................................... 31
Maintenance-free spherical plain bearings ............................ 31
Spherical plain bearings requiring maintenance .................... 33
Load carrying capacity and life Basic load ratings...................................................................... 35

Basic dynamic load rating ..................................................... 35
Basic static load rating.......................................................... 35
Bearing load.............................................................................. 36
Concentric constant force F ................................................... 36
Concentric variable force F .................................................... 37
Combined loading by radial and axial forces.......................... 38
Static load safety factor ............................................................. 40
Specific bearing load ................................................................. 40
Calculation ........................................................................... 41
Alternative calculation method
for bushes and thrust washers .............................................. 42
Bearing motion.......................................................................... 44
Sliding velocity ..................................................................... 44
Frequency of motion.............................................................. 44
Swivel angle ......................................................................... 45
Tilt angle............................................................................... 45
Combined swivel and tilt motion ........................................... 46
Specific frictional energy pv .................................................. 46
Rating life.................................................................................. 47
Failure criteria....................................................................... 47
Influences on the rating life................................................... 48
Operating life........................................................................ 48
Basic rating life ..................................................................... 49
Calculation of the basic rating life ......................................... 51
Correction factors ................................................................. 55
Page
Friction and Friction and wear .................................................................... 69
increases in temperature Fundamental curve of the coefficient of friction ................... 69
Friction and wear curve....................................................... 70
Bearing frictional torque ......................................................... 70
Heat dissipation ..................................................................... 71
Internal clearance and Operating clearance of spherical plain bearings ...................... 72

operating clearance Internal clearance of radial spherical plain bearings............ 72
Fit conditions for spherical plain bearings........................... 75
Influence of fit interference................................................. 76
Calculation example for internal clearance.......................... 79
Theoretical bearing clearance
of metal/polymer composite plain bushes............................... 81
Theoretical bearing clearance after pressing in ................... 82
Interference fit and bearing clearance
of metal/polymer composite plain bushes .......................... 86
of ELGOTEX filament wound bushes ........................................ 87
Theoretical bearing clearance after pressing in ................... 88
Operating clearance of ELGOGLIDE plain bushes ...................... 89
Design Adjacent construction of spherical plain bearings.................... 90

of bearing arrangements Chamfers, radii, chamfer dimensions.................................. 90
Surface of the shaft and housing bore................................. 91
Geometrical and positional tolerances
of bearing seating surfaces................................................. 92
Adjacent construction of plain bushes..................................... 94
ELGOGLIDE plain bushes and
ELGOTEX filament wound bushes........................................ 94
Metal/polymer composite plain bushes .............................. 95
Axial location of spherical plain bearings ................................ 97
Retaining ring or spacer ring ............................................... 97
Spacer sleeve, end washer and cover.................................. 98
Location of thrust washers and strips ...................................... 99
Recommended mounting tolerances
for spherical plain bearings..................................................... 100
Maintenance-free spherical plain bearings ......................... 101
Spherical plain bearings requiring maintenance ................. 101
Recommended mounting tolerances for plain bushes .............. 102
Misalignment of plain bushes ................................................. 103
Edge loading of metal/polymer composite plain bushes ..... 103
Angular contact spherical plain bearings
in O or X arrangement ............................................................. 104
Combination of axial and radial spherical plain bearings ......... 105
Page
Sealing Functions ............................................................................... 106
Overview of seal types ............................................................ 106
Seals in the bearing ........................................................... 109
Seals in the adjacent construction...................................... 112
Mounting and dismounting General guidelines ................................................................. 116

Delivered condition............................................................ 116
Storage of bearings............................................................ 116
Unpacking of bearings ....................................................... 116
Guidelines for mounting ......................................................... 117
Maintenance-free plain bearings ........................................ 117
Transport of large radial spherical plain bearings................ 117
Orientation for mounting
of large radial spherical plain bearings ............................... 117
Checking the adjacent construction.................................... 118
Positioning of the joint ....................................................... 118
Adhesive bonding of bearing rings ..................................... 118
Pressing in of spherical plain bearings .................................... 119
Hydraulic assistance .......................................................... 119
Pressing in of bushes ............................................................. 120
Thermal assistance................................................................. 122
Mounting by means of refrigeration .................................... 122
Tools for thermally assisted mounting ................................ 123
Dismounting of spherical plain bearings ................................. 124
Precautions for dismounting .............................................. 125
ISO tolerances ISO tolerances for bores ......................................................... 126

ISO tolerances for shafts......................................................... 128
Areas of application Plain bearings from Schaeffler are used under high specific loads
and various possible types of motion, from swivel type motion
to overlaid motion. They are ideally suited to intermittent operation
occurring on a periodic or non-periodic basis.
The plain bearings are bearings for very small radial or axial design
envelopes where high load carrying capacity is nevertheless
required. They can also be used under vibration coinciding with
small amounts of motion. The bearings offer excellent damping
characteristics especially under static loading, such as those
required under shock loads.
Many of the plain bearings are destined for maintenance-free
applications and in cases where long rating values are required.
Requirements Plain bearings from Schaeffler are available in various bearing types,
of the application designs and sizes as well as with different plain bearing materials.
Selection of the suitable bearing is dependent principally
on the requirements of the application. These include:
load conditions
type of load
direction of load
magnitude of load
motion conditions
type of motion
direction of motion
frequency of motion
adjacent construction
available design envelope
shaft, housing
rating life requirement
environmental influences
temperature
influence of media
contamination
lubrication.
Selection by bearing type Depending on the type of plain bearing and the typical geometrical
structure in the particular case, there are different possibilities
for support of load and degrees of freedom of motion. Some bearing
types facilitate additional functions such as the compensation
of angular misalignment, see table.
Selection of the suitable spherical plain bearing for combined load
is dependent on the ratio between the radial and axial force,
see page 38.
Support of load and Bearing type Load Motion Compensation

degrees of freedom of motion of angular
misalignments
Bush

Flanged bush

Thrust washer

Radial spherical plain bearing, rod end

Angular contact spherical plain bearing

Axial spherical plain bearing

Sizes of bearing types The catalogue range of plain bearings from Schaeffler covers a range
of shaft diameters from 3 mm to 1000 mm, see table. The size
required is dependent principally on the adjacent construction and
the loads to be supported.
For an initial estimate of the size of spherical plain bearing required,
predimensioning can be carried out, see page 31.
Shaft diameters in catalogue range Bearing type Shaft diameter

min. max.
mm mm
Bushes 3 300
Flanged bushes 6 40
Radial spherical plain bearings 6 320
Large radial spherical plain bearings 220 1 000
Rod ends 5 80
Hydraulic rod ends 10 200
Thrust washers 10 62
Angular contact spherical plain bearings 25 200
Axial spherical plain bearings 10 360
Selection The various bearing types are available in different material combi-
by material suitability nations, see table. The suitable material will depend on the required
performance capability and the environmental influences.
Based on the specific material combinations, bearing solutions can
be achieved that are maintenance-free, low-maintenance or that
require maintenance, see table.
Combinations Bearing type Combination with sliding layer, sliding contact surface1)
of bearing type and material
PTFE PTFE Steel/ Steel/ ELGO- ELGO- E40 E50
film com- bronze steel GLIDE TEX
posite
Radial spherical
plain bearings
Rod ends
Angular contact
and axial spherical
plain bearings
Thrust washers,
strips
Flanged bushes
Bushes
1) Other combinations are available by agreement.
Type of maintenance Type of maintenance Sliding layer Description

of materials Sliding contact surface Page
Maintenance-free E40 290
(metal/polymer composite)
ELGOTEX 323
(filament reinforced wound material)
ELGOGLIDE 140
(PTFE fabric)
PTFE composite 141
PTFE film 141
(PTFE/metal fabric)
Low-maintenance E50 347
Requiring maintenance Steel/steel 176
Steel/bronze 176
Operating limits The suitability of a plain bearing material can be estimated from
of plain bearing materials the particular operating limits of the specific bearing load, Figure 1.
Further operating limits are determined from the comparison
of sliding velocity, see table, page 29, the pv diagram,
Figure 2, page 29, the temperature resistance, Figure 3, page 29,
and the coefficient of friction, table, page 71.
Schaeffler recommends the use of the sliding layer ELGOGLIDE under
dynamic bearing loads in the range from 25 N/mm2 to 300 N/mm2.
The sliding layer ELGOGLIDE-W11 should be used in preference
in the range from 1 N/mm2 to 100 N/mm2. If the specific load is
outside these ranges, the other ELGOGLIDE sliding layer is
recommended.
For static loads of more than 180 N/mm2, the design of ELGOTEX
filament wound bushes must be checked by the Schaeffler
engineering service. For loads at or over this range, we alternatively
recommend the use of ELGOGLIDE plain bushes.
The actual load carrying capacity of a plain bearing is dependent
on the material of the sliding layer and the supporting body as well
as on the bearing geometry and the adjacent construction. The data
and guidelines in the product chapters must be observed.
p = specific bearing load

(this may differ from
the specific load parameter K)
pstat. = static load
pdyn. = dynamic load
ELGOGLIDE
ELGOGLIDE-W11
PTFE composite
PTFE film
E40
E50
ELGOTEX
Steel/steel
Steel/bronze
0001A6FB
Figure 1
Comparison of specific bearing load
Comparison of sliding velocity Sliding layer, sliding contact surface Sliding velocity
v
m/s
E40 2,5
E50 2,5
ELGOTEX 0,18
ELGOGLIDE-W11 0,3
ELGOGLIDE
PTFE composite 0,4
PTFE film 0,21
Steel/steel 0,1
Steel/bronze 0,1

v = sliding velocity
ELGOGLIDE
ELGOGLIDE-W11
PTFE composite
PTFE film
E40
E50
ELGOTEX
Steel/steel
Steel/bronze
00019A59
Figure 2
pv diagram
= temperature
ELGOGLIDE
ELGOGLIDE-W11
PTFE composite
PTFE film
E40
E50
ELGOTEX
Steel/steel
Steel/bronze
Figure 3
00019AFD
Comparison
of temperature resistance
Estimation If the rating life is the decisive selection criterion, a simple estimate
of the sliding distance of the achievable sliding distance can be made for maintenance-free
and low-maintenance plain bearings. The sliding distance is
the distance covered by the mating body along the sliding surface.
The failure mechanism of maintenance-free and low-maintenance
plain bearing materials is based on wear. The sliding distance s can
therefore be determined from a diagram as a function of the specific
load p, Figure 4.
In the case of plain bearing materials requiring maintenance,
the failure mechanism is based on material fatigue. An estimate
of the sliding distance cannot therefore be made in the case
of steel/steel and steel/bronze sliding contact surfaces.
The achievable sliding distance applies if all other factors
influencing the rating life are assumed to be ideal.
p = specific load
s = sliding distance
ELGOGLIDE
ELGOGLIDE-W11
PTFE composite
PTFE film
E40
E50
ELGOTEX
ELGOGLIDE is recommended
0001651F
Figure 4
Sliding distance s
Predimensioning In the case of spherical plain bearings, predimensioning can be
carried out in order to estimate the bearing size.
Predimensioning of the bearing size is carried out on the basis of:
the ratio C/P
basic load rating C, see dimension tables
the bearing load P, see page 36
the type of load (alternating or unilateral)
the magnitude of the load
the bearing series.
The ratio Cr/P or Ca/P is dependent on the series and must not be
1.
Predimensioning for spherical plain bearings is not a substitute
for more extensive bearing calculation.
For calculation of the rating life Lh in operating hours or oscillations
taking account of the operating data applicable to the application,
the rating life calculation method is available for almost all products,
see page 47.
Maintenance-free Guide values for Cr/P or Ca/P are used in conjunction with
spherical plain bearings the diagram for preselection of the bearing size for maintenance-free
spherical plain bearings under dynamic load, see table and
Figure 5, page 32.
Guide values for the ratio C/P Series Dynamic load1)
C/P
Alternating Unilateral
Suitability from Suitability over incl.
GE..-UK 2 5 1
GE..-UK-2RS 2
GE..-UK-2TS
GE..-DW 2 3 1
GE..-DW-2RS2
GE..-FW 2 5 1
GE..-FW-2RS 2
GE..-FW-2TS
GE..-PW 2 5 1
GE..-SW 2 5 1
GE..-AW
Suitable subject to restrictions
Suitable
1) Dynamic load Cr/P for radial consideration, Ca/P for axial consideration.
Nominal bearing size

Bearing load
Also valid for 2TS designs
C/P = Cr/P or Ca/P
Figure 5
Predimensioning
000194AC
of maintenance-free
spherical plain bearings
Spherical plain bearings If the basic dynamic load rating C0r or C0a is utilised to the full,
requiring maintenance there is often a considerable reduction in the operating life
of the bearings. The degree to which the basic load rating is utilised
should therefore always be matched to the required operating life.
Guide values for Cr/P or Ca/P are used in conjunction with
the diagram for preselection of the bearing size for spherical plain
bearings requiring maintenance under dynamic load, see table and
Figure 6, page 34.
Guide values for the ratio C/P Series Dynamic load1)
C/P
Alternating Unilateral
over incl. over incl.
GE..-DO 3 1 4 1,7
GE..-DO-2RS
GE..-DO-2TS
GE..-DO-2RS4
GE..-FO
GE..-FO-2RS
GE..-FO-2TS
GE..-PB 3 1 4 1
GE..-LO 3 1 4 1,7
GE..-HO-2RS
GE..-ZO
GE..-SX 3 1,5 4 2
GE..-AX 4 2
1) Dynamic load Cr/P for radial consideration, Ca/P for axial consideration.
Nominal bearing size

Bearing load
Also valid in the case of GE..-DO
for seal types 2RS, 2TS and 2RS4
and in the case of GE..-FO
for seal types 2RS and 2TS
C/P = Cr/P or Ca/P
Figure 6
Predimensioning
000194AB
of spherical plain bearings

requiring maintenance
Basic load ratings Basic load ratings are key data specific to the plain bearings that are
not standardised and may differ from manufacturer to manufacturer.
They are derived from the material-specific load parameters K and
the projected load-bearing area of the bearing in each case.
Basic dynamic load rating The basic dynamic load rating Cr or Ca is used in cases of
dynamic loading. A plain bearing is subjected to dynamic loading
if it performs rotary, swivel, tilt or linear motion under load.
The basic dynamic load rating is the maximum permissible dynamic
load. In the case of radial spherical plain bearings, it can be utilised
to the full only if the load acts purely in a radial direction. In the case
of axial spherical plain bearings, it can be utilised to the full only
if the load acts purely in a concentric, axial direction.
If the basic dynamic load rating is utilised to the full, there is often
a considerable reduction in the operating life of the bearings.
The degree to which the basic load rating is utilised should therefore
always be matched to the required operating life. The basic load
rating depends on the sliding contact surface and influences
the rating life of the plain bearings.
Basic static load rating The basic static load rating C0r or C0a is used if a plain bearing is
subjected to load while stationary.
It indicates the load that the plain bearing can support at room
temperature without damage to the bearing. This is subject to
the precondition that the components adjacent to the bearing must
prevent deformation of the bearing.
If the basic load rating C0r or C0a is utilised to the full, the shaft and
housing must be made from high strength materials.
Bearing load The bearing load describes the external forces acting on the bearing.
Concentric constant force F For calculation of the static load safety factor, the specific load and
the rating life, load values can be taken directly into consideration
under the following preconditions, Figure 1 and Figure 2:
Loads act in a radial direction only on radial spherical plain
bearings, angular contact spherical plain bearings and cylindrical
plain bushes.
Loads act in an axial direction only on axial spherical plain
bearings.
Loads do not vary in their magnitude and direction during
operation.
P=F
P0 = F0
Radial spherical plain bearing

Angular contact spherical plain bearing
Cylindrical plain bush
0001676B
Figure 1
Concentric constant radial force F
P=F
P0 = F0
Axial spherical plain bearing

Thrust washer
0001986B
Figure 2
Concentric constant axial force F
Concentric variable force F If the concentric force varies in magnitude during motion, rating life
calculation and checking of the permissible specific load must be
carried out on the basis of the maximum force Fmax, Figure 3.
One possible influence on the rating life as a result of pulsating or
alternating loads is taken into consideration by means of the correc-
tion factor fHz, see page 66.
P = Fmax
00019955
Figure 3
Variable bearing load
Combined loading If spherical plain bearings are subjected simultaneously to radial

by radial and axial forces and axial loads, combined loading is present. The equivalent static
bearing load is calculated on a similar basis to the equivalent
dynamic bearing load. The permissible ranges for the ratio Fa/Fr are
valid for static and for dynamic loading.
In the case of dynamic loading, the equivalent dynamic bearing
load P must be used in rating life calculation. This values takes
the combined forces into consideration in rating life calculation.
In the case of static loading, the equivalent static bearing load P0
must be used in calculation of the static load safety factor. This
value takes the combined forces into consideration in calculation
of the static load safety factor.
Calculation of radial and angular contact spherical plain bearings,
Figure 4 and Figure 5, page 39:
Calculation of axial spherical plain bearings, Figure 6, page 39:
P N
Equivalent dynamic bearing load
X
Axial load factor for radial and angular contact spherical plain bearings,
Figure 4 and Figure 5, page 39
Fr N
Radial dynamic bearing load
P0 N
Equivalent static bearing load
Fr0 N
Radial static bearing load
Y
Radial load factor for axial spherical plain bearings, Figure 6, page 39
Fa N
Axial dynamic bearing load
Fa0 N
Axial static bearing load.
The correct spherical plain bearing is selected as follows:

The permissible range for the ratio Fa/Fr in the case of radial
spherical plain bearings is between 0 and 0,3.
If the ratio Fa/Fr exceeds the value 0,3, angular contact spherical
plain bearings can be used. Their ratio Fa/Fr extends to a value
of 3, since they can support higher axial forces.
If the axial forces are more than twice the radial forces,
axial spherical plain bearings can be used.
X = axial load factor
for radial spherical plain bearings
Fa = axial bearing load
Fr = radial bearing load
Figure 4
0001676E
Radial spherical plain bearings,

combined loading

for angular contact
Figure 5
Angular contact
0001676D
spherical plain bearings,

combined loading

for axial spherical plain bearings
Figure 6
0001676F
Axial spherical plain bearings,

combined loading
Static load safety factor Before the rating life is calculated, it is advisable to check the static
load safety factor.
The static load safety factor S0 is the ratio between the basic static
load rating C0 and the equivalent static load P0:
S0
Static load safety factor
C0 N
Basic static load rating
P0 N
Equivalent static bearing load.
The static load safety factor must always be 1. Any instructions
relating to specific series must be observed.
Specific bearing load The specific bearing load describes the contact pressure present
in the bearing in the dynamic state. It is the decisive criterion
for assessing the suitability of a plain bearing in the particular
application.
The specific bearing load occurring in a bearing is dependent
on the load, the sliding contact surface, the lubrication conditions
and the mounting situation. Due to the influence of these factors,
precise calculation is not possible.
If the required operating life is to be achieved, the specific bearing
load must be matched to the actual operating conditions.
Under extreme loading conditions, such as high axial load in the
case of radial spherical plain bearings, elastic deformation of the
bearing and housing may lead to contact pressure concentrations.
Please contact Schaeffler in this case.
Calculation The specific bearing load p for a plain bearing is calculated with
the aid of the specific load parameter K, see equations.
Radial and angular contact spherical plain bearings:
Axial spherical plain bearings:
Bushes and radial component of flanged bushes:
Thrust washers and axial component of flanged bushes:
p N/mm2
Specific bearing load
K N/mm2
Specific dynamic load parameter, see table
P N
Equivalent dynamic bearing load, see page 36
Fr N
Fa N
Cr, Ca N
Radial or axial basic dynamic load rating, see dimension tables.
Specific load parameter Sliding layer, sliding contact surface Specific dynamic load parameter
K
N/mm2
ELGOGLIDE 300
ELGOGLIDE-W11 300
PTFE composite 100
PTFE film 100
ELGOTEX 140
E40, E40-B 140
E50 70
Steel/steel 100
Steel/bronze 50
Alternative calculation method Due to the simple geometry of plain bushes EGB, ZWB and ZGB as
for bushes and thrust washers well as flanged bushes EGF and thrust washers EGW, their specific
bearing load can alternatively be determined by means of the follow-
ing relationships. It is assumed in this case that there is uniform load
distribution over the projected area, Figure 7.
00019938
Figure 7
Projected area of a bush
Alternative calculation Bush:
Flanged bush, radial force:
Flanged bush, axial force:
Thrust washer:
p N/mm2
Fr N
Di mm
Inside diameter of bush, flanged bush or thrust washer
B mm
Width of bearing
R mm
Radius of flange
sfl mm
Thickness of flange
Fa N
Dfl mm
Outside diameter of flange
Do mm
Outside diameter of bush or thrust washer.
Bearing motion The bearing motion describes the dynamic conditions in the bearing.
These are essentially indicated by the swivel angle and tilt angle,
the velocity of motion and the frequency of motion.
Sliding velocity The sliding velocity is dependent on the plain bearing and its
diameter.
Rotary motion:
Swivel motion:
v m/s
Sliding velocity
dx mm
Specific diameter, see table
n min1
Operating speed

Swivel angle, Figure 8, page 45
f min1
Swivel frequency, Figure 8, page 45.
For combined swivel and tilt motions in spherical plain bearings,

the angle of motion 1 must be used, see page 46.
Specific diameter Plain bearing Specific diameter

dx
Radial spherical plain bearing dK
Axial spherical plain bearing 0,7 dK
Angular contact spherical plain bearing 0,9 dK
Bush Di
Flanged bush (radial sliding surface) Di
Flanged bush (axial sliding surface) Dfl
Thrust washer Do
Frequency of motion The number of motions per time period, the frequency, has a signifi-
cant influence on the operating life of spherical plain bearings.
In addition to the load, the coefficient of friction and the motion
parameter, the frequency influences the frictional energy generated
in the bearing. This is dependent on the relevant sliding contact
surface and must not exceed the permissible pv values, see table,
page 50.
The frequency can only be used for calculating the sliding velocity
in applications with continuous operation or periodic stationary
periods.
Swivel angle Swivel motion is defined as relative motion with reversing direction
about the bearing axis. In the case of spherical plain bearings,
the two bearing rings move relative to each other, in the case of
bushes the shaft and bush move relative to each other.
The centring angle described by the two return points is described
as the swivel angle , Figure 8. This describes the motion between
the two extreme points.
= swivel angle
A = start point
B = end point
f = swivel frequency
(number of motions from A to B per minute)
00019775
Figure 8
Swivel motion and swivel frequency
Tilt angle In tilt motion of spherical plain bearings, the inner ring and shaft
locating washer move relative to the outer ring and housing locating
washer in a direction transverse to the bearing axis. The axes of
the relevant bearing rings intersect below the tilt angle , Figure 9.
The maximum permissible tilt angle must be observed,
see dimension tables. Full utilisation of the basic load ratings is
only permissible within the stated tilt angle .
1, 2 = tilt angle

00019A5A
Figure 9
Tilt motion
Combined swivel and The motion angle 1 corresponds to the resultant sliding distance
tilt motion in the case of simultaneous tilt and swivel motion, Figure 10.
Combined motions are calculated as follows:
1
Motion angle corresponding to the sliding distance

Swivel angle, see page 45
1
Tilt angle from centre to left, see page 45
2
Tilt angle from centre to right, see page 45.
1 = motion angle
00016789
Figure 10
Swivel and tilt motion
Specific frictional energy pv The specific bearing load p and the sliding velocity v are in a recipro-
cal relationship. The product p v gives the specific frictional energy
pv and is an important key value for a plain bearing.
pv N/mm2 m/s
Specific frictional energy
p N/mm2
v m/s
Sliding velocity.
In the case of intermittent operation, the sliding velocity during one

motion cycle must be used.
Rating life Calculation of the theoretical rating life is based on a large number
of laboratory tests and takes account of certain operational data.
The rating life is defined as the number of motion cycles or operating
hours that can be achieved by the majority of a sufficiently large
number of plain bearings under identical operating conditions
before certain failure criteria are met.
The amount of wear and increase in friction are dependent
on the sliding contact surface and the application. Under identical
operating conditions, the operating life achieved may therefore
differ significantly.
The calculation of the theoretical rating life gives comparative values
for the bearings. It gives information about the higher or lower
performance of the selected bearings.
Failure criteria In plain bearings, wear occurs as a result of solid body and mixed
friction conditions. The failure criteria are test limit values that are
related to a quantity of wear as a function of the bearing size or
an upper coefficient of friction that is exceeded, see tables.
Operating clearance Load direction Sliding layer

as a failure criterion
ELGOGLIDE PTFE PTFE film ELGOTEX
composite
Increase in radial operating clearance by
mm
Unilateral or 0,5 0,15 0,25 0,5
point load
Alternating or 11) 0,3 0,5 1
circumferential load
1) In the case of axial and angular contact spherical plain bearings with the
sliding layer ELGOGLIDE, the increase in the operating clearance, irrespective
of the operating clearance, is 0,5 mm.
Wear of the load zone Failure criterion Sliding layer

as a failure criterion
E40 E50
%
Wear of sliding layer 80 90
thickness in the load
zone by
Operating clearance and Load direction, Sliding contact surface

friction as a failure criterion failure criterion Steel/steel Steel/bronze
Failure criterion
Unilateral Fretting of sliding surfaces Fretting of sliding surfaces
Alternating
Increase 0,004 dK 0,004 dK
in radial operating
clearance
Increase R 0,22 R 0,25
in friction
Influences on the rating life Calculation of the basic rating life applies to plain bearings that
perform rotary, swivel or linear motion.
The significant factors for a long rating life are the pv value and
the design of the mating surface. In the case of metal/polymer com-
posite plain bearings as well as ELGOGLIDE and ELGOTEX bushes,
particular attention must be paid to the material, roughness depth
and surface structure of the mating surface. In the case of spherical
plain bearings, an optimum mating surface is provided by the inner
ring.
The ambient temperature, heat dissipation via the shaft, bearing and
housing as well as the operating duration have a fundamental
influence on the operating temperature and thus on the rating life.
Extraordinary factors The following parameters are not taken into consideration in rating
life calculation and may in certain circumstances have a very
considerable influence on the operating life:
corrosion
ageing of the lubricant
contamination
humidity
vibrations
shocks.
Operating life The operating life is the life actually achieved by a plain bearing.
It may deviate from the calculated rating life.
Basic rating life Due to the large number of influences, the calculated basic rating life
is a guide value. In the case of plain bearings, the values may there-
fore be excessively high at very low bearing loads or very low sliding
velocities.
If the sliding layer E50 is used in linear motion, advice should be
sought from the Schaeffler engineering service.
Theoretical rating life calculations are only valid for the products
presented in this catalogue when used in accordance with the
validity range (load, sliding velocity and operating temperature) and
with the recommendations described, see tables, page 50, and
section Design of bearing arrangements, page 90. Theoretical rating
life calculations can under no circumstances be transferred to other
products.
The rating life calculation is not valid for large radial spherical plain
bearings GE..-DW, axial spherical plain bearings GE..-AX and
strips EGS. For a rating life estimate in the case of these series,
the Schaeffler engineering service should be contacted.
In the case of thrust washers EGW, the rating life calculation is
only valid if the bearing runs free from clearance at all times and
the mating surface is at least as large as the thrust washer.
Dry friction, mixed friction and The preconditions for rating life calculation are as follows:
hydrodynamics Maintenance-free plain bearings must undergo dry running.
Mixed friction must be present in plain bearings that require
maintenance or are low-maintenance.
Where hydrodynamic conditions are applied, the Schaeffler
engineering service should be contacted.
Range of validity Sliding layer, pv value1) Specific load2)

of rating life calculation sliding contact surface p
N/mm2 m/s N/mm2
min. max.
over incl. constant variable
E40 0,01 1,8 0,01 140 140
E50 0,1 3 0,01 70 70
ELGOGLIDE3) 0,005 6,9 1 300 150
ELGOGLIDE-W113) 150 150
ELGOTEX 0,005 2,8 1 140 140
PTFE composite 0,005 2 1 100 60
PTFE film 0,002 1,2 2 100 50
Steel/steel 0,001 0,4 1 60 100
Steel/bronze 0,001 0,4 1 50 50
1) The maximum permissible bearing load as function of velocity is determined

by means of pv diagrams, Figure 2, page 29.
2) In the case of values lower than 1 N/mm2, calculation of the basic rating life
must be carried out using the value p = 1 N/mm2.
3) The operating limits of ELGOGLIDE sliding layers must be observed,
see page 140.
Range of validity Sliding layer, Sliding velocity Temperature

of rating life calculation sliding contact surface v
(continued) m/s C
max. over incl.
E40 2,5 200 +280
E50 2,5 40 +110
ELGOGLIDE 0,3 40 +150
ELGOGLIDE W11
ELGOTEX 0,18 20 +130
PTFE composite 0,4 50 +200
PTFE film 0,21 50 +200
Steel/steel 0,1 60 +200
Steel/bronze 0,1 60 +250
Calculation service In the product selection and information system medias,

http://medias.schaeffler.de, it is possible to carry out computer-
aided rating life calculation of individual bearings.
In addition, the versatile calculation software BEARINX facilitates
the calculation and estimation of rating life of plain bearings in shaft
systems. BEARINX is available in a simplified and freely accessible
form as an Easy module and as a complete, powerful calculation
module in various versions; information can be found at
www.schaeffler.com / Products & Services / INA/FAG Products /
Calculation.
Calculation The basic rating life is calculated using the following equations and
of the basic rating life is dependent on the specific plain bearing factor and any correction
factors necessary, see page 52 and tables, page 55.
The procedure for rating life calculation is shown in a diagram,
Figure 11. Ordering examples are given in the corresponding product
descriptions.
Before calculation of the rating life, it is absolutely essential
to check the permissible loads, sliding velocities and temperatures,
see tables, page 50.
For flanged bushes, the rating life must be checked for both
the radial sliding surface and the axial sliding surface (flange).
Symbols, units and definitions,

see page 54
Checking of the range of validity,

see tables, page 50
0001A6F6
Figure 11
Procedure for rating life calculation
Maintenance-free and Rating life of maintenance-free and low-maintenance bearings:

low-maintenance bearings
Bearings requiring maintenance Rating life of bearings requiring maintenance:
Rating life of bearings requiring maintenance taking account

of correction factors for periodic relubrication, see page 68:
Conversion of rating life value Conversion of the rating life from operating hours to revolutions:
Specific plain bearing factor Sliding layer, sliding contact surface Specific plain bearing factor
KL
E40, E40-B 1 000
E50 2 500
ELGOGLIDE 25 000
ELGOGLIDE-W11
ELGOTEX 7 000
PTFE composite 1 000
PTFE film 1 000
Steel/steel 30
Steel/bronze 2,3
Load and motion duty cycle Where plain bearings are subjected to varying loads and motions,
the rating life can be calculated in approximate terms. This requires
data for the load, the motion and the corresponding proportional
operating times (operating duration), Figure 12.
Lh h
Theoretical rating life taking account of variable conditions
t1, t2, ..., tn h or %
Proportional duration of defined corresponding operating period
t h or %
Total operating time (t1 + t2 + t3 ... tn)
Lh1, Lh2, ..., Lhn h
Rating life for individual periods.
P = equivalent dynamic bearing load

= swivel angle
f = frequency
t = time
Calculation of Lh1, Lh2, ..., Lhn
in accordance with calculation principle
Figure 12
Rating life for specified 0001677D
load and motion duty cycle
Symbols, units and definitions Lh h

Rating life of plain bearing
Losc revolutions
Rating life in oscillations
LhN h
Rating life with periodic relubrication
KL
Specific plain bearing factor, see table, page 52
p N/mm2
Specific load, for calculation see page 41
v m/s
Sliding velocity, for calculation see page 44
Cr N
Basic radial load rating, see dimension tables
P N
Equivalent bearing load, for calculation see page 38
f min1
Swivel frequency, Figure 8, page 45
fp
Correction factor for load, Figure 13, page 56
fv
Correction factor for sliding velocity, Figure 16, page 58
fpv
Correction factor for frictional energy, Figure 17, page 59
fpv*
Correction factor for frictional energy for ELGOGLIDE and ELGOTEX,
Figure 17, page 59
f
Correction factor for temperature, Figure 18, page 60
fR
Correction factor for roughness depth, Figure 19, page 61
fW
Correction factor for material, see table, page 61
fA
Correction factor for condition of rotation, see page 62
fB
Correction factor for width ratio, Figure 21, page 63
fL
Correction factor for linear motion, see page 64
f
Correction factor for tilt angle, Figure 25, page 65
f
Correction factor for swivel and oscillation angle, Figure 26, page 65
fHz
Correction factor for variable load, see page 66
fNH
Correction factor for relubrication, as a function of frequency, Figure 31, page 68
fN
Correction factor for relubrication, as a function of , Figure 32, page 68
fdK
Correction factor for sphere diameter, Figure 22, page 63.
Correction factors In calculation of the basic rating life, numerous influences are taken
into consideration for the speicifc bearing by means of correction
factors, see page 56.
Preselection of correction factors The correction factors are selected as a function of the sliding layer
or the sliding contact surface and applied in the appropriate rating
life equation, see tables.
The lists of the series also include the sealed variant with lip
seals 2RS or high performance seals 2TS.
Maintenance-free and Ser- Sliding layer Motion Correction factors

low-maintenance bushes, ies fp fv fpv fpv* f fR fW fA fB fL f f fHz
flanged bushes and thrust washers
EGB E50 Rotary
EGF E40
EGW
Linear
ZGB ELGOGLIDE Rotary
ELGOGLIDE-W11 Linear
ZWB ELGOTEX Rotary
Linear
Maintenance-free Series Sliding layer Correction factors

spherical plain bearings and
Spherical Rod end fp fv fpv fpv* f fA f f fHz
rod ends plain bearing
GE..-UK GIR..-UK ELGOGLIDE
GE..-FW GAR..-UK ELGOGLIDE-W11
GE..-SW GIKR..-PW PTFE composite
GE..-AW GIKPR..-PW
GE..-PW GAKR..-PW PTFE film
Spherical plain bearings and Series Sliding contact Correction factors

rod ends requiring maintenance surface
Spherical Rod end fp fv f fA fdK f fHz
plain bearing
GE..-DO GIR..-DO Steel/steel
GE..-HO GIL..-DO
GE..-FO GAR..-DO
GE..-ZO GAL..-DO
GE..-LO GIHNRK..-LO
GE..-SX GIHRK..-DO
GK..-DO
GF..-DO
GE..-PB GIKR..-PB Steel/bronze
GIKL..-PB
GAKR..-PB
GAKL..-PB
Legend
The selected correction factor must be applied in the rating life equation.
The value is determined from the diagrams and tables.
Load fp and sliding velocity fv The values for the correction factor for load fp are shown in an over-
view diagram and two enlarged areas, Figure 13 to Figure 15,
page 57. The correction factor for sliding velocity fv can also be read
from a diagram, Figure 16, page 58.
B
1
1
A
0,9 9
8 2
0,8
6
fp = correction factor
p = specific bearing load, see page 40 0,7 7
A = detail, see Figure 14, page 57
B = detail, see Figure 15, page 57 0,6 21
ELGOGLIDE 0,5 12
fp
ELGOGLIDE-W11
PTFE composite 0,4
PTFE film
E40 4
0,3
E50
ELGOTEX
0,2 3
Steel/steel
5
Steel/bronze
ELGOGLIDE-W11 is recommended 0,1
0
0008661A
1 5 10 50 100 N/mm2 300

Figure 13 p
Correction factor for load, overview
Detail A
Steel/steel
Steel/bronze
Figure 14
00019AF6
Correction factor for load,

0,9
Detail B 0,8 12
1
ELGOGLIDE
ELGOGLIDE-W11 0,7
PTFE composite 6 4
2
PTFE film fp
E40 0,6
E50
ELGOTEX
0,5
ELGOGLIDE-W11 is recommended
7 21
0,4 3
Figure 15 5
Correction factor for load,
00086611
maintenance-free and 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 N/mm2 200

p
low-maintenance
fv = correction factor
v = sliding velocity, see page 44
PTFE composite
PTFE film
E40
E50
Steel/steel
Steel/bronze
Figure 16
0001977A
Correction factor
for sliding velocity
Frictional energy fpv The correction factor fpv is derived from the product of the bearing
load and the velocity, Figure 17. In the case of bearings with
ELGOGLIDE or ELGOTEX, the relative specific frictional energy pv*
is necessary, see equations.
fpv = correction factor

pv = specific frictional energy,
see page 46
fpv* = correction factor

pv* = relative specific frictional energy,
see equations, page 60
ELGOGLIDE
ELGOGLIDE-W11
PTFE composite
PTFE film
E40
E50
ELGOTEX
Figure 17
0001977B
Correction factor
for frictional energy
Relative specific ELGOGLIDE and ELGOGLIDE-W11:

frictional energy pv*
ELGOTEX:
pv*
Relative specific frictional energy
p N/mm2
Specific load, for calculation see page 41
v m/s
Sliding velocity, for calculation see page 44.
An increasing pv or pv* value necessitates an increased level of heat

dissipation. This must be ensured by means of the adjacent
construction.
Temperature f The influence of temperature is taken into consideration in relating

life calculation with the aid of the correction factor f, Figure 18 and
table.
f = correction factor
= temperature
ELGOGLIDE
ELGOGLIDE-W11
PTFE composite
PTFE film
E40
E50
ELGOTEX
Figure 18
Correction factor
for temperature
000195D4
for maintenance-free and

low-maintenance bearings
Correction factor f Sliding contact Operating temperature

for bearings requiring maintenance surface

150 C 150 C 180 C 200 C

180 C
200 C
250 C
Correction factor
f
Steel/steel 1 0,9 0,7
Steel/bronze 1 0,9 0,8 0,5
Roughness depth fR In the case of spherical plain bearings and rod ends, a mating
surface with the most suitable roughness depth is already provided
by the inner ring. For bushes, flanged bushes and thrust washers,
the correction factor for roughnesss depth fR must be taken into
consideration, Figure 19.
fR = correction factor
Rz, Ra = roughness depth
ELGOGLIDE
ELGOGLIDE-W11
E40
E50
ELGOTEX
Figure 19
000195D3
Correction factor
for roughness depth
Material fW The correction factor fW is dependent on the material of the mating
surface with a roughness depth of Rz2 to Rz3, see table.
Correction factor fW Mating surface material Layer Correction factor

thickness fW
mm E40 ELGOGLIDE
ELGOGLIDE-W11
ELGOTEX
Steel1)
Unalloyed 0,5
Nitrided 0,5 1
Corrosion-resistant 1 1
Hard chromium coating 0,013 1 1
Zinc plated 0,013 0,1
Phosphated 0,013 0,1
Flake graphite cast iron Rz2 0,5
Anodised aluminium 0,2
Hard anodised aluminium 450 + 50 HV 0,025 1
Copper-based alloys 0,2
Nickel 0,1
1) For increased loads, the steel hardness should correspond to the following
values:
in the case of E40, at least 25 HRC to 50 HRC
in the case of ELGOGLIDE and ELGOTEX, at least 55 HRC.
Condition of rotation fA The correction factor fA is dependent on the type of bearing and
the type of load, Figure 20:
plain bushes, thrust washers:
point load fA = 1 (rotating shaft, stationary bush)
circumferential load fA = 2 (stationary shaft, rotating bush)
thrust washer fA = 1
linear motion fA = 1
spherical plain bearings, rod ends:
fA = 1.
F = load
n = speed
Point load fA = 1
Circumferential load fA = 2
Figure 20
00016531
Correction factor
for condition of rotation
Width ratio fB and The factors taken into consideration in rating life calculation
sphere diameter dK are the width ratio in the case of maintenance-free plain bearings
and the sphere diameter in the case of plain bearings requiring
maintenance, Figure 21 and Figure 22.
fB = correction factor
B = width of bearing
d = inside diameter of bearing
ELGOGLIDE
ELGOGLIDE-W11
ELGOTEX
Figure 21
000195CC
Correction factor
for width ratio
fdK = correction factor

dK = sphere diameter of bearing
Steel/steel
Steel/bronze
Figure 22
00019920
Correction factor
for sphere diameter
Linear motion fL The correction factor fL is necessary in the case of linear motion with
bushes with the sliding layer E40, ELGOGLIDE or ELGOTEX, Figure 23.
In the case of linear motion, the stroke length should not exceed
the maximum stroke Hmax = 2,5 B, Figure 24.
ELGOGLIDE
ELGOGLIDE-W11
E40
ELGOTEX
Figure 23
000195CF
Correction factor
for linear motion
Hmax = maximum stroke length

B = width of bush
Figure 24
0001656C
Maximum stroke length
in linear motion
Tilt angle f and swivel angle f The tilt motions of spherical plain bearings are taken into
consideration by the correction factor f, while the swivel motions
of spherical plain bearings or bushes are taken into consideration
by the correction factor f, Figure 25 and Figure 26.
In the case of swivel angles of 180 or rotation, the following
applies:
f = 0,15 for ELGOGLIDE
f = 0,2 for ELGOTEX.
1, 2 = tilt angle, see page 45
ELGOGLIDE
ELGOGLIDE-W11
Figure 25
000195CE
Correction factor
for tilt angle
= swivel angle, see page 45
ELGOGLIDE
ELGOGLIDE-W11
ELGOTEX
Steel/steel
Steel/bronze
Figure 26
000195CD
Correction factor
for swivel and oscillation angle
Variable load fHz The correction factor for variable load fHz takes account of
the influence of dynamic pulsating loads and dynamic alternating
loads on the rating life. Loads that pass through the zero line
in the Fr-t diagram are designated as alternating loads. Loads that
are exclusively in the positive or negative region are designated as
pulsating loads, see table.
Type of load and Sliding layer, Type of load

correction factor fHz sliding contact surface Unilateral Alternating load Pulsating load
constant load
00019923
00019925
00019924
Correction factor fHz
ELGOGLIDE 1 Figure 27
ELGOGLIDE-W11
PTFE composite Figure 28, page 67
PTFE film Figure 29, page 67
Steel/steel 2 Figure 30,
page 67
Steel/bronze 2 Figure 30,
page 67

PHz = load frequency
fHz = correction factor
Pulsating load
Alternating load
Figure 27
fHz values for ELGOGLIDE and
00019922
ELGOGLIDE-W11 under alternating

load and pulsating load
Pulsating load
Alternating load
Figure 28
fHz values for PTFE composite
0001651C
under alternating load and

pulsating load

Pulsating load
Alternating load
Figure 29
fHz values for PTFE film
0001651E
under alternating load and

pulsating load

Fmin/Fmax = pulsating load values
Steel/steel
Steel/bronze
Figure 30
00019EE3
fHz values for steel/steel and

steel/bronze under pulsating load
Relubrication fNH and fN If periodic relubrication is carried out on spherical plain bearings
requiring lubrication, their rating life can be increased. This is taken
into consideration by means of a correction factor dependent
on the frequency and by a factor dependent on the swivel angle ,
Figure 31 and Figure 32.
The relubrication interval for spherical plain bearings requiring
lubrication must be no more than half the rating life:
lw h
Relubrication interval
Lh h
Basic rating life.
fNH = correction factor

Lh/lw = frequency of relubrication
Steel/steel
Steel/bronze
Figure 31
00019926
Correction factor for relubrication,

as a function of frequency
fN = correction factor

= swivel angle
Steel/steel
Steel/bronze
Figure 32
00019956
Correction factor for relubrication,

as a function of
Friction and wear Friction describe the force that acts in opposition to motion.
The key value stated is the coefficient of friction .
Friction is essentially dependent on the following influencing
factors:
the sliding contact surface
the load
the sliding velocity
the bearing temperature
the lubrication condition
the quality of the sliding surfaces.
Fundamental curve For maintenance-free plain bearings based on PTFE, the fundamental
of the coefficient of friction curve of the coefficient of friction is shown as a function
of sliding velocity, load and temperature, Figure 1. The coefficient
of friction decreases with an increasing specific bearing load p
and a decreasing sliding velocity v.
= coefficient of friction
v = sliding velocity
= temperature
Figure 1
0001948B
Coefficient of friction,
fundamental curve
Friction and wear curve The wear curve for maintenance-free plain bearings is divided into
the running-in phase, main wear phase and failure phase, Figure 2.
The main wear phase is approximately linear in character.
The friction curve of maintenance-free plain bearings shows
a characteristic pattern in the three phases, Figure 2.
Wear
Friction
Rating life
Running-in phase
Main wear phase
Failure phase
00019DB6
Figure 2
Friction and wear curve
Bearing frictional torque The bearing frictional torque M is valid under radial load in the case
of radial and angular contact spherical plain bearings. In the case
of axial spherical plain bearings and thrust washers, it is valid under
axial load.
In the case of new plain bearings, the bearing frictional torque may
be significantly higher during the early running-in phase. This is
for the following reasons:
Plastic transfer of the PTFE material occurs to the surface
structure of the mating surface.
The internal tribology of the bearing is not yet complete and
PTFE particles are deposited on the mating surface and functional
surface (PTFE/PTFE friction).
If spherical plain bearings are subjected to combined radial and
axial load, the bearing frictional torque is determined by integration
of the normal forces. In the case of flanged bushes, the frictional
torque must be calculated for both the radial sliding surface and
the axial sliding surface on the flange.
Calculation The bearing frictional torque M is determined as follows:
M Nm
Bearing frictional torque
F N
Concentric radial or axial load

Coefficient of friction, see table
dx mm
Specific diameter, see table.
For reasons of safety, the maximum coefficient of friction must

always be used when calculating the drive power, see table,
page 71. If the coefficient of friction is above the maximum value,
this may lead to increased wear, a rise in bearing temperature and
impaired functioning of the plain bearing.
Specific diameter Plain bearing Specific diameter

dx
Radial spherical plain bearing dK
Axial spherical plain bearing dK
Angular contact spherical plain bearing dK
Bush Di
Flanged bush (radial sliding surface) Di
Flanged bush (axial sliding surface) Dfl
Thrust washer Do
Comparison Sliding layer, Mating surface Coefficient of friction

of coefficients of friction sliding contact surface
min. max.
E401) Steel 0,03 0,25
E50 Steel 0,02 0,2
ELGOGLIDE Hard chromium coating 0,02 0,2
ELGOGLIDE-W11 Hard chromium coating 0,02 0,15
ELGOTEX Steel 0,03 0,2
PTFE composite Hard chromium coating 0,05 0,2
PTFE film Steel 0,05 0,2
Steel/steel 0,08 0,22
Steel/bronze 0,1 0,25
1) For E40, detailed coefficients of friction must be observed,

see table, page 293.
Heat dissipation Friction is converted into heat. Adequate heat dissipation is essen-
tial for the function of a plain bearing. This occurs through convec-
tion via the housings and shafts to the environment. In some cases,
heat is carried away by means of the lubricant.
In plain bearings where high frictional energy pv is converted,
increased heat dissipation is required.
Operating clearance The operating clearance or preload is determined on a fitted bearing

of spherical plain bearings still warm from operation.
It is derived from the radial internal clearance and the change
in the radial internal clearance as a result of interference fit and
thermal influences in the fitted condition.
Internal clearance of radial The radial and axial internal clearance is determined on
spherical plain bearings the dismounted bearing.
The radial internal clearance of radial spherical plain bearings is
defined as the distance by which the inner ring can be moved in
a radial direction relative to the outer ring from one extreme position
to the precisely opposite extreme position, Figure 1.
Maintenance-free Maintenance-free spherical plain bearings have a very small internal

spherical plain bearings clearance, see dimension tables. As a result, preloads may be
present once the bearing is fitted.
Spherical plain bearings The radial internal clearance is subdivided into three groups
requiring maintenance in accordance with DIN ISO 12240-1, see table. The precondition is
a housing bore that causes no dimensional changes in the bearing
with the exception of geometrical inaccuracies.
CN = normal radial internal clearance

C2 = radial internal clearance CN
C3 = radial internal clearance CN
0001931A
Figure 1
Radial internal clearance
Radial internal clearance groups Internal Description Standard Application range

clearance
group
CN Normal radial internal ISO 12240-1 Under normal operating
clearance conditions and with
CN is not included in the recommended fits,
bearing designations this gives optimum
operating clearance
C21)2) Internal clearance CN For bearing arrange-
(suffix C2) ments with very small
clearance
C3 Internal clearance CN For bearing rings with
(suffix C3) press fits or a large
temperature differential
between the inner and
outer ring
1) Relubrication only possible with tilt angle = 0.

2) Example of bearing with restricted internal clearance: GE220-DO-2RS-C2.
Radial internal clearance Series Radial internal clearance
m
GE..-DO GE..-FO C2 CN C3
GE..-DO-2RS(-2TS) GE..-FO-2RS(-2TS)
GE..-HO-2RS
GE..-LO
Bore
d
mm min. max. min. max. min. max.
6 6 8 32 32 68 68 104
8 8 8 32 32 68 68 104
10 10 8 32 32 68 68 104
12 8 32 32 68 68 104
12 10 40 40 82 82 124
15 15 10 40 40 82 82 124
16 10 40 40 82 82 124
17 17 10 40 40 82 82 124
20 10 40 40 82 82 124
20 12 50 50 100 100 150
25 25 12 50 50 100 100 150
30 30 12 50 50 100 100 150
32 12 50 50 100 100 150
35 12 50 50 100 100 150
35 15 60 60 120 120 150
40 40 15 60 60 120 120 180
45 45 15 60 60 120 120 180
50 50 15 60 60 120 120 180
60 15 60 60 120 120 180
60 18 72 72 142 142 212
63 18 72 72 142 142 212
70 70 18 72 72 142 142 212
80 80 18 72 72 142 142 212
90 18 72 72 142 142 212
90 18 85 85 165 165 245
100 100 18 85 85 165 165 245
110 110 18 85 85 165 165 245
120 120 18 85 85 165 165 245
140 18 85 85 165 165 245
160 140 18 100 100 192 192 284
180 160 18 100 100 192 192 284
200 180 18 100 100 192 192 284
200 18 110 110 214 214 318
220 220 18 110 110 214 214 318
240 18 110 110 214 214 318
250 240 18 125 125 239 239 353
260 260 18 125 125 239 239 353
280 280 18 125 125 239 239 353
300 18 125 125 239 239 353
Axial internal clearance The axial internal clearance is defined as the distance by which
the inner ring can be moved in an axial direction relative to the outer
ring from one extreme position to the precisely opposite extreme
position, Figure 2.
It is dependent on the bearing geometry and is in a direct relation-
ship with the radial internal clearance. Depending on the bearing
type, it may be several times greater than the radial internal
clearance.
sa = axial internal clearance
0001931B
Figure 2
Axial internal clearance
Fit conditions The interference fits and clearance fits for practical use are deter-
for spherical plain bearings mined from the corresponding ISO fit in conjunction with
the normal bearing tolerances in accordance with DIN ISO 12240-1
to DIN ISO 12240-3, see tables. The actual dimensions must
correspond to the centre tolerance.
Definitions:
indicates an interference fit
+ indicates a clearance fit.
Shaft fits Example:

A shaft of diameter 50m6 has a probable interference fit
of 0,023 mm.
Interference fit I or clearance fit Nominal shaft diameter in mm

over 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400
incl. 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 500
Normal tolerance, interference fit or clearance fit in m1)
h6 0 0 +1 +1 +2 +2 +1 0 0 2 2 2
j6 6 7 7 8 9 10 13 14 17 17 20 22
k6 9 9 9 14 16 20 24 28 30 33 38 42
m6 12 15 17 20 23 28 34 40 47 53 59 65
n6 16 19 22 27 31 37 44 52 61 67 75 82
1) Not applicable to series GE..-LO, GE..-PB, GE..-SX, GE..-PW and GE..-SW.
Housing fits Example:

A housing bore of diameter 75M7 has a probable interference
fit of 0,009 mm.
Interference fit A or clearance fit Nominal housing bore diameter in mm

over 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 150 180 250 315 400
incl. 10 18 30 50 80 120 150 180 250 315 400 500
Normal tolerance, interference fit or clearance fit in m1)
J7 +4 +5 +6 +7 +10 +12 +15 +18 +22 +27 +31 +34
K7 +1 +1 1 0 0 1 +1 +4 +5 +7 +8 +8
M7 4 5 7 8 9 11 11 8 8 9 9 10
N7 8 10 14 16 18 21 23 20 22 23 25 27
1) Not applicable to series GE..-SX and GE..-SW.
Influence of interference fit The radial internal clearance of radial spherical plain bearings
changes due to the fit as a result of:
expansion of the inner ring
contraction of the outer ring.
If the remaining internal clearance of spherical plain bearings
requiring maintenance is
0, a bearing of another internal
clearance group with a larger internal clearance must be selected.
Factors for the cross-section:

b = inner ring
c = outer ring
f = factor for expansion of the housing
00016790
Figure 3
Factors for expansion or contraction
Expansion of the inner ring
a m
Expansion of the inner ring when using solid shafts, measured on the sphere
diameter
I m
Effective interference fit, see table, page 75
b
Factor for the cross-section of the inner ring, see table, page 77, and Figure 3
0,9
Factor for the roughness, ovality and unevenness of the supporting component
surface.
Contraction of the outer ring In the case of ring-shaped housings, expansion of the housing must
be taken into consideration. The expansion is dependent on the wall
thickness and is taken into consideration in the factor f:
e m
Contraction of the outer ring, measured on the raceway diameter
A m
Effective interference fit, see table, page 75
f
Factor for expansion of the housing, see page 78
0,9
Factor for the roughness, ovality and unevenness of the supporting component
surface.
Factor for the cross-section Bore Factor for series
of the inner ring d b
mm
over incl. GE..-DO(-2RS), (-2TS) GE..-FO(-2RS), (-2TS)
GE..-HO-2RS GE..-FW(-2RS), (-2TS)
GE..-LO1) GE..-PB1)
GE..-UK(-2RS), (-2TS) GE..-PW1)
6 10 0,65 0,55
12 20 0,72 0,64
25 70 0,79 0,71
80 140 0,8 0,75
160 300 0,84 0,78
1) Interference fit I not listed in the overview, see table, page 75.
Factor for the cross-section Bore Factor for series

of the outer ring d c
mm
over incl. GE..-DO(-2RS), (-2TS) GE..-FO(-2RS), (-2TS)
GE..-HO-2RS GE..-FW(-2RS), (-2TS)
GE..-LO GE..-PB
GE..-UK(-2RS), (-2TS) GE..-PW
6 0,7
6 20 0,81
8 25 0,81
25 35 0,83
30 40 0,83
40 280 0,85
45 300 0,85
Calculation of the factor f When determining the factor f, the cross-section of the bearing ring
for expansion of the housing and the ring thickness of the bearing locating housing are taken into
consideration, Figure 4 and Figure 5.
DA = diameter of housing bore

DG = outside diameter of housing
000167E5
Figure 4
Housing ring thickness
f = factor for expansion of housing

DA = diameter of housing bore
DG = outside diameter of housing
c = factor for cross-section of outer ring
Figure 5
00016791
Factor f
for expansion of the housing
Calculation example The internal clearance of a radial spherical plain bearing in the fitted
for internal clearance condition is calculated using the influence of the interference fit,
see page 76.
Given data Radial spherical plain bearing GE50-DO with steel/steel sliding
contact surface:
Fit between locating bore and shaft M7/m6
Outside diameter of housing 120 mm
Solid steel shaft 50
Locating bore 75
Radial internal clearance CN 60 m to 120 m
Required Radial internal clearance in fitted condition.
Assumption Production to centre of tolerance.
Expansion Expansion of the inner ring, measured on the sphere diameter:

of the inner ring a = I b 0,9
I = 0,023 mm see table, page 75
b = 0,79 see table, page 77
a = 0,023 mm 0,79 0,9

a = 0,016 mm.
Contraction Contraction of the outer ring, measured on the raceway diameter:

of the outer ring e = A f 0,9
A = 0,009 mm see table, page 75
c = 0,85 see table, page 77
f = Figure 5, page 78
e = 0,009 mm 0,72 0,9

e = 0,006 mm.
Reduction The reduction in the radial internal clearance is calculated by adding

in radial internal clearance a and e:
C = a + e
= 0,016 mm + 0,006 mm
= 0,022 mm.
Maximum restriction Maximum possible restriction of radial internal clearance with

of internal clearance production to acceptable values:
Solid steel shaft 50,025 mm
(maximum diameter 50m6)
Bearing bore 49,988 mm
(minimum diameter according to DIN 620)
I max = 0,037 mm
amax = I max b 0,9 = 0,037 mm 0,79 0,9
amax = 0,026 mm.
Locating bore 74,97 mm
(minimum diameter 75M7)
Bearing outside 75 mm
diameter (maximum diameter according to DIN 620)
A max = 0,03 mm
emax = A max f 0,9 = 0,03 mm 0,72 0,9
emax = 0,019 mm
Maximum reduction Maximum reduction in the internal clearance in the fitted condition:
in internal clearance Cmax = amax + emax = 0,026 + 0,019 = 0,045 mm.
The radial internal clearance in the fitted condition is 0,06 mm
to 0,12 mm. The smallest possible initial clearance is 0,06 mm:
minimum internal clearance
= 0,060 mm 0,045 mm = 0,015 mm.
The internal clearance in the fitted condition in the least favourable
case is 0,015 mm.
Theoretical bearing clearance Bushes with the sliding layer E40 and E50 are pressed into
of metal/polymer composite the housing. This provides axial and radial location. No additional
means of location are required.
plain bushes
If the recommended mounting tolerances are used with rigid hous-
ings and shafts, this gives an interference fit or bearing clearance,
Expansion of the housing bore is not taken into account in calcu-
lation of the bearing clearance.
Calculation of the interference U is carried out using the tolerances
of the housing bore and the deviations for the bush outside
diameter Do, see table, page 102, and table, page 303, or
table, page 352.
Calculation of bearing clearance The theoretical bearing clearance is calculated as follows:
smax mm
Maximum bearing clearance, Figure 6
smin mm
Minimum bearing clearance, Figure 6
dG max mm
Maximum diameter of housing bore
dG min mm
Minimum diameter of housing bore
dW max mm
Maximum shaft diameter
dW min mm
Minimum shaft diameter
s3 max mm
Maximum wall thickness, see page 303 or page 352
s3 min mm
Maximum wall thickness, see page 303 or page 352.
Do = outside diameter of bush

Di = inside diameter of bush
dW = shaft diameter
dG = diameter of housing bore
s3 = wall thickness of bush
s = bearing clearance
000165F6
Figure 6
Theoretical bearing clearance The theoretical bearing clearance after pressing in of bushes or
after pressing in flanged bushes of metric sizes or inch sizes is calculated without
considering any possible expansion of the bore, see tables.
Theoretical bearing clearance Diameter of bush Bearing clearance s

for metric sizes
E40, E40-B E50
Di Do smin smax smin smax
mm mm mm mm mm mm
2 3,5 0,000 0,054
3 4,5 0,000 0,054
4 5,5 0,000 0,056
5 7 0,000 0,077
6 8 0,000 0,077
7 9 0,003 0,083
8 10 0,003 0,083 0,040 0,127
10 12 0,003 0,086 0,040 0,130
12 14 0,006 0,092 0,040 0,135
13 15 0,006 0,092 0,040 0,135
14 16 0,006 0,092 0,040 0,135
15 17 0,006 0,092 0,040 0,135
16 18 0,006 0,092 0,040 0,135
18 20 0,006 0,095 0,040 0,138
20 23 0,010 0,112 0,050 0,164
22 25 0,010 0,112 0,050 0,164
24 27 0,010 0,112 0,050 0,164
25 28 0,010 0,112 0,050 0,164
28 32 0,010 0,126 0,060 0,188
30 34 0,010 0,126 0,060 0,188
32 36 0,015 0,135 0,060 0,194
35 39 0,015 0,135 0,060 0,194
40 44 0,015 0,135 0,060 0,194
45 50 0,015 0,155 0,080 0,234
50 55 0,015 0,160 0,080 0,239
Theoretical bearing clearance Diameter of bush Bearing clearance s
for metric sizes
E40, E40-B E50
(continued)
Di Do smin smax smin smax
mm mm mm mm mm mm
55 60 0,020 0,170 0,080 0,246
60 65 0,020 0,170 0,080 0,246
65 70 0,020 0,170 0,080 0,246
70 75 0,020 0,170 0,080 0,246
75 80 0,020 0,170 0,080 0,246
80 85 0,020 0,201 0,080 0,251
85 90 0,020 0,209 0,080 0,251
90 95 0,020 0,209 0,080 0,259
95 100 0,020 0,209 0,080 0,259
100 105 0,020 0,209 0,080 0,259
105 110 0,020 0,209
110 115 0,020 0,209
115 120 0,020 0,209
120 125 0,070 0,264
125 130 0,070 0,273
130 135 0,070 0,273
135 140 0,070 0,273
140 145 0,070 0,273
150 155 0,070 0,273
160 165 0,070 0,273
180 185 0,070 0,279
200 205 0,070 0,288
220 225 0,070 0,288
250 255 0,070 0,294
300 305 0,070 0,303
Theoretical bearing clearance Designation Nominal Recommended diameter of

for inch sizes diameter Shaft Housing bore
inch inch/mm inch/mm
dW min dW max dG min dG max
EGBZ03 3/16 0,1858 0,1865 0,2497 0,2503
4,719 4,737 6,342 6,358
EGBZ04 1/4 0,2481 0,2490 0,3122 0,3128
6,302 6,325 7,930 7,945
EGBZ05 5/16 0,3106 0,3115 0,3747 0,3753
7,889 7,912 9,517 9,533
EGBZ06 3/8 0,3731 0,3740 0,4684 0,4691
9,477 9,500 11,897 11,915
EGBZ07 7/16 0,4355 0,4365 0,5309 0,5316
11,062 11,087 13,485 13,503
EGBZ08 1/2 0,4980 0,4990 0,5934 0,5941
12,649 12,675 15,072 15,090
EGBZ09 9/16 0,5605 0,5615 0,6559 0,6566
14,237 14,262 16,660 16,678
EGBZ10 5/8 0,6230 0,6240 0,7184 0,7192
15,824 15,850 18,247 18,268
EGBZ11 11/16 0,6855 0,6865 0,7809 0,7817
17,412 17,437 19,835 19,855
EGBZ12 3/4 0,7479 0,7491 0,8747 0,8755
18,997 19,027 22,217 22,238
EGBZ14 7/8 0,8729 0,8741 0,9997 1,0005
22,172 22,202 25,392 25,413
EGBZ16 1 0,9979 0,9991 1,1246 1,1256
25,347 25,377 28,565 28,590
EGBZ18 11/8 1,1226 1,1238 1,2808 1,2818
28,514 28,545 32,532 32,558
EGBZ20 11/4 1,2472 1,2488 1,4058 1,4068
31,679 31,720 35,707 35,733
EGBZ22 13/8 1,3722 1,3738 1,5308 1,5318
34,854 34,895 38,882 38,908
EGBZ24 11/2 1,4972 1,4988 1,6558 1,6568
38,029 38,070 42,057 42,083
EGBZ26 15/8 1,6222 1,6238 1,7808 1,7818
41,204 41,245 45,232 45,258
EGBZ28 13/4 1,7471 1,7487 1,9371 1,9381
44,376 44,417 49,202 49,228
EGBZ32 2 1,9969 1,9987 2,1871 2,1883
50,721 50,767 55,552 55,583
Theoretical bearing clearance Designation Nominal diameter Inside diameter Bearing clearance
for inch sizes after pressing in
inch/mm inch/mm
(continued)
Di Do min. max. smin smax
EGBZ03 0,1875 0,2500 0,1867 0,1893 0,0002 0,0035
4,763 6,350 4,742 4,808 0,005 0,089
EGBZ04 0,2500 0,3125 0,2492 0,2518 0,0002 0,0037
6,350 7,938 6,330 6,396 0,005 0,094
EGBZ05 0,3125 0,3750 0,3117 0,3143 0,0002 0,0037
7,938 9,525 7,917 7,983 0,005 0,094
EGBZ06 0,3750 0,4688 0,3742 0,3769 0,0002 0,0038
9,525 11,906 9,505 9,573 0,005 0,096
EGBZ07 0,4375 0,5313 0,4367 0,4394 0,0002 0,0039
11,113 13,494 11,092 11,161 0,005 0,099
EGBZ08 0,5000 0,5938 0,4992 0,5019 0,0002 0,0039
12,700 15,082 12,680 12,748 0,005 0,099
EGBZ09 0,5625 0,6563 0,5617 0,5644 0,0002 0,0039
14,288 16,669 14,267 14,336 0,005 0,099
EGBZ10 0,6250 0,7188 0,6242 0,6270 0,0002 0,0040
15,875 18,258 15,855 15,926 0,005 0,102
EGBZ11 0,6875 0,7813 0,6867 0,6895 0,0002 0,0040
17,463 19,844 17,442 17,513 0,005 0,101
EGBZ12 0,7500 0,8750 0,7493 0,7525 0,0002 0,0046
19,050 22,225 19,032 19,114 0,005 0,116
EGBZ14 0,8750 1,0000 0,8743 0,8775 0,0002 0,0046
22,225 25,400 22,207 22,289 0,005 0,116
EGBZ16 1,0000 1,1250 0,9992 1,0026 0,0001 0,0047
25,400 28,575 25,380 25,466 0,003 0,119
EGBZ18 1,1250 1,2813 1,1240 1,1278 0,0002 0,0052
28,575 32,544 28,550 28,646 0,005 0,132
EGBZ20 1,2500 1,4063 1,2490 1,2528 0,0002 0,0056
31,750 35,719 31,725 31,821 0,005 0,142
EGBZ22 1,3750 1,5313 1,3740 1,3778 0,0002 0,0056
34,925 38,894 34,900 34,996 0,005 0,142
EGBZ24 1,5000 1,6563 1,4990 1,5028 0,0002 0,0056
38,100 42,069 38,075 38,171 0,005 0,142
EGBZ26 1,6250 1,7813 1,6240 1,6278 0,0002 0,0056
41,275 45,244 41,250 41,346 0,005 0,142
EGBZ28 1,7500 1,9375 1,7489 1,7535 0,0002 0,0064
44,450 49,213 44,422 44,539 0,005 0,163
EGBZ32 2,0000 2,1875 1,9989 2,0037 0,0002 0,0068
50,800 55,563 50,772 50,894 0,005 0,173
Interference The table shows measures that can be taken to influence the bearing
fit and bearing clearance clearance and interference fit:
of metal/polymer composite at high ambient temperatures
plain bushes depending on housing material
depending on housing wall thickness.
Reduced clearance tolerances require tighter tolerances for the shaft
and the bore.
Consequences and Consequences and measures for interference fit and bearing
measures due to clearance in the case of high ambient temperatures, special housing
environmental influences materials or special wall thicknesses, see table.
Environmental influence Design and Conse- Measures

environmental quences
influences
Poor interference fit

Bearing Change in diameter
clear-
ance
dG dW Notes
Too small
Too large
Light metal or The housing is more highly stressed;

thin-walled the permissible stress on the housing
housings must not be exceeded.
Steel or cast iron
housings1)
Bronze or copper Reduce dG and dW by the same
alloy housings1) value so that the bearing clearance
is maintained.
Aluminium alloy Reduce dG and dW by the same
housings1) value so that the bearing clearance
is maintained.
At temperatures below 0 C,
the housing is more highly stressed;
the permissible stress on the housing
must not be exceeded.
Bushes with The bush and housing will be more
thicker anti- highly stressed if appropriate
corrosion layer measures are not taken.
Applicable
Reduce
Reduce by 0,1% per 100 C above room temperature
Reduce by 0,05% per 100 C above room temperature
Increase by 0,03 mm if, for example, the layer thickness = 0,015 mm
Reduce by 0,008 mm per 100 C above room temperature.
1) At high ambient temperatures.
Theoretical bearing clearance The bushes are pressed as standard into a housing with the
of ELGOTEX filament wound tolerance H7. This provides radial and axial location.
Due to the contraction of the inside diameter, there is a change in
bushes the tolerance of the inside diameter of the bush after pressing in,
see table, page 88.
Expansion of the housing bore is not taken into consideration
in calculation of the bearing clearance.
Depending on the selected shaft fit, there is a theoretical bearing
clearance, see equations:
smax mm
Maximum bearing clearance
smin mm
Minimum bearing clearance
Di max mm
Maximum inside diameter of bush after pressing in, see table, page 88
Di min mm
Minimum inside diameter of bush after pressing in, see table, page 88
dW min mm
Minimum shaft diameter
dW max mm
Maximum shaft diameter.
Theoretical bearing clearance For a housing tolerance H7 and the recommended shaft
after pressing-in tolerance h7, the minimum and maximum theoretical clearances
for the standard dimensions are stated, see table. The data do
not take account of any possible expansion of the housing bore.
Theoretical bearing clearance Diameter Inside diameter Bearing clearance

for metric sizes of bush after pressing-in for tolerance H7/h7
Di Do Di min Di max smin smax
mm mm mm mm mm mm
20 24 20,042 20,18 0,042 0,201
25 30 25,042 25,18 0,042 0,201
28 34 28,028 28,176 0,028 0,197
30 36 30,028 30,176 0,028 0,197
35 41 35,038 35,202 0,038 0,227
40 48 40,038 40,202 0,038 0,227
45 53 45,031 45,207 0,031 0,232
50 58 50,031 50,207 0,031 0,232
55 63 55,041 55,237 0,041 0,267
60 70 60,035 60,231 0,035 0,261
65 75 65,035 65,231 0,035 0,261
70 80 70,045 70,241 0,045 0,271
75 85 75,025 75,234 0,025 0,264
80 90 80,025 80,234 0,025 0,264
85 95 85,045 85,274 0,045 0,309
90 105 90,037 90,266 0,037 0,301
95 110 95,037 95,266 0,037 0,301
100 115 100,037 100,266 0,037 0,301
105 120 105,047 105,276 0,047 0,311
110 125 110,025 110,268 0,025 0,303
120 135 120,025 120,268 0,025 0,303
130 145 130,037 130,3 0,037 0,34
140 155 140,037 140,3 0,037 0,34
150 165 150,039 150,302 0,039 0,342
160 180 160,039 160,302 0,039 0,342
170 190 170,036 170,314 0,036 0,354
180 200 180,036 180,314 0,036 0,354
190 210 190,038 190,341 0,038 0,387
200 220 200,038 200,341 0,038 0,387
Operating clearance Due to the self-lubricating PTFE fabric, maintenance-free ELGOGLIDE
of ELGOGLIDE plain bushes plain bushes do not require a minimum radial clearance determined
by lubrication conditions.
Fitting without clearance has particular advantages, especially
with alternating load directions. Load distribution is also improved,
especially during running-in, due to the larger load-bearing areas.
In order to achieve the largest possible load-bearing angle, the oper-
ating clearance s must not exceed defined limits. The clearance can
be expressed as a function of the relative bearing clearance ,
see equation and Figure 7.
The guide values for the relative bearing clearance are valid for shaft
diameters d = 30 mm to 200 mm, see table.
The ranges for the operating clearance are achievable with
the standard tolerances of the plain bushes and where the housing
bore and shaft are manufactured to the central tolerance.
Guide values Shaft diameter Relative bearing clearance

for relative bearing clearance d
in fitted condition mm
80
1
80 120
0,75
120 200
0,5
Calculation
of the operating clearance
s m
Operating clearance, Figure 7

Relative bearing clearance in fitted condition, see table
d mm
Shaft diameter, bore diameter of inner ring.
s = operating clearance
0001678E
Figure 7
Operating clearance
Adjacent construction The chamfers, radii, edge breaks and surface quality required
of spherical plain bearings for the shaft and housing bore are defined as follows.
Chamfers, radii and Spherical plain bearings have a convex transition between
chamfer dimensions the outside surface and the bore to the end faces. This gives easier
mounting.
The bearing rings must be in contact with the shaft and housing
shoulders. The largest radius of the shaft and housing locating face
must therefore not be larger than the smallest chamfer dimension
r1, r2 of the bearing, Figure 1 and dimension tables.
In the case of spherical plain bearings, the shaft and housing bore
of the adjacent construction should have a lead chamfer of between
10 and 20, Figure 2. Any burrs must be removed.
Axial
Radial
00019494
Figure 1
Chamfer dimensions
00019401
Figure 2
Lead chamfers
Surface of the shaft and The seating surfaces for the bearings must be designed such that
housing bore the forces introduced via the bearings do not cause impermissible
changes to the geometry of the shaft and housing and do not cause
permanent deformations of the spherical plain bearing.
Where spherical plain bearings are subjected to high loads
of p 80 N/mm2, the shaft and housing must be checked.
If it is possible that a preload and an associated frictional torque
in the bearing is present, this must be taken into consideration in
the design of the bearing arrangement. The accuracy of the adjacent
construction must therefore be checked with Schaeffler.
Roughness of bearing seats Recommended values apply to the roughness of the bearing seats,
see table.
Roughness values Bearing seating surface Roughness

m
Housing bore
Rz16
Shaft
Rz10
Geometrical and The geometrical accuracy of seating surfaces is dependent

positional tolerances on the application of the spherical plain bearings and the operating
conditions. In order to achieve the required fit, the bearing seats
of bearing seating surfaces on the shaft and housing bore must conform to certain tolerances,
Figure 3 and table.
The tolerances for the bores and shafts correspond to the funda-
mental tolerances in accordance with ISO 286-2, see section
ISO tolerances, page 126.
t1 = roundness
t2 = parallelism
t3 = axial runout of abutment shoulders
Figure 3 00019A40
Geometrical and
positional tolerances
Geometrical and Bearing Bearing Diameter Roundness Parallelism Axial runout
positional tolerances tolerance seating tolerance tolerance tolerance tolerance
of bearing seating surfaces class surface of abutment
shoulder
t1 t2 t3
PN Shaft IT6 Circumferential IT4 IT7
load
IT4/2
Point load IT5
IT5/2
Housing IT7 Circumferential IT5
load
IT5/2
Point load IT6
IT6/2
PN Shaft IT5 Circumferential IT2 IT7
(high load
accuracy) IT2/2
Point load IT3
IT3/2
Housing IT6 Circumferential IT3
load
IT3/2
Point load IT4
IT4/2
Adjacent construction In the design of the adjacent construction of plain bushes,

of plain bushes a distinction is made in relation to the bearing type. The guidelines
on ELGOGLIDE plain bushes and ELGOTEX filament wound bushes
are similar and have been combined.
ELGOGLIDE plain bushes and The shaft and housing bore should be produced as specified,
ELGOTEX filament Figure 4. For the shaft, a roughness Rz 1 is recommended.
A higher roughness will reduce the operating life of plain bushes.
wound bushes A roughness higher than Rz 4 must be avoided.
dw, DA: recommended mounting tolerances,

see table, page 102
Shaft
Housing bore
Rounded
0001A503
Figure 4
Design of adjacent components
ELGOGLIDE plain bushes For optimum conditions, the shaft should be hardened and have
a hard chromium coating or should be made from corrosion-resistant
steel. For increased loads, the hardness of the steel should
be at least 55 HRC. Lower hardness values may lead to a reduced
rating life.
ELGOTEX filament wound bushes For optimum conditions, the shaft should be hardened.
For increased loads, the hardness of the steel should be at least
55 HRC. Lower hardness values may lead to a reduced rating life.
If the full volume of the sliding layer is to be used, the raceway
on the shaft must be hard, smooth and resistant to corrosion.
Metal/polymer composite Shafts should be chamfered and all sharp edges rounded,
plain bushes see page 299. For easier pressing in, the chamfer should be
produced to fG 20 5, see table and Figure 5.
The recommended mounting tolerances for the shaft and housing
bore must be observed, see table, page 102.
For the housing bore, a roughness depth of Rz10 is recommended.
The optimum operating life in dry running of the sliding layer E40
is achieved with a shaft roughness depth of Rz2 to Rz3.
Very small roughness depths will not increase the operating life,
but larger roughness depths will lead to a significant reduction.
Chamfer width Bore diameter Chamfer width

dG fG
mm mm
dG
30 0,80,3
30 dG
80 1,20,4
80 dG
180 1,80,8
180 dG 2,51
fG = chamfer width
R = rounded edge
000165F1
Figure 5
Chamfer on housing bore
Flanged bushes In flanged bushes, the radius at the transition from the radial
to the axial component must be taken into consideration.
The flanged bush must not be in contact in the area of the radius and,
where axial loads are present, an adequate level of additional sup-
port must be provided for the flange. Chamfer width for the housing
bore, see table and Figure 6.
Chamfer width Bore diameter Chamfer width

dG fG
mm mm
dG
20 1,20,2
20 dG
28 1,70,2
28 dG
45 2,20,2
45 dG 2,70,2
fG = chamfer width
R = rounded edge
000165F0
Figure 6
Chamfer on housing bore
Axial location Spherical plain bearings under high loads undergo elastic defor-
of spherical plain bearings mation. This leads to relative micromovements in the fits. As a result,
the bearing rings can creep in an axial direction despite a tight fit.
In order to prevent axial displacement, the bearing rings must always
be located axially.
Retaining ring or spacer ring Suitable means of locating the bearing rings are as follows, Figure 7
and Figure 8:
retaining rings. These allow easy mounting and dismounting
of the bearings.
spacer rings between the bearing ring and adjacent component
if weakening of the shaft by annular slots is unacceptable or
the bearings are to be preloaded.
Preload prevents rotary motion between the bearing ring and
adjacent construction, even with a loose fit.
Retaining ring
00010A5D
Figure 7
Location by snap rings
Retaining ring
Spacer ring
Figure 8
0001653C
Location by snap rings and

spacer rings
Spacer sleeve, Spherical plain bearings can also be located with the aid of a spacer
end washer and cover sleeve or end washer and a cover, Figure 9 and Figure 10.
Spacer sleeve
Cover
Figure 9
0001653E
Location by means
of spacer sleeves and covers
End washer
Cover
Figure 10
0001653F
Location by means
of end washer and cover
Location Concentric seating of thrust washers is ensured by means of
of thrust washers and strips recesses in the housing, Figure 11. Diameters and depths of
recesses, see dimension tables.
Undesirable rotation of the thrust washers must be prevented by
means of a dowel pin or countersunk head screw. The screw head or
dowel pin must be recessed relative to the running surface by at least
0,25 mm, Figure 11 and Figure 12. Size and arrangement of the
holes, see dimension tables.
If it is not possible to make a recess in the housing, the plain
bearings must be secured by means of several dowel pins or screws.
It is also possible to use other cost-effective joining techniques such
as laser welding, soft soldering or adhesive bonding, see page 367.
It is not always necessary to provide security against rotation.
In some cases, the adhesive friction between the backing of the bush
and the housing will be sufficient.
Strips can be located in the same way as thrust washers.
R = rounded edge
Figure 11
000165EF
Prevention of rotation
by dowel pin
R = rounded edge
Note the guidelines relating to machining

of plain bearings, see page 301.
Figure 12
000165EE
Prevention of rotation
by countersunk head screw
Recommended Spherical plain bearings are radially located by means of fits.

mounting tolerances The recommended values for shaft and housing fits are dependent
for spherical plain bearings on the adjacent construction, see tables.
Application Tight fits prevent damage to the adjacent construction. The shaft and
as locating bearings bore fits must therefore be selected such that no sliding motion
occurs on the shaft or in the housing bore.
When using tight fits, the following must be noted:
Interference between the housing and outer ring causes
contraction of the outer ring.
Interference between the shaft and bearing bore causes
expansion of the inner ring.
These elastic deformations of the bearing rings reduce the internal
clearance of the spherical plain bearing, see section Internal clear-
ance and operating clearance, page 72. If a tight fit is not possible,
the bearing rings must be secured against axial sliding motion
on the shaft or in the housing, see page 97.
Application The axial displacement should occur between the shaft and bearing
as non-locating bearings bore:
The length/diameter ratio of the guidance is more favourable
at this point than on the outer ring of the bearing.
The axially split outer ring expands under axial load and
can therefore jam in the bearing location.
No wear should occur in the housing bore.
The surface of the shaft must be produced so that it is resistant
to wear. The surface hardness must be 55 HRC.
Maintenance-free spherical plain bearings can have a lining
of ELGOGLIDE in the bearing bore, suffix W7 or W8, see table,
page 145.
When used as non-locating bearings, spherical plain bearings
requiring maintenance should only be lubricated via the shaft.
In the case of a non-locating bearing arrangement, the shaft fit g6
is recommended.

Maintenance-free In comparison with spherical plain bearings requiring maintenance,
spherical plain bearings looser fits may be used with maintenance-free bearings. The bearing
friction is lower in this case due to the hard chromium/PTFE sliding
contact surface.
Tighter fits may be necessary for applications with pulsating or
alternating loads or where circumferential loads are present.
Since maintenance-free spherical plain bearings have only a very
small internal clearance, preload may occur in the bearing once
in the fitted condition.
Shaft and housing fits Type Bore Material of adjacent construction

for maintenance-free
d Housing/shaft Housing/shaft
mm Steel/steel Light metal/steel
Radial spherical plain
300 K7/j61) M7/j61)
bearings2) 300 J7/j6
Angular contact spherical M7/m6
plain bearings
Axial spherical plain M7/m6
bearings
1) GE..-PW: for shaft m6.

2) In the case of alternating load, M7/m6 is recommended.
Spherical plain bearings The operating life of spherical plain bearings requiring maintenance
requiring maintenance is reduced by preloading of the sliding surfaces and excessively
small load-bearing areas of the sliding surfaces as a result of an
impermissibly high internal clearance. The recommended values for
shaft and housing fits are dependent on the adjacent construction,
see table.
If tighter fits are necessary, for example where high, impact type
loads occur, the operating clearance must be checked by means
of calculation, see chapter page 72.
If it is possible that a preload and an associated frictional torque
in the bearing is present, this must be taken into consideration in
the design of the bearing arrangement. The accuracy of the adjacent
construction must therefore be checked with Schaeffler.
Shaft and housing fits Type Radial Material of adjacent construction

for spherical plain bearings internal
Housing/shaft Housing/shaft
requiring maintenance clearance
Steel/steel Light metal/steel
Radial spherical plain C2 K7/j6 M7/j6
bearings1) CN M7/m62) N7/m62)
C3 M7/m6 N7/m6
Angular contact spherical M7/n6
plain bearings
Axial spherical plain M7/n6
bearings
1) GE..-LO: for shaft r6.

2) GE..-PB: for housing/shaft K7/m6.

Recommended The plain bearing bushes are pressed into the housing. This provides
mounting tolerances axial and radial location. No additional means of location are
required.
for plain bushes
Recommended mounting tolerances, see tables.
If the shafts used have the tolerance zone h, the bearing clearance
must be checked in accordance with the equations for smax and
for smin, see page 81.
For aluminium housings, mounting tolerances to M7 are
recommended.
Mounting tolerances Diameter range Sliding layer

for metal/polymer composite
mm E40 E40-B E50
plain bushes
Shaft
dW 5 h6
5
dW 80 f7 f7 h8
80
dW h8 h8 h8
Housing bore
dG
5,5 H6
5,5 dG H7 H7 H7
Mounting tolerances Adjacent component Sliding layer

for plain bushes
ELGOGLIDE ELGOTEX
with ELGOGLIDE or ELGOTEX
Shaft f7 h7
Housing bore H7 H7

Misalignment of plain bushes Precise alignment is important for plain bushes. This is particularly
valid for maintenance-free plain bushes, in which load cannot be
distributed by means of a lubricant film.
The misalignment across the entire bush width should be

0,02 mm, Figure 13. This also applies across the entire width
of bushes arranged in pairs as well as to thrust washers.
Plain bushes should not be used for movement involving spatial
motion. Any skewing of the shaft will reduce the operating life.
000165F4
Figure 13
Permissible misalignment of bushes
Edge loading In the case of metal/polymer composite plain bushes, the high edge
of metal/polymer composite loads should be reduced by means of chamfers, larger bore
diameters in the vicinity of the edge or wide bushes that protrude
plain bushes beyond the edge of the bore, Figure 14.
Where bushes are arranged in series, they should be of the same
width and the butt joints should be in alignment.
Figure 14
000165F5
Reduction
of peak stresses at edges

Angular contact If angular contact spherical plain bearings are to transmit axial
spherical plain bearings and radial loads, the bearings can be installed in pairs in an O or X
arrangement under preload, Figure 15 and Figure 16.
in O or X arrangement
The precondition for angular contact spherical plain bearings
requiring maintenance is:
axial clearance per bearing of 0,10,05 mm.
Figure 15
Angular contact
0001949B
in O arrangement
Figure 16
Angular contact
0001949C
in X arrangement

Combination of axial and radial If axial spherical plain bearings are combined with radial spherical
spherical plain bearings plain bearings of dimension series E to DIN ISO 12240-1 in order to
support radial forces, the axial and radial load must be distributed
over both bearings. The pin in the shaft locating washer must have
a radial release of approx. 1 mm or the pin must only be in contact
with the large end face of the shaft locating washer, Figure 17.
For a bore diameter of d 160 mm or larger in the case of
maintenance-free radial spherical plain bearings, the bearing must
be fitted in a closed housing. The diameter D of the axial bearing
corresponds to the inside diameter of the housing.
0001949D
Fr = radial load
dK = sphere diameter
1 mm = pin with radial release
Figure 17
Combination of axial and radial

Sealing
Functions The sealing arrangement has a considerable influence on the oper-

ating life of a bearing arrangement. It is intended to retain the lubri-
cant in the bearing and prevent the ingress of contaminants into
the bearing.
In the selection of seals, attention must be paid to:
the operating and environmental conditions
the degree of radial mobility of the bearing
the tilt angle of the bearing
the design envelope
the costs and work required.
For expanded temperature ranges, sealing must be agreed in consul-
tation with Schaeffler.
Overview of seal types For the sealing of bearings various seals and seal types are
available, which are described in detail, see tables and page 109.
Seal types Seal Guidelines

Design for
External
Internal
Page
2RS 109
0001931F
2TS 109
00019327
2RS2 110
0001932F

(continued)
Design for
External
Internal
Page
2RS4 110
00019334
Seal RS or 2RS for plain bushes 111
000193FE
Grease collar 112

0001931E
External seal 112

00019336
V-ring, single lip design 113

00019337

Sealing

(continued)
Design for
External
Internal
Page
V-shaped sealing ring, double lip design 113
00019338
Two component seal 114
000193FA
Rotary shaft seal, preloaded 114
000193FC
Rotary shaft seal with lip seal 115

00019F46
Modified adjacent construction, gap seal 115

00019F63

Seals in the bearing Various possibilities are available for the sealing of bearings.
These should be selected as a function of the application.
Seal 2RS Where higher requirements for sealing action are present, lip seals
made from thermoplastic polyurethane TPU are used. The seal lips
are radially preloaded against the bearing, Figure 1.
Seals 2RS for maintenance-free spherical plain bearings and
spherical plain bearings requiring maintenance are designed for
indoor applications and are suitable for operating temperatures
from 30 C to +130 C.
Seal 2RS
000193F1
Figure 1
Seal 2RS
Seal 2TS Where very high requirements for sealing action are present, triple
lip seals made from NBR with steel supporting elements are used,
Figure 2. They give excellent protection of the bearing against water,
dust and contamination and are suitable for indoor and outdoor
applications.
Seals 2TS for maintenance-free spherical plain bearings and
spherical plain bearings requiring maintenance are suitable for oper-
ating temperatures from 30 C to +100 C. For short periods,
temperatures up to a maximum of +130 C are permissible. Seals for
expanded temperature ranges are available by agreement.
Seal 2TS
00019780
Figure 2
Seal 2TS

Sealing
Seal 2RS2 Lip seals on both sides with increased sealing action for very high
requirements and long maintenance intervals, Figure 3. They give
protection against coarse and very fine contaminants.
Seals 2RS2 are suitable for maintenance-free large radial spherical
plain bearings and operating temperatures from 40 C to +120 C.
Seal 2RS2
000193F3
Figure 3
Seal 2RS2
Seal 2RS4 Lip seals on both sides with increased sealing action for very high
requirements and long maintenance intervals, Figure 4. They give
protection against coarse and very fine contaminants.
Seals 2RS4 are suitable for large radial spherical plain bearings
requiring maintenance and operating temperatures from 40 C
to +120 C.
Seal 2RS4
000193F4
Figure 4
Seal 2RS4

Seal RS or 2RS for plain bushes ELGOGLIDE plain bushes and ELGOTEX filament wound bushes are
with ELGOGLIDE or ELGOTEX available by agreement on one side with lip seals RS or on both sides
with lip seals 2RS, Figure 5. The sealing rings used are made from
NBR and are designed for temperature ranges of 30 C to +100 C.
For short periods, temperatures up to a maximum of +130 C are
permissible.
Seal 2RS
Figure 5
000193FD
Seal for plain bushes

Sealing
Seals Open and sealed plain bearings can be additionally sealed by means
in the adjacent construction of external seals.
Grease collar The grease collar is a simple and effective type of seal, Figure 6.
By means of frequent relubrication, a grease collar is formed on
the end faces of the spherical plain bearing that protects the bearing
against contaminants.
The grease collar is suitable for spherical plain bearings requiring
lubrication and has proved particularly effective, in conjunction with
daily maintenance, in aggressive operating conditions.
The temperature range is dependent on the grease selection.
For suitable lubricants, see page 180.
Grease collar
000193F0
Figure 6
Sealing by means of grease collar
External seal Simple but highly effective sealing can be achieved by means
of sealing rings made from thermoplastic polyurethane TPU. This is
specially developed for radial spherical plain bearings in accordance
with DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series E and can be integrated
in the adjacent construction as an external seal, Figure 7.
Particularly low seal friction is achieved if the sealing rings for
spherical plain bearings are worked in oil or flowable grease before
fitting. In the case of maintenance-free spherical plain bearings,
please consult Schaeffler.
External seals are suitable for operating temperatures from 30 C
to +130 C.
External seal
000193F5
Figure 7
External seal

V-ring, The V-ring, Figure 8 is a lip seal with axial sealing action. During
single lip design fitting, this single piece rubber ring is pushed under tension along
the shaft until its lip is in axial contact with the housing wall. The seal
lip acts simultaneously as a flinger shield.
The single lip V-ring is suitable for relatively large tilt motions and
for operating temperatures from 40 C to +100 C.
It is particularly easy to fit and is resistant to grease, oil and ageing.
V-ring
000193F7
Figure 8
V-ring, single lip design
V-shaped sealing ring, The V-shaped sealing ring is a simple seal with lip seals on both
double lip design sides. The inside diameter of the sealing ring is in contact with
the spherical surface of the inner ring, Figure 9.
V-shaped sealing rings are suitable for operating temperatures
from 40 C to +100 C.
V-shaped sealing ring

000193F8
Figure 9
V-shaped sealing ring

Sealing
Two component seal The two component seal is a seal lip made from a nitrile mixture
modified with PTFE and is preloaded by means of a high-grade
steel coil spring. The seal shoulder is made from a nitrile mixture
reinforced with cotton, Figure 10.
The bearing is sealed on the protruding part of the inner ring
spherical surface.
The two component seal is easy to use and is suitable for operating
temperatures from 40 C to +120 C, with operation for short
periods at up to +150 C.
Two component seal
000193F9
Figure 10
Two component seal
Rotary shaft seal The rotary shaft seal is a steel-reinforced plastic ring with a seal lip.
The seal collar with one lip is pressed against the shaft running
surface by a coil spring, Figure 11.
Rotary shaft seals are suitable for small tilt angles with grease and
oil lubrication. They prevent the egress of lubricant. A sealing ring
with an additional protective lip also prevents the ingress of
contamination.
The temperature range is dependent on the seal material.
If grease lubrication is used:
the seal lip should be positioned facing outwards.
If oil bath lubrication is used:
the seal lip should be positioned facing inwards
an additional dust lip facing outwards should be used.
Rotary shaft seal

000193FB
Figure 11
Rotary shaft seal

Seals for plain bushes Possibilities for sealing the bearing position in the adjacent
construction are as follows, Figure 12:
a modified adjacent construction
gap seals
rotary shaft seals.
The suitability of the sealing arrangement must be agreed
in consultation with the seal manufacturer.
If the seal is designed with additional outer seals, it must be borne
in mind that the bearing clearance will increase due to the wear
of the sliding layer. Plain bushes with ELGOGLIDE, ELGOTEX or E40
are not lubricated. Grease must be prevented from leaving a seal and
coming into contact with these sliding layers.
Protection by adjacent construction

Gap seal
Shaft seal
Figure 12
000165F2
Seals for protection
of the bearing position

General guidelines In the interests of the user, the applicable legal regulations and other
directives relating to environmental protection and occupational
safety must be observed.
Plain bearings must be handled with care before and during mount-
ing. Problem-free functioning of the sliding surfaces is substantially
dependent on the care taken in mounting. The sliding surfaces must
not be damaged. It must be ensured that mounting is carried out
in clean conditions.
The bearings will only achieve their maximum operating life and
functional capability if they are mounted correctly. Where a mount-
ing position is specified, this must be observed in all cases.
Further information Schaeffler offers products and services for the mounting and
dismounting of plain bearings, see section Mounting and
maintenance, page 401.
Delivered condition The plain bearings are supplied with preservative in a box, or in a bag
held in a box or in a crate. Depending on their design, rod ends are
supplied protected by a preservative or with a zinc coating.
Any change, irrespective of the bearing type, will reduce their
operating life.
Bearings must not be treated or cleaned using trichloroethylene,
perchloroethylene, petroleum spirit or other solvents.
Substances containing oil will change the characteristics
of the bearings.
Storage of bearings Plain bearings should be stored:

in the original packaging
in clean, dry areas
at as constant a temperature as possible
at a relative humidity of max. 65%.
Unpacking of bearings Plain bearings should only be removed from their packaging
immediately before mounting:
Hands should be kept clean and dry and protective gloves worn
if necessary (perspiration leads to corrosion).
If the original packaging is damaged, the products must be
checked.
If the products are contaminated, they must be wiped
with a clean cloth only.

Guidelines for mounting The guidelines for mounting must be followed precisely and
the operating specifications must be observed:
If not, there is a direct or indirect hazard to personnel, the product
or the adjacent construction.
The bearings must be protected against moisture and aggressive
media.
The bearings must always be located concentrically.
Mounting may only be carried out by qualified personnel. If errors
are made in mounting, no claims may be made under warranty.
Schaeffler assumes no liability for damage caused by defective
mounting, incorrect maintenance, incorrect communication
of the content of this chapter to third parties or a failure to
communicate the content.
Maintenance-free
plain bearings
Plain bearings with maintenance-free sliding layers must not be
lubricated. The use of lubricant will lead to a considerable reduction
in the operating life.
Maintenance-free spherical plain bearings and maintenance-free
plain bushes should be mounted such that no lubricant or other
substances used to aid mounting can reach the sliding surfaces.
Transport Large spherical plain bearings must only be transported using

of large radial spherical the eye bolts supplied. For this purpose, the radial bearings have
threaded holes on the end faces of the inner and outer rings,
plain bearings Figure 1.
000167E8
Figure 1
Transport by means of eye bolts
Orientation for mounting For the mounting of large radial spherical plain bearings GE..-DW
of large radial spherical and GE..-DW-2RS2, it must be ensured that the screw connection
on one side of the outer ring halves is facing towards the open side
plain bearings of the bearing. This makes subsequent dismounting easier.

Checking Before mounting of spherical plain bearings, rod ends and plain
the adjacent construction bushes, the adjacent construction must be checked as follows:
the quality of the bearing seating surface on the shaft and
housing bore
the dimensional and geometrical accuracy of seating and
locating faces
the shaft and housing seats
any chamfers, radii and edge breaks required on the shaft and
housing bore, see section Design of bearing arrangements,
page 90.
Any burrs present must be removed.
If tight fits are present or mounting conditions present difficulties,
the surface of the shaft and housing bore should be lightly oiled.
If welding work is carried out on the adjacent construction, welding
currents must not be allowed to pass through the spherical plain
bearing, since this will immediately damage the sliding surfaces.
Positioning of the joint In radial spherical plain bearings with outer rings split at one and
two points, the joints must be positioned at 90 to the main load
direction, Figure 2.
The lubrication holes in bearings requiring maintenance are thus
positioned directly in the load zone. This allows good lubricant
distribution in the load zone area.
Joint
Main load direction
Lubrication hole
Figure 2
00019408
Position of joint
in main load direction
Adhesive bonding If the recommended fits are observed, adhesive bonding of
of bearing rings the bearing rings is not generally necessary.
Adhesives may only be used on spherical plain bearings with
steel/steel sliding contact surfaces under the following conditions:
The surfaces to be bonded must be clean and free from grease.
The raceways must be cleaned using a cleaning agent and well
lubricated using a paste with a high MoS2 content.
It must be ensured that the lubricant ducts and lubricant holes
are not blocked by adhesive.

Pressing in Always apply mounting forces to the bearing ring to be mounted,
of spherical plain bearings Figure 3. If these forces are directed through the sliding surfaces,
this could lead to jamming of the bearings during mounting.
When mounting the bearings on a shaft and in a housing, the mount-
ing tools used must act simultaneously on the end faces of the inner
and outer ring, Figure 3.
Larger bearings must be mounted using special mounting equip-
ment, Figure 4. As the bearing diameter increases, so do
the mounting forces required and simple impact type tools are
no longer adequate in these cases.
Further information on the mounting and maintenance of plain
bearings is available from the industrial service function
of Schaeffler, see section Mounting and maintenance, page 401.
Avoid direct blows with a hammer and drift on the end faces of
the bearing rings, since this can lead to microcracks in the bearing.
Mounting in housing
Simultaneous mounting
on shaft and in housing
Figure 3
00019405
Mounting forces and
bearing ring to be mounted
Mounting device
Figure 4
00019406
Special mounting equipment

for larger bearings
Hydraulic assistance For special spherical plain bearings with a conical bore, hydraulic
nuts are used in conjunction with hydraulic pumps, see page 412.

Pressing in of bushes The bushes can be easily pressed into the housing bore. The bushes
can be pressed in more easily if the bush backing or housing bore is
lightly oiled.
Bushes can be pressed in flush or into a counterbore using a press-
in mandrel, Figure 5 and Figure 6. In the case of metal/polymer
composite plain bushes, an auxiliary ring should additionally be
used due to the butt joint for a diameter equal to or greater than
55 mm, Figure 7, page 121.
The chamfer on the mandrel must have rounded transitions or
rounding of the end.
Sharp transitions on the entry side of the shaft and mandrel will
damage the sliding layer during mounting and reduce the operating
life of the plain bearings.
Diameter of press-in mandrel Series Diameter of press-in mandrel

dD
Metal/polymer composite plain bushes Di 0,1
0,2
ELGOTEX filament wound bushes Di 0,3
0,5
Di, Do = inside or outside diameter

dD = outside diameter of press-in mandrel
F = pressing in force
Bush
Press-in mandrel
Housing
00019AE2
Figure 5
Pressing bush in flush
Di, Do = inside or outside diameter

dD = outside diameter of press-in mandrel
F = pressing in force
Bush
Press-in mandrel
Housing
Shoulder diameter
00019AE3
Figure 6
Pressing bush into a counterbore

Auxiliary ring Outside diameter of bush Inside diameter of auxiliary ring
for metal/polymer composite Do dH
plain bushes with Do 55 mm mm mm
55
Do
100 Do0,28
0,25
100 Do
200 Do0,4
0,36
200 Do
305 Do0,5
0,46
Do 55 mm
Do = outside diameter of bush
Di = inside diameter of bush
dH = inside diameter of auxiliary ring
Bush
Auxiliary ring
Press-in mandrel
Housing
Shoulder diameter
O-ring
00019F44
Figure 7
Pressing bush in using auxiliary ring

Thermal assistance In order to reduce the mounting forces, spherical plain bearings can
be heated.
Do not heat bearings to more than +130 C, since higher tempera-
tures will damage the seals in sealed bearings.
Spherical plain bearings must not be heated in an oil bath:
In the case of maintenance-free spherical plain bearings,
this affects the tribological system.
In the case of spherical plain bearings requiring maintenance
with a steel/steel sliding contact surface, this will change
the concentration of molybdenum disulphide on the sliding
surfaces.
Bearings must not be heated using a naked flame:
The material undergoes excessive localised heating,
reducing its hardness.
Furthermore, stresses are induced in the bearing.
The seals could melt.
Maintenance-free sliding layers could be damaged.
Mounting The structure of the rings of radial spherical plain bearings with
by means of refrigeration a steel/steel sliding contact surface will change at temperatures
below 61 C. Due to the structural change, their volume may
increase; the change to the tolerances may lead to jamming of
the bearing.
If this mounting method is to be used, the bearing rings can be
supplied with appropriate heat treatment. Please consult the
Schaeffler engineering service.
For easier fitting, maintenance-free ELGOGLIDE plain bushes can be
cooled for a short time in liquid nitrogen at 196 C.
In the case of plain bushes with integrated seals 2RS, the correct
seating of the seals in the undercut must be checked after
refrigeration.

Tools for Heating can be carried out using heating cabinets with a controllable
thermally assisted mounting thermostat, induction heating devices, Figure 8, or medium
frequency technology. The advantages include uniform heating,
no contamination of components and the absence of long pre-
heating times.
Further information is available from the industrial service function
of Schaeffler, see page 409.
Localised heating must be avoided. The bearing temperature must
be monitored using a thermometer.
Information in the catalogue and manufacturer's data on grease and
seals must be observed.
00019617
Figure 8
Heating by means
of an induction heating device

Dismounting Even if the force is applied to the ring to be dismounted in accord-

of spherical plain bearings ance with the specification in the case of spherical plain bearings,
the frictional contact of the other ring due to the fit presents
difficulties in dismounting.
Depending on the joint pressure, contraction of the inner ring and
expansion of the outer ring will occur, Figure 9. The extraction forces
also increase with increasing joint pressure.
0001940C
Motion
Figure 9
Contraction of the inner ring and
expansion of the outer ring

Precautions for dismounting Dismounting of spherical plain bearings can be facilitated
if the following design precautions are taken:
a threaded hole for an extraction screw in the shaft, Figure 10
threaded holes for extraction screws in the housing, Figure 11
milled areas on the stud for the jaws of the extraction device,
Figure 11.
Threaded hole
000167EF
Figure 10
Threaded hole in the shaft
Threaded hole
Milled areas
Figure 11
00019466
Threaded hole in the housing and
milled areas for extractors

ISO tolerances
ISO tolerances for bores The fit, Figure 1 and tables, is determined by the ISO tolerances
for housings in accordance with ISO 286-2 in conjunction with
the tolerances for the outside diameter of the bearings.
Ao = upper deviation
Au = lower deviation
Tg = fundamental tolerance; Tg = Ao Au
Ag = fundamental deviation;
smallest distance from the zero line
Housing
00019472
Figure 1
ISO tolerances for bores
Limit deviations for bores Nominal housing bore diameter in mm
over 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180
incl. 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250
Housing deviation in m
+12 +16 +20 +24 +28 +34 +40 +47 +54 +61
G7
+2 +4 +5 +6 +7 +9 +10 +12 +14 +15
+6 +8 +9 +11 +13 +16 +19 +22 +25 +29

H6
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
+10 +12 +15 +18 +21 +25 +30 +35 +40 +46
H7
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
+14 +18 +22 +27 +33 +39 +46 +54 +63 +72
H8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
+25 +30 +36 +43 +52 +62 +74 +87 +100 +115
H9
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
+2 +5 +5 +6 +8 +10 +13 +16 +18 +22

J6
4 3 4 5 5 6 6 6 7 7
+4 +6 +8 +10 +12 +14 +18 +22 +26 +30

J7
6 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 16
0 +3 +5 +6 +6 +7 +9 +10 +12 +13

K7
10 9 10 12 15 18 21 25 28 33
0 +5 +6 +8 +10 +12 +14 +16 +20 +22

K8
14 13 16 19 23 27 32 38 43 50
2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
M7
12 12 15 18 21 25 30 35 40 46
4 4 4 5 7 8 9 10 12 14
N7
14 16 19 23 28 33 39 45 52 60

Limit deviations for bores Nominal bore diameter in mm
(continued)
over 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250
incl. 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600
Bore deviation in m
+69 +75 +83 +92 +104 +116 +133 +155
G7
+17 +18 +20 +20 +24 +26 +28 +30
+32 +36 +40 +44 +50 +56 +66 +78

H6
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
+52 +57 +63 +70 +80 +90 +105 +125

H7
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
+81 +89 +97 +110 +125 +140 +165 +195

H8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
+130 +140 +155 +175 +200 +230 +260 +310

H9
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
+25 +29 +33 +35 +38 +42 +48 +54

J6
7 7 7 8 9 10 10 11
+36 +39 +43 +46 +52 +58 +64 +72

J7
16 18 20 22 24 26 29 33
+16 +17 +18 0 0 0 0 0

K7
36 40 45 70 80 90 105 125
+25 +28 +29 0 0 0 0 0

K8
56 61 68 110 125 140 165 195
0 0 0 26 30 34 40 48
M7
52 57 63 96 110 124 145 173
14 16 17 44 50 56 66 78
N7
66 73 80 114 130 146 171 203

ISO tolerances
ISO tolerances for shafts The fit, Figure 2 and tables, is determined by the ISO tolerances
in accordance with ISO 286-2 in conjunction with the tolerances
for the bore diameter of the bearings.
Ao = upper deviation
Au = lower deviation
Tg = fundamental tolerance; Tg = Ao Au
Ag = fundamental deviation;
smallest distance from the zero line
Shaft
00019473
Figure 2
ISO tolerances for shafts
Limit deviations for shafts Nominal bore diameter in mm
over 3 6 10 18 30 40 50 65 80 100
incl. 3 6 10 18 30 40 50 65 80 100 120
Shaft deviation in m
14 20 25 32 40 50 60 72
e7
24 32 40 50 61 75 90 107
6 10 13 16 20 25 30 36
f7
16 22 28 34 41 50 60 71
2 4 5 6 7 9 10 12
g6
8 12 14 17 20 25 29 34
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
h6
6 8 9 11 13 16 19 22
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
h7
10 12 15 18 21 25 30 35
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
h8
14 18 22 27 33 39 46 54
+4 +6 +7 +8 +9 +11 +12 +13

j6
2 2 2 3 4 5 7 9
+6 +8 +10 +12 +13 +15 +18 +20

j7
4 4 5 6 8 10 12 15
+6 +9 +10 +12 +15 +18 +21 +25

k6
0 +1 +1 +1 +2 +2 +2 +3
+8 +12 +15 +18 +21 +25 +30 +35

m6
+2 +4 +6 +7 +8 +9 +11 +13
+10 +16 +19 +23 +28 +33 +39 +45

n6
+4 +8 +10 +12 +15 +17 +20 +23
+12 +20 +24 +29 +35 +42 +51 +59

p6
+6 +12 +15 +18 +22 +26 +32 +37
+16 +23 +28 +34 +41 +50 +60 +62 +73 +76
r6
+10 +15 +19 +23 +28 +34 +41 +43 +51 +54

(continued)
over 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355
incl. 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400
85 100 110 125
e7
125 146 162 182
43 50 56 62
f7
83 96 108 119
14 15 17 18
g6
39 44 49 54
0 0 0 0
h6
25 29 32 36
0 0 0 0
h7
40 46 52 57
0 0 0 0
h8
63 72 81 89
+14 +16 +16 +18

j6
11 13 16 18
+22 +25 +26 +29

j7
18 21 26 28
+28 +33 +36 +40

k6
+3 +4 +4 +4
+40 +46 +52 +57

m6
+15 +17 +20 +21
+52 +60 +66 +73

n6
+27 +31 +34 +37
+68 +79 +88 +98

p6
+43 +50 +56 +62
+88 +90 +93 +106 +109 +113 +126 +130 +144 +150
r6
+63 +65 +68 +77 +80 +84 +94 +98 +108 +114

ISO tolerances

(continued)
over 400 450 500 560 630 710 800 900
incl. 450 500 560 630 710 800 900 1000
135
e7
198
68
f7
131
20 22 24 26
g6
60 66 74 82
0 0 0 0
h6
40 44 50 56
0 0 0 0
h7
63 70 80 90
0 0 0 0
h8
97 110 125 140
+20 +22 +24

j6
20 21 23
+31
j7
32
+45 +44 +50 +56

k6
+5 0 0 0
+63 +70 +80 +90

m6
+23 +26 +30 +34
+80 +88 +100 +112

n6
+40 +44 +50 +56
+108 +122 +138 +156

p6
+68 +78 +88 +100
+166 +172 +194 +199 +225 +235 +266 +276

r6
+126 +132 +150 +155 +175 +185 +210 +220

Maintenance-free
Spherical plain bearings, ................................................................................................................. 134

maintenance-free Spherical plain bearings are ready-to-fit, standardised machine
elements. Due to the outer ring with its concave inner slideway and
the inner ring with its crowned outer slideway, they can perform
spatial adjustment motions.
The bearings are available as radial and axial spherical plain bear-
ings. They can support static loads, are suitable for tilt and swivel
motion, compensate for shaft misalignment, are not subject to edge
stresses under misalignment and allow substantial manufacturing
tolerances in the adjacent construction.
These spherical plain bearings are completely maintenance-free.
They are used where particular requirements for operating life
apply in conjunction with maintenance-free operation or where,
for reasons of lubrication, bearings with metallic sliding contact
surfaces are not suitable, for example under unilateral load.
The standard sliding layer used is ELGOGLIDE.
Spherical plain bearings, ................................................................................................................. 170

requiring maintenance These bearings correspond in their construction to the maintenance-
free designs but are lubricated via the outer and inner ring.
They transmit movements and forces with low moment levels, thus
keeping bending stresses away from the construction elements and
are particularly suitable for alternating loads with impact and shock
type stresses.
The sliding contact surface is the metallic combination steel/steel or
steel/bronze.

0001953A
0001953B

Spherical plain bearings,
maintenance-free
Radial spherical plain bearings
Large radial spherical plain bearings
Axial spherical plain bearings
maintenance-free
Page
Product overview Maintenance-free spherical plain bearings.............................. 136
Features Radial spherical plain bearings ............................................... 138

Angular contact spherical plain bearings................................. 139
Axial spherical plain bearings ................................................. 139
Sliding layers ......................................................................... 140
Bearing materials ................................................................... 142
Sealing................................................................................... 143
Lubrication............................................................................. 143
Operating temperature ........................................................... 144
Suffixes.................................................................................. 145
Design and Friction................................................................................... 146

safety guidelines Running-in phase ................................................................... 146
Design of bearing arrangements ............................................. 146
Predimensioning .................................................................... 146
Dimensioning and rating life ................................................... 146
Calculation example for GE50-UK-2TS ..................................... 147
Calculation example for GE50-SW ........................................... 150
Accuracy Spherical plain bearings with axially split or

radially split outer ring............................................................ 153
Dimension tables Radial spherical plain bearings, maintenance-free,

dimension series E ................................................................. 154
Radial spherical plain bearings, maintenance-free,
dimension series C ................................................................. 158
dimension series G................................................................. 160
dimension series K ................................................................. 164
Angular contact spherical plain bearings,
maintenance-free ................................................................... 166
Axial spherical plain bearings, maintenance-free .................... 168

Product overview Spherical plain bearings,
maintenance-free
Radial GE..-UK GE..-FW

Sliding contact surface
hard chromium/PTFE composite
Open design
000164C6
000164C9
Sliding contact surface GE..-UK-2RS, GE..-UK-2TS GE..-FW-2RS, GE..-FW-2TS
hard chromium/ELGOGLIDE
With lip seals or
high performance seals
00016693
00016694
Sliding contact surface GE..-PW
steel/PTFE film
Open design
000164CE
GE..-DW GE..-DW-2RS2
Large radial
hard chromium/ ELGOGLIDE
With or without lip seals
00019CB1
00019C97

Angular contact GE..-SW
Open design
000164BA
Axial GE..-AW

Open design
00019CB2

maintenance-free
Features Spherical plain bearings allow spatial adjustment movements and,

depending on the bearing type, can support radial, combined or
axial loads.
Radial Maintenance-free radial spherical plain bearings comprise inner

spherical plain bearings rings, outer rings and maintenance-free sliding layers. The inner
rings have a cylindrical bore with a curved outer slideway.
The outer rings have a cylindrical outside surface and a concave
inner slideway.
Between the inner and outer ring is an ELGOGLIDE sliding surface.
The sliding surface in the series GE..-UK and GE..-FW is PTFE
composite, while the sliding surface in series GE..-PW is PTFE film.
For a description of the sliding surfaces, see page 140.
The bearings are available in open and sealed designs.
Area of application Radial spherical plain bearings are preferably used to support
radial forces. GE..-UK-2RS(-2TS), GE..-FW-2RS(-2TS), GE..-DW and
GE..-DW-2RS2 are also suitable for alternating loads up to a contact
pressure of p = 150 N/mm2. The bearings are used where particular
requirements for operating life apply in conjunction with
maintenance-free operation or where, for reasons of lubrication,
bearings with metallic sliding contact surfaces are not suitable,
for example under unilateral load.
Large radial spherical plain bearings GE..-DW and GE..-DW-2RS2

Large radial of d 320 mm are X-life bearings and are indicated as such
spherical plain bearings in the dimension tables.
These bearings have even higher performance materials, lower
coefficients of friction and lower running-in wear than comparable
bearings.
Split outer ring In series GE..-UK-2RS(-2TS) up to a diameter d

140 mm, the outer
ring is axially split at one point, while for diameters d 160 mm
it is axially split at two points and held together by means of heavy-
section retaining washers.
In the case of bearings GE..-FW-2RS(-2TS) up to a diameter
d
120 mm, the outer ring is axially split at one point, while for
diameters d 140 mm it is axially split at two points and held
together by means of heavy-section retaining washers. In the case
of GE..-DW and GE..-DW-2RS2, the outer ring is radially split. It is held
together by means of screws and dowel pins.
Extended inner rings GE..-FW-2RS(-2TS) and GE..-FW have extended inner rings.
As a result, larger tilt angles are possible.

Series, sliding layer, standard Radial spherical plain bearings are designed according to their
specific series with different sliding layers, see table and section
Sliding layers, page 140.
Series and design Series Sliding layer DIN ISO Dimen- Shaft
sion d
series mm
over incl.
GE..-UK-2RS ELGOGLIDE 12240-1 E 17 300
GE..-UK-2TS ELGOGLIDE 12240-1 E 30 300
GE..-FW-2RS ELGOGLIDE 12240-1 G 25 280
GE..-FW-2TS ELGOGLIDE 12240-1 G 25 280
GE..-DW ELGOGLIDE (X-life) 12240-1 C 320 1000
GE..-DW-2RS2 ELGOGLIDE (X-life) 12240-1 C 320 1000
GE..-UK PTFE composite 12240-1 E 6 30
GE..-FW PTFE composite 12240-1 G 6 25
GE..-PW PTFE film 12240-1 K 6 30
Angular contact Angular contact spherical plain bearings GE..-SW correspond to

spherical plain bearings DIN ISO 12240-2. They have inner rings with a curved outer slideway
and outer rings with a concave inner slideway to which the sliding
layer ELGOGLIDE is attached by adhesive.
The bearings are available for shaft diameters from 25 mm
to 200 mm. Other sizes are available by agreement.
Area of application The bearings can support radial and axial loads and are suitable for
alternating dynamic loads. They can be used in paired arrangements
as preloaded units.
Angular contact spherical plain bearings are used to support high
loads occurring in conjunction with small motions. They are a good
plain bearing alternative to tapered roller bearings 320..-X in accord-
ance with ISO 355 and DIN 720, since they have the same mounting
dimensions.
Axial Axial spherical plain bearings GE..-AW correspond to

spherical plain bearings DIN ISO 12240-3. In these units, the shaft locating washer is
supported in the ball socket-shaped sliding zone of the housing
locating washer.
The sliding material in the housing locating washer is ELGOGLIDE or,
in the case of a nominal diameter d 220 mm, ELGOGLIDE in X-life.
The bearings are available for shaft diameters from 10 mm
to 360 mm. Other sizes are available by agreement.
Area of application The bearings are preferably used to support axial forces. They are
suitable as support or base bearings and can also be combined with
radial spherical plain bearings of dimension series E in accordance
with DIN ISO 12240-1.
Axial spherical plain bearings GE..-AW of d 220 mm are X-life

bearings and are indicated as such in the dimension tables.
These bearings have even higher performance materials, lower
coefficients of friction and lower running-in wear than comparable
bearings.

maintenance-free
Sliding layers Maintenance-free spherical plain bearings have special sliding

layers based on polytetrafluorethylene PTFE in the outer ring.
In descending order of performance capability, these are:
ELGOGLIDE, the highest performance sliding layer
ELGOGLIDE-W11, the sliding layer for low friction
PTFE film
PTFE composite.
These materials form the slideway, transmit the forces occurring and
perform the lubrication function.
Maintenance-free bearings must not be lubricated.
ELGOGLIDE The sliding layer comprises a 0,5 mm thick layer of ELGOGLIDE,

is embedded in synthetic resin and attached by a high strength bond
to the support body, Figure 1.
The flow behaviour of the sliding layer is, in conjunction with
the supporting body, almost negligible even under very high load.
The adhesive bond is resistant to moisture and swelling.
ELGOGLIDE is a registered trademark and product of Schaeffler.
PTFE fabric,
comprising PTFE and support fibres
Resin matrix
Support fibres
Steel supporting body
Adhesive bond
Figure 1
ELGOGLIDE,
00019EB7
maintenance-free
plain bearing material
ELGOGLIDE designs For differing requirements, the following are available:
ELGOGLIDE
the standard material for very high dynamic contact pressures
from 25 N/mm2 to 300 N/mm2 and a long operating life
ELGOGLIDE-W11
the material for dynamic contact pressures from 1 N/mm2
to 100 N/mm2 and with low coefficients of friction even at
low contact pressures.

PTFE film The PTFE film (metal fabric material) is fixed to the outer ring curved
surface, Figure 2.
The metal fabric is made from high strength bronze and acts as
a stabiliser for the sintered PTFE composite.
Plastic composite comprising PTFE

Supporting body
Bronze
00019484
Figure 2
PTFE film, cross-section
PTFE composite PTFE composite comprises sheet steel with bronze attached
by sintering and an embedded plastic composite made from PTFE,
Figure 3.
The composite is embedded with form contact between the inner
ring curved surface and the outer steel surface.
Plastic composite comprising PTFE

Sintered bronze
Sheet steel
00019485
Figure 3
PTFE composite, cross-section

maintenance-free
Bearing materials Maintenance-free spherical plain bearings fulfil all the requirements
in terms of fatigue and wear resistance, hardness, toughness and
structural stability as well as maintenance-free operation.
The materials used for the inner and outer rings and the shaft and
housing locating washers are generally hardened and ground rolling
bearing steel, see table.
Materials and design Series Material

Inner ring or Outer ring or
shaft locating washer housing locating washer
GE..-UK-2RS Hardened and ground Axially split at one point in
GE..-UK-2TS rolling bearing steel, GE..-UK-2RS(-2TS) to d
140 mm
GE..-FW-2RS curved surface finished or and in GE..-FW-2RS(-2TS)
GE..-FW-2TS polished (d 240 mm) to d
120 mm. In larger sizes,
and hard chromium axially split at two points and held
coated. together by means of heavy-section
retaining washers.
ELGOGLIDE fixed by adhesive
in the outer ring curved surface.
GE..-DW Hardened rolling bearing 42CrMo4-TQ in accordance with
GE..-DW-2RS2 steel, curved surface DIN EN 10083-1, radially split and
ground, polished and held together by means of screws
hard chromium coated. and dowel pins arranged axially
on one side.
GE..-UK Hardened rolling bearing Formed around inner ring by special
GE..-FW steel, curved surface upset process from two bushes
finished and hard pushed into each other, outer steel
chromium coated. surface subsequently precision
machined.
PTFE composite embedded with
form contact between the inner ring
curved surface and the outer steel
surface.
GE..-PW Hardened and ground Brass, formed about inner ring,
rolling bearing steel, outside surface subsequently
curved surface finished. precision machined.
PTFE film fixed by adhesive
GE..-SW Hardened rolling bearing Outer ring in GE..-SW and housing
GE..-AW steel, curved surface locating washer in GE..-AW made
ground, polished and from hardened rolling bearing steel.
hard chromium coated. Curved surface ground,
in the case of GE..-AW 160 mm,
housing locating washer made
from unhardened steel.
in the outer ring or housing locating
washer curved surface.

Sealing Sealed radial spherical plain bearings have the suffix 2RS, 2RS2
or 2TS. They are protected by lip seals on both sides against
contaminants and water spray.
Large radial spherical plain bearings GE..-DW-2RS2 have seals
with increased sealing action for very high requirements.
Radial spherical plain bearings GE..-UK-2TS and GE..-FW-2TS are
sealed on both sides by integrated, triple lip high performance seals.
Angular contact and axial spherical plain bearings are not sealed but
can be protected by means of an external seal, page 106.
Lubrication Maintenance-free spherical plain bearings do not have relubrication

facilities and must not be lubricated.
Maintenance-free spherical plain bearings must be subjected to dry
running-in. Any lubricant will impair the smoothing effect necessary
and will considerably reduce the operating life of the bearings.

maintenance-free
Operating temperature The permissible operating temperature is dependent on the sliding

contact surface and the sealing arrangement, see table.
If the temperature exceeds the stated values, there will be
a reduction in the operating life and the effect of the sealing
arrangement.
Operating temperature Series Temperature

C
over incl.
GE..-UK 50 +200
GE..-UK-2RS1) 30 +130
GE..-UK-2TS1) 30 +100
GE..-DW 50 +150
GE..-DW-2RS21) 40 +120
GE..-FW 50 +200
GE..-FW-2RS1) 30 +130
GE..-FW-2TS1) 30 +100
GE..-PW 50 +200
GE..-SW 50 +150
GE..-AW 50 +150
1) Due to the different sliding layers in the series, these bearings are suitable,
if they are used without seals, for temperatures from 50 C to +150 C,
Temperature-resistant seals If sealed bearings must be used at higher temperatures, an unsealed

bearing with external, temperature-resistant seals can be used,
Figure 4.
Seal
Figure 4
00016527
Open spherical plain bearing

with external seals

Suffixes Suffixes for available designs: see table.
Available designs Suffix Description Design

2RS Standard lip seals on both sides Standard
2RS2 Lip seals with increased sealing action
on both sides
2TS Triple lip high performance seals
on both sides
W1 Inner and outer ring Special design,
made from corrosion-resistant steel available by
W3 Inner ring made from corrosion-resistant steel agreement only
W7 Inner ring bore with ELGOGLIDE lining

(dNEW = d1,08)
W8 Inner ring bore with ELGOGLIDE lining
(dNEW = d)
W11 For low contact pressures (starting as low
as 1 N/mm2) and minimal friction
G8 Outer ring with Corrotect ZN coating,
curved and end surfaces of inner ring
with hard chromium coating

maintenance-free
Design and The chapter Technical principles brings together the essential
safety guidelines guidelines on the subjects of operating clearance, the adjacent
construction and mounting and dismounting, see section Technical
principles, page 20.
Friction The friction behaviour is dependent on the sliding contact surface

and changes during the operating life. Calculation of the bearing
frictional torque and the typical wear characteristics are given in
the chapter Technical principles, see section Friction and increases
in temperature, page 69.
Running-in phase During the running-in phase, PTFE particles are transferred from
the sliding layer to the opposing running surface. As a result,
the small roughness features of the inner ring surface are filled in.
It is only once this tribologically smooth surface is produced
in conjunction with the detached PTFE particles that the bearings can
achieve a long operating life.
Maintenance-free spherical plain bearings do not have relubrication
Any lubrication of maintenance-free spherical plain bearings
after running-in will impair the smoothing effect necessary and
will considerably reduce the operating life of the bearings.
Design In the design of the adjacent construction, the guidelines

of bearing arrangements in the chapter Technical principles must be observed, see section
Design of bearing arrangements, page 90.
Predimensioning In the case of maintenance-free spherical plain bearings,

Dimensioning and rating life The dimensioning of maintenance-free spherical plain bearings is
brought together in the chapter Technical principles, see section
Technical principles, page 20.
Depending on whether the bearing is subjected to dynamic or static
load, the following must be checked:
static load safety factor S0
maximum permissible specific bearing load p
maximum permissible sliding velocity v
maximum specific frictional energy pv.
The rating life can be calculated if the range of validity is observed,

Calculation example The rating life of the radial spherical plain bearing is calculated
for radial spherical on the basis of the sliding layer ELGOGLIDE, see section Load carrying
capacity and life, page 35.
plain bearing GE50-UK-2TS
Given data The given data for calculation of the rating life are as follows:
pivot of a tiller steering axis
axial and radial loads in the pulsating range.
Operating parameters Bearing load Fr min = 10 000 N

Fr max = 70 000 N
Fa = 20 000 N
Swivel angle = 12
Tilt angle 1, = 1,2
2
Swivel frequency f = 30 min1
Load frequency PHz = 0,20 Hz
Operating temperature min = 20 C
max = +50 C
Bearing data Radial spherical plain bearing = GE50-UK-2TS

Basic dynamic load rating Cr = 444 000 N
Sphere diameter dK = 66 mm
Sliding material ELGOGLIDE
Required Bearing with the required rating life Lh 8 500 h.

maintenance-free
Checking of permissible loads

The validity of the permissible loads and sliding velocities must be
checked, since useful rating life calculation is only possible within
this range, see tables, page 50.
Combined load For calculation of the combined load, the factor X must be deter-
mined from the diagram for radial spherical plain bearings using
the ratio Fa/Fr = 20 000 N / 70 000 N = 0,29, Figure 4, page 39:
Specific bearing load The specific bearing load must be calculated with the aid of the
specific load parameter K and checked for validity, see table,
page 41, and table, page 50:
Combined swivel and tilt motion The motion angle for combined motion must be calculated and
checked for validity, see page 46:
Sliding velocity in swivel motion The sliding velocity must be calculated with the aid of the sphere
diameter dK and the motion angle 1 for combined loads and
checked for validity, see table, page 44, and table, page 50:
Specific frictional energy pv The specific frictional energy pv must be checked for validity,
see table, page 50:

Determining For calculation of the rating life, the valid rating life equation must be
the rating life equation selected and then subjected to correction.
Selection For maintenance-free plain bearings, the following applies,

of the valid rating life equation see page 52:
The correction factors necessary for the plain bearing material

ELGOGLIDE must be selected from the matrix and used to correct
the rating life equation appropriately, see table, page 55, and
equation.
Correction factors, Series Sliding layer Correction factors
as a function of bearing type
plain bearing
GE..-UK ELGOGLIDE
Rating life equation

following correction
Calculation of rating life The values for the correction factors in the corrected rating life
equation must be taken from the diagrams, see page 56 and table.
The specific plain bearing factor KL = 25 000, see table, page 52.
Correction factors Correction factor Source Value

Load fp Figure 13, page 56 0,7
Frictional energy fpv* Page 59 0,78
Temperature f Figure 18, page 60 0,6

Condition of rotation fA Page 62 1
Tilt angle f Figure 25, page 65 0,91
Swivel angle, oscillation angle f Figure 26, page 65 0,78
Variable load fHz Figure 27, page 66 0,6
Rating life Lh The rating life is calculated as follows:
Result The ratio Fa/Fr for radial spherical plain bearings is in the valid range

0,3, but calculation of the rating life does not fulfil the required
rating life Lh 8 500 h. For this reason, an angular contact spherical
plain bearing GE50-SW is selected and calculated, see page 150.

maintenance-free
Calculation example The rating life of the angular contact spherical plain bearing is
for angular contact spherical calculated on the basis of the sliding layer ELGOGLIDE, see section
Load carrying capacity and life, page 35.
plain bearing GE50-SW
Given data For calculation of the rating life, the application and the operating
parameters in the preceding calculation example are used,
page 147.
Bearing data Angular contact spherical plain bearing = GE50-SW

Sliding material ELGOGLIDE

mined from the diagram for angular contact spherical plain bearings
using the ratio Fa/Fr = 20 000 N / 70 000 N = 0,29, Figure 5,
page 39:
Specific bearing load The specific bearing load must be calculated with the aid
of the specific load parameter K and checked for validity, see table,

Combined swivel and tilt motion The motion angle for combined motion must be calculated and
checked for validity, see page 46:
diameter 0,9 dK and the motion angle 1 for combined loads and
checked for validity, see table, page 44, and table, page 50:
see table, page 50:

maintenance-free


ELGOGLIDE must be selected from the matrix and used to correct
the rating life equation appropriately, see table, page 55, table and
equation.
plain bearing
GE..-SW ELGOGLIDE

The specific plain bearing factor KL = 25 000, see table.


Tilt angle f Figure 25, page 65 0,91
Result The selected angular contact spherical plain bearing GE50-SW

fulfils the requirement for a rating life Lh 8 500 h. Since angular
contact spherical plain bearings are only supplied in an open design,
external seals must be selected for sealing, see section Sealing,
page 106.

Accuracy The main dimensions as well as the dimensional and geometrical
accuracy of the inside and outside diameter are in accordance
with DIN ISO 12240-1 to DIN ISO 12240-3.
The dimensional and tolerance values are arithmetic mean values
and dimensional checking is carried out in accordance with
ISO 8015.
Spherical plain bearings Before surface treatment and axial splitting, the outside diameters
with axially split or are within the deviations given in the tables.
radially split outer ring As a result of axial and radial splitting, the outer rings become
slightly out of round. The roundness of the outer ring is restored
once it is mounted in a locating bore produced in accordance
with the specifications, Figure 5.
Measurements taken of the outside diameter of the unmounted
bearing cannot be used as the original actual values for the outside
diameter.
D = deviation of outside diameter

D = outside diameter
of spherical plain bearing
Out of roundness before mounting

Roundness after mounting,
bearing mounted in locating bore
00016524
Figure 5
Out of roundness and roundness

Maintenance-free
DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series E
Inner ring with hard chromium coating
Open design
00016507
GE..-UK
PTFE composite
Dimension table Dimensions in mm

Designation Mass Dimensions
m d D B C dK 1)
kg
GE6-UK 0,004 60,008 140,008 60,12 40,24 10 13
GE8-UK 0,007 80,008 160,008 80,12 50,24 13 15
GE10-UK 0,011 100,008 190,009 90,12 60,24 16 12
GE12-UK 0,016 120,008 220,009 100,12 70,24 18 11
GE15-UK 0,027 150,008 260,009 120,12 90,24 22 8
GE17-UK 0,042 170,008 300,009 140,12 100,24 25 10
GE20-UK 0,067 200,01 350,011 160,12 120,24 29 9
GE25-UK 0,12 250,01 420,011 200,12 160,24 35,5 7
GE30-UK 0,15 300,01 470,011 220,12 180,24 40,7 6
1) The values for the tilt angle are subject to tolerances.
2) This differs from DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series E.

00019A9D
Mounting dimensions
Chamfer dimensions Mounting dimensions Basic load ratings Radial

r1 r2 da Da dyn. stat. internal
clearance2)
Cr C0r
min. min. max. min. N N
0,3 0,3 8 9,6 3 600 9 000 0 0,032
0,3 0,3 10,2 12,5 5 850 14 600 0 0,032
0,3 0,3 13,2 15,5 8 640 21 600 0 0,032
0,3 0,3 14,9 17,5 11 300 28 400 0 0,032
0,3 0,3 18,4 21 17 800 44 600 0 0,04
0,3 0,3 20,7 24 22 500 56 300 0 0,04
0,3 0,3 24,2 27,5 31 300 78 300 0 0,04
0,6 0,6 29,3 33 51 100 128 000 0 0,05
0,6 0,6 34,2 38 65 900 165 000 0 0,05

Maintenance-free
Sealed
00019407
GE..-UK-2RS
ELGOGLIDE

m d D B C dK 2)
kg
GE17-UK-2RS 0,038 170,008 300,009 140,12 100,24 25 10
GE20-UK-2RS 0,061 200,01 350,011 160,12 120,24 29 9
GE25-UK-2RS 0,11 250,01 420,011 200,12 160,24 35,5 7
GE30-UK-2RS GE30-UK-2TS 0,14 300,01 470,011 220,12 180,24 40,7 6
GE35-UK-2RS GE35-UK-2TS 0,22 350,012 550,013 250,12 200,3 47 6
GE40-UK-2RS GE40-UK-2TS 0,31 400,012 620,013 280,12 220,3 53 7
GE45-UK-2RS GE45-UK-2TS 0,41 450,012 680,013 320,12 250,3 60 7
GE50-UK-2RS GE50-UK-2TS 0,55 500,012 750,013 350,12 280,3 66 6
GE60-UK-2RS GE60-UK-2TS 1 600,015 900,015 440,15 360,4 80 6
GE70-UK-2RS GE70-UK-2TS 1,53 700,015 1050,015 490,15 400,4 92 6
GE80-UK-2RS GE80-UK-2TS 2,25 800,015 1200,015 550,15 450,4 105 6
GE90-UK-2RS GE90-UK-2TS 2,73 900,02 1300,018 600,2 500,5 115 5
GE100-UK-2RS GE100-UK-2TS 4,34 1000,02 1500,018 700,2 550,5 130 7
GE110-UK-2RS GE110-UK-2TS 4,71 1100,02 1600,025 700,2 550,5 140 6
GE120-UK-2RS GE120-UK-2TS 7,98 1200,02 1800,025 850,2 700,5 160 6
GE140-UK-2RS GE140-UK-2TS 11,1 1400,025 2100,03 900,25 700,6 180 7
GE160-UK-2RS GE160-UK-2TS 14 1600,025 2300,03 1050,25 800,6 200 8
GE180-UK-2RS GE180-UK-2TS1) 18,4 1800,025 2600,035 1050,25 800,7 225 6
GE200-UK-2RS GE200-UK-2TS1) 28,2 2000,03 2900,035 1300,3 1000,7 250 7
GE220-UK-2RS GE220-UK-2TS1) 35,4 2200,03 3200,04 1350,3 1000,8 275 8
GE240-UK-2RS GE240-UK-2TS1) 39,4 2400,03 3400,04 1400,3 1000,8 300 8
GE260-UK-2RS GE260-UK-2TS1) 51,1 2600,035 3700,04 1500,35 1100,8 325 7
GE280-UK-2RS GE280-UK-2TS1) 64,6 2800,035 4000,04 1550,35 1200,8 350 6
GE300-UK-2RS GE300-UK-2TS1) 77,3 3000,035 4300,045 1650,35 1200,9 375 7
1) Price and delivery by agreement.

00016520
00019409
GE..-UK-2TS Mounting dimensions
ELGOGLIDE

clearance3)
Cr C0r
0,3 0,3 20,7 24 48 800 81 300 0 0,04
0,3 0,3 24,2 27,5 67 900 113 000 0 0,04
0,6 0,6 29,3 33 128 000 213 000 0 0,05
0,6 0,6 34,2 38 165 000 275 000 0 0,05
0,6 1 39,8 44,5 212 000 353 000 0 0,05
0,6 1 45 51 280 000 466 000 0 0,06
0,6 1 50,8 57 360 000 600 000 0 0,06
0,6 1 56 63 444 000 739 000 0 0,06
1 1 66,8 75 691 000 1 150 000 0 0,06
1 1 77,9 87 883 000 1 470 000 0 0,072
1 1 89,4 99 1 130 000 1 890 000 0 0,072
1 1 98,1 108 1 380 000 2 300 000 0 0,072
1 1 109,5 123 1 720 000 2 860 000 0 0,085
1 1 121,2 134 1 850 000 3 080 000 0 0,085
1 1 135,6 150 2 690 000 4 480 000 0 0,085
1 1 155,9 173 3 020 000 5 040 000 0 0,085
1 1 170,2 191 3 840 000 6 400 000 0 0,1
1,1 1,1 199 219 4 320 000 7 200 000 0 0,1
1,1 1,1 213,5 239 6 000 000 10 000 000 0 0,1
1,1 1,1 239,6 267 6 600 000 11 000 000 0 0,11
1,1 1,1 265,3 295 7 200 000 12 000 000 0 0,11
1,1 1,1 288,3 319 8 580 000 14 300 000 0 0,125
1,1 1,1 313,8 342 10 100 000 16 800 000 0 0,125
1,1 1,1 336,7 370 10 800 000 18 000 000 0 0,125

00016601
Maintenance-free
DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series C
Open or sealed
GE..-DW
ELGOGLIDE

Designation1) Mass Dimensions
m
Open Sealed Open Sealed d D B C

X-life
X-life
kg kg
GE320-DW XL GE320-DW-2RS2 XL 77,5 76,6 3200,04 4400,045 1600,4 1350,9
GE340-DW XL GE340-DW-2RS2 XL 82 81,1 3400,04 4600,045 1600,4 1350,9
GE360-DW XL GE360-DW-2RS2 XL 86,4 85,4 3600,04 4800,045 1600,4 1350,9
GE380-DW XL GE380-DW-2RS2 XL 127 126 3800,04 5200,05 1900,4 1601
GE400-DW XL GE400-DW-2RS2 XL 134 132 4000,04 5400,05 1900,4 1601
GE420-DW XL GE420-DW-2RS2 XL 140 139 4200,045 5600,05 1900,45 1601
GE440-DW XL GE440-DW-2RS2 XL 195 192 4400,045 6000,05 2180,45 1851
GE460-DW XL GE460-DW-2RS2 XL 203 200 4600,045 6200,05 2180,45 1851
GE480-DW XL GE480-DW-2RS2 XL 237 235 4800,045 6500,075 2300,45 1951,1
GE500-DW XL GE500-DW-2RS2 XL 247 244 5000,045 6700,075 2300,45 1951,1
GE530-DW XL GE530-DW-2RS2 XL 292 289 5300,05 7100,075 2430,5 2051,1
GE560-DW XL GE560-DW-2RS2 XL 342 340 5600,05 7500,075 2580,5 2151,1
GE600-DW XL GE600-DW-2RS2 XL 410 407 6000,05 8000,075 2720,5 2301,1
GE630-DW XL GE630-DW-2RS2 XL 533 530 6300,05 8500,1 3000,5 2601,2
GE670-DW XL GE670-DW-2RS2 XL 599 595 6700,075 9000,1 3080,75 2601,2
GE710-DW XL GE710-DW-2RS2 XL 698 694 7100,075 9500,1 3250,75 2751,2
GE750-DW XL GE750-DW-2RS2 XL 786 782 7500,075 1 0000,1 3350,75 2801,2
GE800-DW XL GE800-DW-2RS2 XL 927 923 8000,075 1 0600,125 3550,75 3001,3
GE850-DW XL GE850-DW-2RS2 XL 1 055 1 056 8500,1 1 1200,125 3651 3101,3
GE900-DW XL GE900-DW-2RS2 XL 1 191 1 186 9000,1 1 1800,125 3751 3201,3
GE950-DW XL GE950-DW-2RS2 XL 1 436 1 430 9500,1 1 2500,125 4001 3401,3
GE1000-DW XL GE1000-DW-2RS2 XL 1 758 1 751 1 0000,1 1 3200,16 4381 3701,6
Attention!
The screw design is only valid for the basic load rating Cr.
If the load is greater, the outer ring halves must be supported by lateral clamping covers.
3) This differs from DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series C.

00016604
00016605
0001940D
GE..-DW-2RS2 Mounting dimensions Detail
ELGOGLIDE
Chamfer Mounting Basic load ratings Radial

dimensions dimensions internal
clearance3)
Open Sealed
dK 2) r1 r2 da Da dyn. stat. dyn. stat.
Cr C0r Cr C0r
min. min. max. min. N N N N
380 4 1,1 3 344,7 361 15 400 000 25 700 000 12 900 000 21 500 000 0 0,125
400 3,8 1,1 3 366,6 382 16 200 000 27 000 000 13 600 000 22 700 000 0 0,125
420 3,6 1,1 3 388,3 403 17 000 000 28 400 000 14 300 000 23 800 000 0 0,135
450 4,1 1,5 4 407,9 426 21 600 000 36 000 000 18 700 000 31 100 000 0 0,135
470 3,9 1,5 4 429,9 447 22 600 000 37 600 000 19 500 000 32 500 000 0 0,135
490 3,7 1,5 4 451,7 469 23 500 000 39 200 000 20 300 000 33 900 000 0 0,135
520 3,9 1,5 4 472,1 491 28 900 000 48 100 000 24 500 000 40 800 000 0 0,145
540 3,7 1,5 4 494 513 30 000 000 50000 000 25 400 000 42 400 000 0 0,145
565 3,8 2 5 516,1 536 33 100 000 55 100 000 28 300 000 47 200 000 0 0,145
585 3,6 2 5 537,9 557 34 200 000 57 000 000 29 300 000 48 800 000 0 0,145
620 3,7 2 5 570,4 591 38 100 000 63 600 000 32 900 000 54 900 000 0 0,145
655 4 2 5 602 624 42 200 000 70 400 000 36 700 000 61 200 000 0 0,16
700 3,6 2 5 645 667 48 300 000 80 500 000 42 400 000 70 700 000 0 0,16
740 3,3 3 6 676,5 698 57 700 000 96 200 000 51 500 000 85 800 000 0 0,16
785 3,7 3 6 722,1 746 61 200 000 102 000 000 54 600 000 91 100 000 0 0,16
830 3,7 3 6 763,7 789 68 500 000 114 000 000 60 900 000 101 000 000 0 0,17
875 3,8 3 6 808,3 834 73 500 000 123 000 000 65 500 000 109 000 000 0 0,17
930 3,6 3 6 859,6 886 83 700 000 140 000 000 75 200 000 125 000 000 0 0,17
985 3,4 3 6 914,9 940 91 600 000 153 000 000 82 600 000 138 000 000 0 0,17
1 040 3,2 3 6 970 995 99 800 000 166 000 000 90 300 000 150 000 000 0 0,195
1 100 3,3 4 7,5 1 024,7 1 052 112 000 000 187 000 000 102 000 000 170 000 000 0 0,195
1 160 3,5 4 7,5 1 074,1 1 105 129 000 000 215 000 000 118 000 000 197 000 000 0 0,195

Maintenance-free
DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series G
Open design
00016609
GE..-FW
PTFE composite

m d D B C dK 1)
kg
GE6-FW 0,009 60,008 160,008 90,12 50,24 13 21
GE8-FW 0,015 80,008 190,009 110,12 60,24 16 21
GE10-FW 0,021 100,008 220,009 120,12 70,24 18 18
GE12-FW 0,037 120,008 260,009 150,12 90,24 22 18
GE15-FW 0,05 150,008 300,009 160,12 100,24 25 16
GE17-FW 0,083 170,008 350,011 200,12 120,24 29 19
GE20-FW 0,16 200,01 420,011 250,12 160,24 35,5 17
GE25-FW 0,21 250,01 470,011 280,12 180,24 40,7 17
2) This differs from DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series G.

00019BA1
Mounting dimensions

clearance2)
Cr C0r
0,3 0,3 9,4 12,5 5 850 14 600 0 0,032
0,3 0,3 11,6 15,5 8 640 21 600 0 0,032
0,3 0,3 13,4 17,5 11 300 28 400 0 0,032
0,3 0,3 16,1 21 17 800 44 600 0 0,04
0,3 0,3 19,2 24 22 500 56 300 0 0,04
0,3 0,3 21 27,5 31 300 78 300 0 0,04
0,3 0,6 25,2 33 51 100 128 000 0 0,05
0,6 0,6 29,5 38 65 900 165 000 0 0,05

Maintenance-free
Sealed
00019463
GE..-FW-2RS
ELGOGLIDE

m d D B C dK 1)
kg
GE25-FW-2RS GE25-FW-2TS 0,2 250,01 470,011 280,12 180,24 40,7 17
GE30-FW-2RS GE30-FW-2TS 0,29 300,01 550,013 320,12 200,3 47 17
GE35-FW-2RS GE35-FW-2TS 0,4 350,012 620,013 350,12 220,3 53 16
GE40-FW-2RS GE40-FW-2TS 0,53 400,012 680,013 400,12 250,3 60 17
GE45-FW-2RS GE45-FW-2TS 0,69 450,012 750,013 430,12 280,3 66 15
GE50-FW-2RS GE50-FW-2TS 1,4 500,012 900,015 560,12 360,4 80 17
GE60-FW-2RS GE60-FW-2TS 2,1 600,015 1050,015 630,15 400,4 92 17
GE70-FW-2RS GE70-FW-2TS 3 700,015 1200,015 700,15 450,4 105 16
GE80-FW-2RS GE80-FW-2TS 3,6 800,015 1300,018 750,15 500,5 115 14
GE90-FW-2RS GE90-FW-2TS 5,34 900,02 1500,018 850,2 550,5 130 15
GE100-FW-2RS GE100-FW-2TS 6 1000,02 1600,025 850,2 550,5 140 14
GE110-FW-2RS GE110-FW-2TS 9,7 1100,02 1800,025 1000,2 700,5 160 12
GE120-FW-2RS GE120-FW-2TS 15,1 1200,02 2100,03 1150,2 700,6 180 16
GE140-FW-2RS GE140-FW-2TS 18,9 1400,025 2300,03 1300,25 800,6 200 16
GE160-FW-2RS GE160-FW-2TS3) 24,7 1600,025 2600,035 1350,25 800,7 225 16
GE180-FW-2RS GE180-FW-2TS3) 35,8 1800,025 2900,035 1550,25 1000,7 250 14
GE200-FW-2RS3) GE200-FW-2TS3) 44,9 2000,03 3200,04 1650,3 1000,8 275 15
GE220-FW-2RS3) GE220-FW-2TS3) 50,9 2200,03 3400,04 1750,3 1000,8 300 16
GE240-FW-2RS3) GE240-FW-2TS3) 65 2400,03 3700,04 1900,3 1100,8 325 15
GE260-FW-2RS3) GE260-FW-2TS3) 81,8 2600,035 4000,04 2050,35 1200,8 350 15
GE280-FW-2RS3) GE280-FW-2TS3) 96,6 2800,035 4300,045 2100,35 1200,9 375 15
2) This differs from DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series G.

0001660A
00016522
GE..-FW-2TS Mounting dimensions
ELGOGLIDE

clearance2)
Cr C0r
0,6 0,6 29,5 38 165 000 275 000 0 0,05
0,6 1 34,4 44,5 212 000 353 000 0 0,05
0,6 1 39,8 51 280 000 466 000 0 0,06
0,6 1 44,7 57 360 000 600 000 0 0,06
0,6 1 50,1 63 444 000 739 000 0 0,06
0,6 1 57,1 75 691 000 1 150 000 0 0,06
1 1 67 87 883 000 1 470 000 0 0,072
1 1 78,3 99 1 130 000 1 890 000 0 0,072
1 1 87,2 108 1 380 000 2 300 000 0 0,072
1 1 98,4 123 1 720 000 2 860 000 0 0,085
1 1 111,2 134 1 850 000 3 080 000 0 0,085
1 1 124,9 150 2 690 000 4 480 000 0 0,085
1 1 138,5 173 3 020 000 5 040 000 0 0,085
1 1 152 191 3 840 000 6 400 000 0 0,1
1 1,1 180 219 4 320 000 7 200 000 0 0,1
1,1 1,1 196,2 239 6 000 000 10 000 000 0 0,1
1,1 1,1 220 267 6 600 000 11 000 000 0 0,11
1,1 1,1 243,7 295 7 200 000 12 000 000 0 0,11
1,1 1,1 263,7 319 8 580 000 14 300 000 0 0,125
1,1 1,1 283,7 342 10 100 000 16 800 000 0 0,125
1,1 1,1 310,7 370 10 800 000 18 000 000 0 0,125

Maintenance-free
DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series K
Open design
00016512
GE..-PW
PTFE film

m d D B C dK 2)
kg H7
GE6-PW 0,01 6+0,012 160,008 90,12 6,750,24 12,7 13
GE8-PW 0,018 8+0,015 190,009 120,12 90,24 15,875 14
GE10-PW 0,027 10+0,015 220,009 140,12 10,50,24 19,05 13
GE12-PW 0,043 12+0,018 260,009 160,12 120,24 22,225 13
GE14-PW 0,055 14+0,018 280,0093) 190,12 13,50,24 25,4 16
GE16-PW 0,079 16+0,018 320,011 210,12 150,24 28,575 15
GE18-PW 0,11 18+0,018 350,011 230,12 16,50,24 31,75 15
GE20-PW 0,15 20+0,021 400,011 250,12 180,24 34,925 14
GE22-PW 0,18 22+0,021 420,011 280,12 200,24 38,1 15
GE25-PW 0,25 25+0,021 470,011 310,12 220,24 42,85 15
GE30-PW 0,38 30+0,021 550,013 370,12 250,3 50,8 17
3) This differs from DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series K.

00016513
Mounting dimensions

r1 r2 da Da dyn. stat. internal clearance3)
Cr C0r
0,3 0,3 9 11,5 7 750 19 400 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,3 10,4 14 12 900 32 100 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,3 12,9 17 18 100 45 200 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,3 15,4 19,5 24 000 60 000 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,3 16,9 22,5 31 000 77 500 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,3 19,4 25,5 38 600 96 400 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,3 21,9 28,5 47 300 118 000 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,6 24,4 31,5 56 600 141 000 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,6 25,8 34 68 600 171 000 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,6 29,6 38,5 84 800 212 000 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,6 34,8 46 114 000 286 000 0,006 0,035

Maintenance-free
DIN ISO 12240-2
Open design
00016514
GE..-SW
ELGOGLIDE

m d D T dK D1 B C
kg
GE25-SW 0,14 250,012 470,014 150,25 42,5 31,4 140,24) 140,24)
GE28-SW 0,18 280,012 520,016 160,25 47 35,7 150,24) 150,24)
GE30-SW 0,21 300,012 550,016 170,25 50 36,1 160,24) 160,24)
GE35-SW 0,28 350,012 620,016 180,25 56 42,4 170,24 170,24
GE40-SW 0,34 400,012 680,016 190,25 60 46,8 180,24 180,24
GE45-SW 0,42 450,012 750,016 200,25 66 52,9 190,24 190,24
GE50-SW 0,46 500,012 800,016 200,25 74 59,1 190,24 190,24
GE55-SW 0,68 550,015 900,018 230,25 80 62 220,3 220,3
GE60-SW 0,73 600,015 950,018 230,25 86 68,1 220,3 220,3
GE65-SW 0,78 650,015 1000,018 230,25 92 75,6 220,3 220,3
GE70-SW 1,1 700,015 1100,018 250,25 102 82,2 240,3 240,3
GE80-SW 1,56 800,015 1250,02 290,25 115 90,5 270,3 270,3
GE90-SW 2,15 900,02 1400,02 320,25 130 103,3 300,4 300,4
GE100-SW 2,33 1000,02 1500,02 320,25 140 114,3 300,4 300,4
GE110-SW 3,76 1100,02 1700,025 380,25 160 125,8 360,4 360,4
GE120-SW 4,1 1200,02 1800,025 380,25 170 135,4 360,4 360,4
GE130-SW5) 6,1 1300,025 2000,03 450,35 190 148 420,5 420,5
GE140-SW5) 6,46 1400,025 2100,03 450,35 200 160,6 420,5 420,5
GE150-SW5) 7,92 1500,025 2250,03 480,35 213 170,9 450,5 450,5
GE160-SW5) 9,6 1600,025 2400,03 510,35 225 181,4 480,5 480,5
GE170-SW5) 13,1 1700,025 2600,035 570,35 250 194,3 540,5 540,5
GE180-SW5) 17,5 1800,025 2800,035 640,35 260 205,5 610,5 610,5
GE190-SW5) 18,4 1900,03 2900,035 640,35 275 211,8 610,6 610,6
GE200-SW5) 23,3 2000,03 3100,035 700,35 290 229,2 660,6 660,6
1) Other sizes available by agreement.
3) Basic load ratings in radial direction.
4) Tolerance deviates from DIN ISO 12240-2.

00016515
00016516
Mounting dimensions Detail
Chamfer Mounting dimensions Basic load ratings3)

dimensions
s 2) r1 r2 da db Da Db dyn. stat.
Cr C0r
min. min. max. max. min. min. N N
1 2,7 0,6 0,3 30,1 39,5 34 43 143 000 239 000
1 2,4 1 0,3 34,4 42 40 47,5 173 000 288 000
2 2,3 1 0,3 34,7 45 40,5 50,5 194 000 323 000
2 2,1 1 0,3 41,1 50 47 57 236 000 393 000
1,5 1,9 1 0,3 45,6 54 52 61 272 000 454 000
1,5 1,7 1 0,3 51,7 60 58 67 319 000 532 000
4 1,6 1 0,3 58 67 65 75 355 000 592 000
4 1,4 1,5 0,6 60,8 71 70 81 448 000 746 000
5 1,3 1,5 0,6 66,9 77 76 87 483 000 805 000
5 1,3 1,5 0,6 74,5 83 84 93 520 000 867 000
7 1,1 1,5 0,6 81 92 90 104 627 000 1 040 000
10 2 1,5 0,6 88 104 99 117 734 000 1 220 000
11 1,8 2 0,6 100,9 118 112 132 941 000 1 570 000
12 1,7 2 0,6 112 128 123 142 1 020 000 1 700 000
15 1,5 2,5 0,6 123,3 146 135 162 1 410 000 2 340 000
17 1,4 2,5 0,6 132,9 155 145 172 1 500 000 2 490 000
20 1,9 2,5 0,6 144 174 158 192 1 870 000 3 110 000
20 1,8 2,5 0,6 156,9 184 171 202 1 990 000 3 320 000
21 1,7 3 1 167,2 194 184 216 2 300 000 3 830 000
21 1,6 3 1 177,7 206 195 228 2 620 000 4 370 000
27 1,4 3 1 190,4 228 208 253 3 270 000 5 450 000
21 1,3 3 1 201,8 240 220 263 3 960 000 6 590 000
29 1,3 3 1 207,9 252 226 278 4 110 000 6 850 000
26 1,6 3 1 224,2 268 244 293 4 640 000 7 740 000

00019465
Maintenance-free
DIN ISO 12240-3
Shaft locating washer with hard chromium coating
Open design
GE..-AW
ELGOGLIDE

m d D T dK d2 d3 D1
X-life
kg
GE10-AW 0,039 100,008 300,009 9,50,4 32 27,5 21 16,5
GE12-AW 0,071 120,008 350,011 130,4 37 32 24 19,5
GE15-AW 0,12 150,008 420,011 150,4 45 38,9 29 24
GE17-AW 0,16 170,008 470,011 160,4 50 43,4 34 28
GE20-AW 0,27 200,01 550,013 200,4 60 50 40 33,5
GE25-AW 0,39 250,01 620,013 22,50,4 66 57,5 45 34,5
GE30-AW 0,65 300,01 750,013 260,4 80 69 56 44
GE35-AW 1,04 350,012 900,015 280,4 98 84 66 52
GE40-AW 1,65 400,012 1050,015 320,4 114 98 78 59
GE45-AW 2,48 450,012 1200,015 36,50,4 130 112 89 68
GE50-AW 3,43 500,012 1300,018 42,50,4 140 122,5 98 69
GE60-AW 4,65 600,015 1500,018 450,4 160 139,5 109 86
GE70-AW 5,65 700,015 1600,025 500,4 170 149,5 121 95
GE80-AW 7,16 800,015 1800,025 500,4 194 168 130 108
GE100-AW 10,7 1000,02 2100,03 590,4 220 195,5 155 133
GE120-AW 13,1 1200,02 2300,03 640,4 245 214 170 154
GE140-AW 18,6 1400,025 2600,035 720,5 272 244 198 176
GE160-AW2) 24 1600,025 2900,035 770,5 310 272 213 199
GE180-AW2) 31,5 1800,025 3200,04 860,5 335 300 240 224
GE200-AW2) 35 2000,03 3400,04 870,6 358 321 265 246
GE220-AW2)3) XL 45,7 2200,03 3700,04 970,6 388 350 289 265
GE240-AW2)3) XL 57 2400,03 4000,04 1030,6 420 382 314 294
GE260-AW2)3) XL 71,3 2600,035 4300,045 1150,7 449 409 336 317
GE280-AW2)3) XL 84,1 2800,035 4600,045 1100,7 480 445 366 337
GE300-AW2)3) XL 88,6 3000,035 4800,045 1100,7 490 460 388 356
GE320-AW2)3) XL 112 3200,04 5200,05 1160,8 540 500 405 380
GE340-AW2)3) XL 117 3400,04 5400,05 1160,8 550 510 432 380
GE360-AW2)3) XL 133 3600,04 5600,05 1250,8 575 535 452 400
3) Not included in DIN ISO 12240-3.

00019464
00016517
Mounting dimensions Detail
Chamfer Mounting Basic axial load ratings

dimensions dimensions
B C s 1) r1 r2 da Da dyn. stat.
Ca C0a
7,90,24 60,24 7 10 0,6 0,2 21 18,5 73 200 122 000
9,30,24 90,24 8 9 0,6 0,2 24 21,5 97 300 162 000
10,70,24 110,24 10 7 0,6 0,2 29 26 157 000 261 000
11,50,24 11,50,24 11 6 0,6 0,2 34 30,5 178 000 296 000
14,30,24 130,24 12,5 6 1 0,3 40 38 225 000 376 000
160,24 170,24 14 7 1 0,3 45 39 388 000 646 000
180,24 19,50,24 17,5 6 1 0,3 56 49 509 000 848 000
220,24 200,24 22 6 1 0,3 66 57 778 000 1 300 000
270,24 220,24 24,5 6 1 0,3 78 64 1 120 000 1 870 000
310,24 250,24 27,5 6 1 0,3 89 74 1 460 000 2 430 000
33,50,24 320,24 30 5 1 0,3 98 75 1 950 000 3 250 000
370,3 330,3 35 7 1 0,3 108 92 2 210 000 3 680 000
400,3 360,3 35 6 1 0,3 121 102 2 420 000 4 030 000
420,3 360,3 42,5 6 1 0,3 130 115 3 110 000 5 180 000
500,4 420,4 45 7 1 0,3 155 141 3 610 000 6 020 000
520,4 450,4 52,5 6,5 1 0,3 170 162 3 740 000 6 230 000
610,5 500,5 52,5 6 1,5 0,6 198 187 4 900 000 8 170 000
650,5 520,5 65 7 1,5 0,6 213 211 5 680 000 9 460 000
700,5 600,5 67,5 8 1,5 0,6 240 236 6 380 000 10 600 000
740,6 600,6 70 8 1,5 0,6 265 259 7 070 000 11 800 000
820,6 670,6 75 7 1,5 0,6 289 279 8 530 000 14 200 000
870,6 730,6 77,5 6 1,5 0,6 314 309 10 300 000 17 200 000
950,7 800,7 82,5 7 1,5 0,6 336 332 10 800 000 18 000 000
1000,7 850,7 80 4 3 1 366 355 17 100 000 28 600 000
1000,7 900,7 80 3,5 3 1 388 375 17 300 000 28 800 000
1050,8 910,8 95 4 4 1,1 405 402 21 100 000 35 200 000
1050,8 910,8 95 4 4 1,1 432 402 23 700 000 39 500 000
1150,8 950,8 95 4 4 1,1 452 422 25500 000 42 500 000

Page
Product overview Spherical plain bearings, requiring maintenance..................... 172
Features Radial spherical plain bearings ............................................... 174

Angular contact spherical plain bearings................................. 175
Axial spherical plain bearings ................................................. 176
Bearing materials ................................................................... 176
Suffixes.................................................................................. 178

safety guidelines Principles of lubrication.......................................................... 179
Selection of lubricant ............................................................. 180
Running-in phase ................................................................... 180
Relubrication.......................................................................... 181
Design of bearing arrangements ............................................. 181
Predimensioning .................................................................... 182
Calculation example for GE50-DO ........................................... 182
Accuracy Spherical plain bearings with axially split or

radially split outer ring............................................................ 186
Dimension tables Radial spherical plain bearings, requiring maintenance,

dimension series E ................................................................. 188
Large radial spherical plain bearings, requiring maintenance,
dimension series C ................................................................. 190
Radial spherical plain bearings, requiring maintenance,
dimension series G................................................................. 192
dimension series W ................................................................ 194
Radial spherical plain bearings, requiring maintenance........... 196
inch sizes............................................................................... 198
dimension series K ................................................................. 202
Angular contact spherical plain bearings,
requiring maintenance............................................................ 204
Axial spherical plain bearings, requiring maintenance............. 206

Product overview Spherical plain bearings,
Radial GE..-DO, GE..-ZO GE..-FO

Sliding contact surface steel/steel
Metric or inch sizes
Open design
000166E1
000166E2
Cylindrical extensions on inner ring GE..-LO
Open design
000166E3
Sliding contact surface GE..-PB

steel/bronze
Open design
00016528
Sliding contact surface steel/steel GE..-DO-2RS, GE..-DO-2TS GE..-FO-2RS, GE..-FO-2TS

With lip seals or
00019E97
00019E98

Radial GE..-HO-2RS
Cylindrical extensions on inner ring
With lip seals
000166EF
Large radial GE..-DO-2RS4
With lip seals
000166E9
Angular contact GE..-SX

Open design
00016529
Axial GE..-AX
Open design
0001652A

Features Spherical plain bearings allow spatial adjustment movements and,

depending on the bearing type, can support radial, combined or
axial loads.
Radial Radial spherical plain bearings requiring maintenance comprise

spherical plain bearings inner rings and outer rings with a steel/steel or steel/bronze sliding
contact surface. The inner rings have a cylindrical bore with a curved
outer slideway. The outer rings have a cylindrical outside surface and
a concave inner slideway.
As a sliding contact surface, the series GE..-DO, GE..-HO, GE..-FO,
GE..-LO and GE..-ZO have inner and outer rings made from steel.
Series GE..-PB has a steel inner ring and a bronze outer ring.
Bearings of series GE-ZO are available in inch sizes.
The bearings are available in open designs and in designs sealed
on both sides, see dimension tables.
Spherical plain bearings GE..-LO have bore dimensions to standard
sizes and dimensions in accordance with DIN 24338 for standard
hydraulic cylinders.
Area of application Radial spherical plain bearings can support radial forces, transmit
motion and loads with low moment levels, thus keeping bending
stresses away from the construction elements. The bearings are
particularly suitable for alternating loads with impact and shock type
stresses and support axial loads in both directions.
Outer ring In bearings of diameter d 320 mm, the outer ring is axially split
at two points and held together by means of heavy-section retaining
washers.
Inner ring GE..-FO and GE..-FO-2RS(-2TS) have extended inner rings.

As a result, larger tilt angles are possible.
GE..-HO-2RS has cylindrical extensions on the inner ring. As a result,
spacer rings are not required if the bearing is mounted in a clevis.
Sealing Sealed bearings have the suffix 2RS, 2TS or 2RS4. They are protected
by lip seals on both sides against contaminants and water spray.
Radial spherical plain bearings GE..-DO-2TS and GE..-FO-2TS are
Large radial spherical plain bearings GE..-DO-2RS4 have seals with
increased sealing action for very high requirements.
Lubrication Radial spherical plain bearings are lubricated via the outer and inner
ring. For exceptions, see dimension table. Under alternating load,
one side is relieved of load and this zone is lubricated by the swivel
motion of the bearing.

Series, sliding contact surface, Radial spherical plain bearings requiring maintenance are designed
standard according to their specific series with different sliding contact
surfaces, see table.
Series and design Series1) Sliding contact DIN ISO Dimen- Shaft
surface sion d
series mm
over incl.
GE..-DO Steel/steel 12240-1 E 6 300
C 320 1000
GE..-DO-2RS E 17 300
GE..-DO-2TS E 30 140
GE..-DO-2RS4 C 320 1000
GE..-HO 20 120
GE..-HO-2RS 20 120
GE..-FO 12240-1 G 6 280
GE..-FO-2RS G 15 280
GE..-FO-2TS G 25 120
GE..-LO W 12 320
GE..-PB Steel/bronze K 6 30
1) Radial spherical plain bearings GE..-ZO are available in inch sizes and
with a shaft diameter from 0,75 inch to 5 inch.
Angular contact Angular contact spherical plain bearings GE..-SX correspond to

spherical plain bearings DIN ISO 12240-2. They have inner rings with a curved outer slideway
and outer rings with a concave inner slideway, where a steel/steel
sliding contact surface is present.
The bearings are available for shaft diameters from 25 mm to
200 mm. Other sizes are available by agreement.
Area of application Angular contact spherical plain bearings can support axial forces
as well as radial forces. As a result, they are suitable for alternating
dynamic loads.
The bearings are used where loads acting in conjunction with small
swivel angles would damage rolling element bearings. They are
a good plain bearing alternative to tapered roller bearings 320..-X
in accordance with ISO 355 and DIN 720, since they have the same
mounting dimensions.
Since motion and loads are transmitted with low moment levels,
bending stresses are kept away from the construction elements.
Sealing Angular contact spherical plain bearings are not sealed.
Lubrication The bearings are intended as standard for grease lubrication and
are lubricated via the outer ring.

Axial Axial spherical plain bearings GE..-AX correspond to

spherical plain bearings DIN ISO 12240-3. In these units, the shaft locating washer is
supported in the ball socket-shaped sliding zone of the housing
locating washer, where a steel/steel sliding contact surface is
present.
The bearings are available for shaft diameters from 10 mm to
200 mm. Other sizes are available by agreement.
Area of application The bearings can support axial forces and transmit support forces
with low moment levels into the adjacent construction. In order
to support radial forces, they can be combined with radial spherical
plain bearings of dimension series E in accordance with
DIN ISO 12240-1.
Sealing Axial spherical plain bearings are not sealed.
Lubrication The bearings are lubricated via the housing locating washer.
Bearing materials Radial spherical plain bearings requiring maintenance are made
from high grade rolling bearing steel and have a steel/steel or
steel/bronze sliding contact surface.
The steel bearing rings are hardened, ground and surface treated.
Manganese phosphating with subsequent molybdenum disulphide
coating has proved effective as a surface treatment. As a result,
the bearings can fulfil high requirements for wear resistance and
the effective separation of the metallic surfaces gives optimum
running-in characteristics.
Steel/steel sliding contact surface The inner and outer rings and the shaft and housing locating
washers are made from a martensitic or bainitic hardened structure
with a low residual austenite content.
Steel/bronze sliding The inner ring is made from hardened and ground rolling bearing
contact surface steel and the curved surface is finished.
The outer ring is made from bronze which is formed around the inner
ring. The outside surface is subsequently precision machined.

arrangement.
Operating temperature Series Temperature

C
over incl.
GE..-DO 60 +200
GE..-DO-2RS(-2RS4)1) 30 +130
GE..-DO-2TS1) 30 +100
GE..-FO 60 +200
GE..-FO-2RS(-2RS4)1) 30 +130
GE..-FO-2TS1) 30 +100
GE..-PB 60 +250
GE..-LO 60 +200
GE..-HO 60 +200
GE..-HO-2RS1) 30 +130
GE..-ZO 60 +200
GE..-SX 60 +200
GE..-AX 60 +200
1) Suitable without seals for temperatures from 60 C to +200 C.
Temperature-resistant seals If sealed bearings must be used at higher temperatures, unsealed

bearings with external, temperature-resistant seals can be used,
Figure 1.
Seal
Figure 1
00016541
Open spherical plain bearing

with external seals


2RS Lip seals on both sides Standard
2RS4 Lip seals with increased sealing action
on both sides
2TS Integrated triple lip high performance seals
on both sides
C2 Radial internal clearance smaller than normal Special design,
C3 Radial internal clearance larger than normal available by
agreement only
F7 Lubrication groove system for grease
lubrication in the case of smaller angles
F10 Lubrication groove system for oil bath
lubrication for angular contact
spherical plain bearings GE..-SX

safety guidelines guidelines on the subjects of operating clearance, the adjacent
construction and mounting and dismounting, see section Technical
principles, page 20.
Friction The friction behaviour is dependent on the sliding contact surface

and changes during the operating life. Calculation of the bearing
frictional torque and the typical coefficients of friction are given
in the chapter Technical principles, see section Friction and
increases in temperature, page 69.
Principles of lubrication Spherical plain bearings with a steel/steel sliding contact surface
requiring maintenance are given a special surface treatment and are
provided with MoS2. Nevertheless, the quality of maintenance has
a considerable influence on the function and wear of spherical plain
bearings.
Functions of the lubricant The functions of the lubricant are as follows, Figure 2 :
A lubricant film is formed on the contact surfaces that is
sufficiently capable of supporting loads and thus preventing
wear and premature fatigue .
When grease lubrication is used, the bearing is additionally
sealed against the entry of both solid and fluid contaminants .
It gives protection against corrosion .
It is more important to use a suitable lubricant than to provide
generously defined, short lubrication intervals. The lubricant must
always be selected in consultation with the lubricant manufacturers.
Formation of a lubricant film

capable of supporting loads
Sealing of the bearing
against external contaminants
in the case of grease lubrication
Protection against corrosion
00019E37
Figure 2
Functions of the lubricant

Selection of lubricant The lubricant is selected as a function of the sliding contact surface
in the bearing.
The following criteria must be considered:
the load
the load direction
the swivel angle
the ambient temperature
the environmental conditions.
Steel/steel For standard applications, conventional, corrosion-inhibiting,

sliding contact surface high-pressure greases with a lithium soap base, EP additives and
solid lubricant additives are suitable.
The composition of suitable lubricants is as follows:
a proportion of approx. 3% MoS2
solid additives based on calcium and zinc phosphate
compounds. Even under high contact pressure, these additives
separate the sliding surfaces from each other.
Steel/bronze Conventional, corrosion-inhibiting, water-repellent lithium soap

sliding contact surface greases of normal consistency are suitable.
Lubricants with MoS2 additives or other solid lubricants must not
be used.
Running-in phase The running-in phase has a significant influence on the later wear
behaviour of the bearing. Correct lubrication is therefore of particular
importance at this point.
During running-in, the surfaces of the contact zones undergo
smoothing and elastic moulding. This gives additional load-bearing
areas and reduces the strain on the material.
Guidelines on greasing During the running-in phase, the pressure in the bearing is particu-
larly high. The spherical plain bearings are therefore manganese
phosphated and treated with MoS2. The running-in wear phase
proceeds all the more favourably the more MoS2 is embedded
in the porous-crystalline manganese phosphate.
This process is at its most effective with the following sequence:
the bearing is subjected to about ten swivel motions under load
without additional greasing
the bearing is then given its initial greasing.
If this is not possible, the initial greasing must be metered carefully
in order to avoid flushing an excessive quantity of MoS2 out
of the bearing.

Relubrication During relubrication, old grease is replaced by fresh grease.
At the same time, the grease flushes wear debris and contaminants
out of the bearing.
Bearings with a steel/steel sliding contact surface must be period-
ically relubricated. The relubrication intervals should not be estab-
lished arbitrarily but determined by calculation as part of the rating
life calculation (correction factor fNH). Alternatively, this should be
determined in consultation with the lubricant manufacturer.
The bearings should also be relubricated before long periods
without operation.
If relubrication is carried out too frequently, the operating life
of the bearing may be reduced, since the friction of spherical plain
bearings always increases for a short time after relubrication.
Relubrication conditions The grease used for relubrication must be the same as that used
in initial greasing.
If other greases are used, the miscibility and compatibility
of the greases must be checked.
The following conditions should be used for relubrication:
The bearing should still be warm from operation.
It should always be carried out before the bearing comes to rest.
Relubrication should continue until a fresh collar of grease
appears at the seal gaps. Old grease must be allowed to leave
the bearing unhindered.
Design In the design of the adjacent construction, the guidelines

of bearing arrangements in the chapter Technical principles must be observed, see section
Design of bearing arrangements, page 90.

Predimensioning In the case of spherical plain bearings requiring maintenance,

Dimensioning and rating life The dimensioning of spherical plain bearings requiring maintenance
is brought together in the chapter Technical principles, see section
Technical principles, page 20.
for radial spherical on the basis of the steel/steel sliding contact surface, see section
plain bearing GE50-DO
pivot of a linkage rod
axial and radial alternating load.
Operating parameters Bearing load Fr = 25 000 N

Fa = 5 000 N
Swivel angle = 35
Relubrication interval lW = 16 h
max = +60 C
Bearing data Radial spherical plain bearing = GE50-DO

Sliding contact surface Steel/steel

the ratio Fa/Fr = 5 000 N / 25 000 N = 0,2, Figure 4, page 39:
Specific bearing load The specific bearing load must be calculated with the aid of
the specific load parameter K and checked for validity, see table,
diameter dK and the swivel angle and checked for validity,
see table, page 44, and table, page 50:
see table, page 50:

Selection For plain bearings requiring maintenance, the following applies,

The correction factors necessary for the steel/steel sliding contact

surface must be selected from the matrix and used to correct
the rating life equation appropriately, see table, page 55 and
equation.
Correction factors, Series Sliding contact Correction factors
as a function of bearing type surface
plain bearing
GE..-DO Steel/steel

The specific plain bearing factor KL = 30, see table, page 52.

Sliding velocity fv Figure 16, page 58 0,2
Temperature f Figure 18, page 60 1
Sphere diameter fdK Figure 22, page 63 1,1
Variable load fHz Figure 27, page 66 2

Rating life LhN The rating life can be increased by means of periodic relubrication
with periodic relubrication as a function of the relubrication interval, see page 52.
The necessary relubrication interval and preferred relubrication
interval must be calculated and checked for validity, see page 68
and page 182:
Based on a relubrication frequency Lh/lW = 467 h/16 h = 29,19,

a correction factor fNH = 4,7 is determined, Figure 31, page 68.
Based on a swivel angle = 35, the correction factor fN = 5,6,
Figure 32, page 68.
Result The selected radial spherical plain bearing GE50-DO fulfils

the requirement for a rating life Lh 10 000 h.

Accuracy The main dimensions as well as the dimensional and geometrical

accuracy of the inside and outside diameter are in accordance with
DIN ISO 12240-1 to DIN ISO 12240-3. The exceptions are radial
spherical plain bearings of series GE..-HO-2RS and spherical plain
bearings GE..-ZO in inch sizes.
The dimensional and tolerance values are arithmetic mean values
and dimensional checking is carried out in accordance with
ISO 8015.
As a result of the surface treatment, the tolerances of spherical plain
bearings with a steel/steel sliding contact surface may differ slightly
from the stated values. However, this does not affect the mounting
and operating characteristics.
Spherical plain bearings Before surface treatment and axial splitting, the outside diameters
with axially split or are within the deviations given in the tables. As a result of axial
and radial splitting, the outer rings become slightly out of round.
radially split outer ring The roundness of the outer ring is restored once it is fitted in
a locating bore produced in accordance with the specifications,
Figure 3.
Measurements taken of the outside diameter of the unmounted
bearing cannot be used as the original actual values for the outside
diameter.
00016524
D = deviation of outside diameter
D = outside diameter
of spherical plain bearing
Out of roundness before mounting

Roundness after mounting
Figure 3
Out of roundness and roundness

Open or sealed
000192F3
GE..-DO
Steel/steel

Open Sealed m d D B C dK 1)
kg
GE6-DO2) 0,005 60,008 140,008 60,12 40,24 103) 13
GE8-DO2) 0,007 80,008 160,008 80,12 50,24 133) 15
GE10-DO2) 0,012 100,008 190,009 90,12 60,24 163) 12
GE12-DO2) 0,017 120,008 220,009 100,12 70,24 183) 11
GE15-DO 0,027 150,008 260,009 120,12 90,24 223) 8
GE16-DO4) 0,044 160,008 300,009 140,12 100,24 253) 10
GE17-DO GE17-DO-2RS 0,041 170,008 300,009 140,12 100,24 253) 10
GE20-DO GE20-DO-2RS 0,065 200,01 350,011 160,12 120,24 293) 9
GE25-DO GE25-DO-2RS 0,12 250,01 420,011 200,12 160,24 35,5 7
GE30-DO GE30-DO-2RS GE30-UK-2TS 0,15 300,01 470,011 220,12 180,24 40,7 6
GE35-DO GE35-DO-2RS GE35-DO-2TS 0,23 350,012 550,013 250,12 200,3 47 6
GE160-DO GE160-DO-2RS 14,2 1600,025 2300,03 1050,25 800,6 200 8
GE180-DO GE180-DO-2RS 18,6 1800,025 2600,035 1050,25 800,7 225 6
GE200-DO GE200-DO-2RS 28,5 2000,03 2900,035 1300,3 1000,7 250 7
GE200-DO4) GE220-DO-2RS 35,5 2200,03 3200,04 1350,3 1000,8 275 8
GE240-DO4) GE240-DO-2RS 39,5 2400,03 3400,04 1400,3 1000,8 300 8
GE260-DO4) GE260-DO-2RS 51,2 2600,035 3700,04 1500,35 1100,8 325 7
GE280-DO4) GE280-DO-2RS 64,8 2800,035 4000,04 1550,35 1200,8 350 6
GE300-DO4) GE300-DO-2RS 77,5 3000,035 4300,045 1650,35 1200,9 375 7
2) No relubrication facility.
3) No lubrication groove on inner ring spherical surface.

000192F5
000192F4
000192F8
GE..-DO-2RS GE..-DO-2TS Mounting dimensions
Steel/steel Steel/steel
Chamfer Mounting dimensions Basic load ratings Radial internal clearance

dimensions
r1 r2 da Da dyn. stat. C2 CN C3
Cr C0r
0,3 0,3 8 9,6 3 400 17 000 0,008 0,032 0,032 0,068 0,068 0,104
0,3 0,3 10,2 12,5 5 590 28 000 0,008 0,032 0,032 0,068 0,068 0,104
0,3 0,3 13,2 15,5 8 160 40 800 0,008 0,032 0,032 0,068 0,068 0,104
0,3 0,3 14,9 17,5 10 800 54 000 0,008 0,032 0,032 0,068 0,068 0,104
0,3 0,3 18,4 21 16 900 84 700 0,01 0,04 0,04 0,082 0,082 0,124
0,3 0,3 20,7 24 21 300 106 000 0,01 0,04 0,04 0,082 0,082 0,124
0,3 0,3 20,7 24 21 300 106 000 0,01 0,04 0,04 0,082 0,082 0,124
0,3 0,3 24,2 27,5 29 600 148 000 0,01 0,04 0,04 0,082 0,082 0,124
0,6 0,6 29,3 33 48 300 241 000 0,012 0,05 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,15
0,6 0,6 34,2 38 62 300 311 000 0,012 0,05 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,15
0,6 1 39,8 44,5 79 900 400 000 0,012 0,05 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,15
0,6 1 45 51 99 100 496 000 0,015 0,06 0,06 0,12 0,12 0,18
0,6 1 50,8 57 128 000 639 000 0,015 0,06 0,06 0,12 0,12 0,18
0,6 1 56 63 157 000 785 000 0,015 0,06 0,06 0,12 0,12 0,18
1 1 66,8 75 245 000 1 220 000 0,015 0,06 0,06 0,12 0,12 0,18
1 1 77,9 87 313 000 1 560 000 0,018 0,072 0,072 0,142 0,142 0,212
1 1 89,4 99 402 000 2 010 000 0,018 0,072 0,072 0,142 0,142 0,212
1 1 98,1 108 489 000 2 440 000 0,018 0,072 0,072 0,142 0,142 0,212
1 1 109,5 123 608 000 3 040 000 0,018 0,085 0,085 0,165 0,165 0,245
1 1 121,2 134 655 000 3 280 000 0,018 0,085 0,085 0,165 0,165 0,245
1 1 135,6 150 952 000 4 760 000 0,018 0,085 0,085 0,165 0,165 0,245
1 1 155,9 173 1 070 000 5 360 000 0,018 0,085 0,085 0,165 0,165 0,245
1 1 170,2 191 1 360 000 6 800 000 0,018 0,1 0,1 0,192 0,192 0,284
1,1 1,1 199 219 1 530 000 7 650 000 0,018 0,1 0,1 0,192 0,192 0,284
1,1 1,1 213,5 239 2 130 000 10 600 000 0,018 0,1 0,1 0,192 0,192 0,284
1,1 1,1 239,6 267 2 340 000 11 700 000 0,018 0,11 0,11 0,214 0,214 0,318
1,1 1,1 265,3 295 2 550 000 12 800 000 0,018 0,11 0,11 0,214 0,214 0,318
1,1 1,1 288,3 319 3 040 000 15 200 000 0,018 0,125 0,125 0,239 0,239 0,353
1,1 1,1 313,8 342 3 570 000 17 900 000 0,018 0,125 0,125 0,239 0,239 0,353
1,1 1,1 336,7 370 3 830 000 19 100 000 0,018 0,125 0,125 0,239 0,239 0,353

DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series C
Open or sealed
000192F9
GE..-DO
Steel/steel

kg
GE320-DO GE320-DO-2RS4 77,2 3200,04 4400,045 1600,4 1350,9 380 4
GE340-DO GE340-DO-2RS4 81,5 3400,04 4600,045 1600,4 1350,9 400 3,8
GE360-DO GE360-DO-2RS4 85,8 3600,04 4800,045 1600,4 1350,9 420 3,6
GE380-DO GE380-DO-2RS4 127 3800,04 5200,05 1900,4 1601 450 4,1
GE400-DO GE400-DO-2RS4 133 4000,04 5400,05 1900,4 1601 470 3,9
GE420-DO GE420-DO-2RS4 139 4200,045 5600,05 1900,45 1601 490 3,7
GE440-DO GE440-DO-2RS4 193 4400,045 6000,05 2180,45 1851 520 3,9
GE460-DO GE460-DO-2RS4 201 4600,045 6200,05 2180,45 1851 540 3,7
GE480-DO GE480-DO-2RS4 236 4800,045 6500,075 2300,45 1951,1 565 3,8
GE500-DO GE500-DO-2RS4 245 5000,045 6700,075 2300,45 1951,1 585 3,6
GE530-DO GE530-DO-2RS4 290 5300,05 7100,075 2430,5 2051,1 620 3,7
GE560-DO GE560-DO-2RS4 340 5600,05 7500,075 2580,5 2151,1 655 4
GE600-DO GE600-DO-2RS4 408 6000,05 8000,075 2720,5 2301,1 700 3,6
GE630-DO GE630-DO-2RS4 531 6300,05 8500,1 3000,5 2601,2 740 3,3
GE670-DO GE670-DO-2RS4 595 6700,075 9000,1 3080,75 2601,2 785 3,7
GE710-DO GE710-DO-2RS4 693 7100,075 9500,1 3250,75 2751,2 830 3,7
GE750-DO GE750-DO-2RS4 780 7500,075 1 0000,1 3350,75 2801,2 875 3,8
GE800-DO GE800-DO-2RS4 920 8000,075 1 0600,125 3550,75 3001,3 930 3,6
GE850-DO GE850-DO-2RS4 1 047 8500,1 1 1200,125 3651 3101,3 985 3,4
GE900-DO GE900-DO-2RS4 1 185 9000,1 1 1800,125 3751 3201,3 1 040 3,2
GE950-DO GE950-DO-2RS4 1 422 9500,1 1 2500,125 4001 3401,3 1 100 3,3
GE1000-DO GE1000-DO-2RS4 1 744 1 0000,1 1 3200,16 4381 3701,6 1 160 3,5
3) Da max = Da min + 20 mm.
4) Groups C2 and C3 by agreement.

00016953
000192FA
GE..-DO-2RS4 Mounting dimensions
Steel/steel
Chamfer Mounting dimensions Basic load ratings Radial

dimensions internal
clearance4)
r1 r2 da Da3) Open Sealed CN
dyn. stat. dyn. stat.
Cr C0r Cr C0r
min. min. max. min. N N N N
1,1 3 344,7 361 4 370 000 21 900 000 3 910 000 19 550 000 0,125 0,239
1,1 3 366,6 382 4 600 000 23 000 000 4 100 000 20 500 000 0,125 0,239
1,1 3 388,3 403 4 830 000 24 200 000 4 350 000 21 750 000 0,135 0,261
1,5 4 407,9 426 6 300 000 31 500 000 5 760 000 28 800 000 0,135 0,261
1,5 4 429,9 447 6 580 000 32 900 000 6 000 000 30 000 000 0,135 0,261
1,5 4 451,7 469 6 860 000 34 300 000 6 300 000 31 500 000 0,135 0,261
1,5 4 472,1 491 8 580 000 42 900 000 7 980 000 39 900 000 0,145 0,285
1,5 4 494 513 8 910 000 44 600 000 8 100 000 40 500 000 0,145 0,285
2 5 516,1 536 9 890 000 49 400 000 8 800 000 44 000 000 0,145 0,285
2 5 537,9 557 10 200 000 51 200 000 9 200 000 46 000 000 0,145 0,285
2 5 570,4 591 11 500 000 57 400 000 10 300 000 51 500 000 0,145 0,285
2 5 602 624 12 800 000 63 900 000 11 400 000 57 000 000 0,16 0,32
2 5 645 667 14 700 000 73 500 000 13 100 000 65 500 000 0,16 0,32
3 6 676,5 698 17 800 000 88 800 000 15 800 000 79 000 000 0,16 0,32
3 6 722,1 746 18 800 000 94 200 000 17 100 000 85 500 000 0,16 0,32
3 6 763,7 789 21 200 000 106 000 000 19 100 000 95 500 000 0,17 0,35
3 6 808,3 834 22 800 000 114 000 000 20 500 000 102 500 000 0,17 0,35
3 6 859,6 886 26 000 000 130 000 000 23 400 000 117 000 000 0,17 0,35
3 6 914,9 940 28 600 000 143 000 000 25 700 000 128 500 000 0,17 0,35
3 6 970 995 31 200 000 156 000 000 27 900 000 139 500 000 0,195 0,405
4 7,5 1 024,7 1 052 35 200 000 176 000 000 32 000 000 160 000 000 0,195 0,405
4 7,5 1 074,1 1 105 40 600 000 203 000 000 36 500 000 182 500 000 0,195 0,405

Open or sealed
000192FB
GE..-FO
Steel/steel

kg
GE6-FO 1) 0,009 60,008 160,008 90,12 50,24 133) 21
GE8-FO 1) 0,015 80,008 190,009 110,12 60,24 163) 21
GE10-FO 1) 0,021 100,008 220,009 120,12 70,24 183) 18
GE12-FO 2) 0,037 120,008 260,009 150,12 90,24 223) 18
GE15-FO GE15-FO-2RS 0,047 150,008 300,009 160,12 100,24 253) 16
GE17-FO GE17-FO-2RS 0,079 170,008 350,011 200,12 120,24 293) 19
GE20-FO GE20-FO-2RS 0,15 200,01 420,011 250,12 160,24 35,5 17
GE25-FO GE25-FO-2RS GE25-FO-2TS 0,2 250,01 470,011 280,12 180,24 40,7 17
GE30-FO GE30-FO-2RS GE30-FO-2TS 0,3 300,01 550,013 320,12 200,3 47 17
GE35-FO 5) GE35-FO-2RS GE35-FO-2TS 0,4 350,012 620,013 350,12 220,3 53 16
GE70-FO 5) GE70-FO-2RS GE70-FO-2TS 3 700,015 1200,015 700,15 450,4 105 16
GE100-FO 5) GE100-FO-2RS GE100-FO-2TS 6 1000,02 1600,025 850,2 550,5 140 14
GE140-FO 5) GE140-FO-2RS 18,9 1400,025 2300,03 1300,25 800,6 200 16
GE160-FO 5) GE160-FO-2RS 24,8 1600,025 2600,035 1350,25 800,7 225 16
GE180-FO 5) GE180-FO-2RS 35,9 1800,025 2900,035 1550,25 1000,7 250 14
GE200-FO 5) GE200-FO-2RS 44,9 2000,03 3200,04 1650,3 1000,8 275 15
GE220-FO 5) GE220-FO-2RS5) 51 2200,03 3400,04 1750,3 1000,8 300 16
GE240-FO 5) GE240-FO-2RS5) 65,2 2400,03 3700,04 1900,3 1100,8 325 15
GE260-FO 5) GE260-FO-2RS5) 82 2600,035 4000,04 2050,35 1200,8 350 15
GE280-FO 5) GE280-FO-2RS5) 96,7 2800,035 4300,045 2100,35 1200,9 375 15
2) Relubrication only possible via the outer ring.

000192FC
000192FE
000192FF
GE..-FO-2RS GE..-FO-2TS Mounting dimensions
Chamfer Mounting Basic load ratings Radial internal clearance

r1 r2 da Da dyn. stat. C2 CN C3
Cr C0r
0,3 0,3 9,4 12,5 5 590 28 000 0,008 0,032 0,032 0,068 0,068 0,104
0,3 0,3 11,6 15,5 8 160 40 800 0,008 0,032 0,032 0,068 0,068 0,104
0,3 0,3 13,4 17,5 10 800 54 000 0,008 0,032 0,032 0,068 0,068 0,104
0,3 0,3 16,1 21 16 900 84 700 0,01 0,04 0,04 0,082 0,082 0,124
0,3 0,3 19,2 24 21 300 106 000 0,01 0,04 0,04 0,082 0,082 0,124
0,3 0,3 21 27,5 29 600 148 000 0,01 0,04 0,04 0,082 0,082 0,124
0,3 0,6 25,2 33 48 300 241 000 0,012 0,05 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,15
0,6 0,6 29,5 38 62 300 311 000 0,012 0,05 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,15
0,6 1 34,4 44,5 79 900 400 000 0,012 0,05 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,15
0,6 1 39,8 51 99 100 496 000 0,015 0,06 0,06 0,12 0,12 0,18
0,6 1 44,7 57 128 000 639 000 0,015 0,06 0,06 0,12 0,12 0,18
0,6 1 50,1 63 157 000 785 000 0,015 0,06 0,06 0,12 0,12 0,18
0,6 1 57,1 75 245 000 1 220 000 0,015 0,06 0,06 0,12 0,12 0,18
1 1 67 87 313 000 1 560 000 0,018 0,072 0,072 0,142 0,142 0,212
1 1 78,3 99 402 000 2 010 000 0,018 0,072 0,072 0,142 0,142 0,212
1 1 87,2 108 489 000 2 440 000 0,018 0,072 0,072 0,142 0,142 0,212
1 1 98,4 123 608 000 3 040 000 0,018 0,085 0,085 0,165 0,165 0,245
1 1 111,2 134 655 000 3 280 000 0,018 0,085 0,085 0,165 0,165 0,245
1 1 124,9 150 952 000 4 760 000 0,018 0,085 0,085 0,165 0,165 0,245
1 1 138,5 173 1 070 000 5 360 000 0,018 0,085 0,085 0,165 0,165 0,245
1 1 152 191 1 360 000 6 800 000 0,018 0,1 0,1 0,192 0,192 0,284
1 1,1 180 219 1 530 000 7 650 000 0,018 0,1 0,1 0,192 0,192 0,284
1,1 1,1 196,2 239 2 130 000 10 600 000 0,018 0,1 0,1 0,192 0,192 0,284
1,1 1,1 220 267 2 340 000 11 700 000 0,018 0,11 0,11 0,214 0,214 0,318
1,1 1,1 243,7 295 2 550 000 12 800 000 0,018 0,11 0,11 0,214 0,214 0,318
1,1 1,1 263,7 319 3 040 000 15 200 000 0,018 0,125 0,125 0,239 0,239 0,353
1,1 1,1 283,7 342 3 570 000 17 900 000 0,018 0,125 0,125 0,239 0,239 0,353
1,1 1,1 310,7 370 3 830 000 19 100 000 0,018 0,125 0,125 0,239 0,239 0,353

DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series W
Cylindrical extensions on inner ring
Open design
00019300
GE..-LO
Steel/steel

m d D B C dK d2 da 2)
kg H7 max.
GE12-LO 3)4) 0,018 12+0,018 220,009 120,18 70,24 18 15,5 15,5 4
GE16-LO 4)5) 0,035 16+0,018 280,009 160,18 90,24 23 20 20 4
GE20-LO5) 0,07 20+0,021 350,011 200,21 120,24 29 25 25 4
GE25-LO 0,13 25+0,021 420,011 250,21 160,24 35,5 30 30 4
GE32-LO 0,22 32+0,025 520,013 320,25 180,3 44 38 38 4
GE40-LO 0,35 40+0,025 620,013 400,25 220,3 53 46 46 4
GE50-LO 0,62 50+0,025 750,013 500,25 280,3 66 57 57 4
GE63-LO 1,28 63+0,03 950,015 630,3 360,4 83 71,5 71,5 4
GE70-LO 6) 1,71 70+0,03 1050,015 700,3 400,4 92 79 79 4
GE80-LO 2,56 80+0,03 1200,015 800,3 450,4 105 91 91 4
GE90-LO 6) 3,05 90+0,035 1300,018 900,35 500,5 115 99 99 4
GE100-LO 4,9 100+0,035 1500,018 1000,35 550,5 130 113 113 4
GE110-LO6) 5,57 110+0,035 1600,025 1100,35 550,5 140 124 124 4
GE125-LO 8,2 125+0,04 1800,025 1250,4 700,5 160 138 138 4
GE160-LO7) 16,1 160+0,04 2300,03 1600,4 800,6 200 177 177 4
GE200-LO7) 32,2 200+0,046 2900,035 2000,46 1000,7 250 221 221 4
GE250-LO7) 103 250+0,046 4000,04 2500,46 1200,8 350 317 317 4
GE320-LO7) 225 320+0,057 5200,05 3200,57 1601 450 405 405 4
1) Sealed design available by agreement.
4) Cylindrical throughout.
6) Not included in DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series W.

00019301
Mounting dimensions

r1 r2 Da dyn. stat. C2 CN C3
Cr C0r
min. min. min. N N
0,3 0,3 17,5 10 800 54 000 0,008 0,032 0,032 0,068 0,068 0,104
0,3 0,3 23 17 700 88 600 0,01 0,04 0,04 0,082 0,082 0,124
0,3 0,3 27,5 29 600 148 000 0,01 0,04 0,04 0,082 0,082 0,124
0,6 0,6 33 48 300 241 000 0,012 0,05 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,15
0,6 1 42 67 300 337 000 0,012 0,05 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,15
0,6 1 51 99 100 496 000 0,015 0,06 0,06 0,12 0,12 0,18
0,6 1 63 157 000 785 000 0,015 0,06 0,06 0,12 0,12 0,18
1 1 78 254 000 1 270 000 0,018 0,072 0,072 0,142 0,142 0,212
1 1 87 313 000 1 560 000 0,018 0,072 0,072 0,142 0,142 0,212
1 1 99 402 000 2 010 000 0,018 0,072 0,072 0,142 0,142 0,212
1 1 108 489 000 2 440 000 0,018 0,072 0,072 0,142 0,142 0,212
1 1 123 608 000 3 040 000 0,018 0,085 0,085 0,165 0,165 0,245
1 1 134 655 000 3 280 000 0,018 0,085 0,085 0,165 0,165 0,245
1 1 150 952 000 4 760 000 0,018 0,085 0,085 0,165 0,165 0,245
1 1 191 1 360 000 6 800 000 0,018 0,1 0,1 0,192 0,192 0,284
1,1 1,1 239 2 130 000 10 600 000 0,018 0,1 0,1 0,192 0,192 0,284
2,5 1,1 342 3 570 000 17 900 000 0,018 0,125 0,125 0,239 0,239 0,353
2,5 4 438 6 300 000 31 500 000 0,018 0,135 0,135 0,261 0,261 0,387

Radial spherical
plain bearings
Cylindrical extensions
on inner ring
Open or sealed
00019C1B
00019302
GE..-HO GE..-HO-2RS

Open Sealed m d D B C dK d2 da 1)
kg max.
GE20-HO GE20-HO-2RS 0,07 200,01 350,011 240,2 120,24 292) 24 24 3
GE25-HO GE25-HO-2RS 0,13 250,01 420,011 290,3 160,24 35,5 29 29 3
GE30-HO GE30-HO-2RS 0,16 300,01 470,011 300,3 180,24 40,7 34,2 34,2 3
GE35-HO GE35-HO-2RS 0,25 350,012 550,013 350,3 200,3 47 40 40 3
GE40-HO GE40-HO-2RS 0,33 400,012 620,013 380,3 220,3 53 45 45 3
GE45-HO GE45-HO-2RS 0,44 450,012 680,013 400,3 250,3 60 51,5 51,5 3
GE50-HO GE50-HO-2RS 0,58 500,012 750,013 430,3 280,3 66 56,5 56,5 3
GE60-HO GE60-HO-2RS 1,06 600,015 900,015 540,3 360,4 80 67,7 67,7 3
GE70-HO GE70-HO-2RS 1,64 700,015 1050,015 650,3 400,4 92 78 78 3
GE80-HO GE80-HO-2RS 2,44 800,015 1200,015 740,3 450,4 105 90 90 3
GE90-HO GE90-HO-2RS 2,9 900,02 1300,018 800,3 500,5 115 99 99 3
GE100-HO GE100-HO-2RS 4,6 1000,02 1500,018 900,3 550,5 130 113 113 3
GE110-HO GE110-HO-2RS 5,18 1100,02 1600,025 900,3 550,5 140 124 124 3
GE120-HO GE120-HO-2RS 8,7 1200,02 1800,025 1080,3 700,5 160 138 138 3

00019307
Mounting dimensions

r1 r2 Da dyn. stat. C2 CN C3
Cr C0r
min. min. min. N N
0,2 0,3 27,5 29 600 148 000 0,01 0,04 0,04 0,082 0,082 0,124
0,2 0,6 33 48 300 241 000 0,012 0,05 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,15
0,2 0,6 38 62 300 311 000 0,012 0,05 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,15
0,3 1 44,5 79 900 400 000 0,012 0,05 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,15
0,3 1 51 99 100 496 000 0,015 0,06 0,06 0,12 0,12 0,18
0,3 1 57 128 000 639 000 0,015 0,06 0,06 0,12 0,12 0,18
0,3 1 63 157 000 785 000 0,015 0,06 0,06 0,12 0,12 0,18
0,3 1 75 245 000 1 220 000 0,015 0,06 0,06 0,12 0,12 0,18
0,3 1 87 313 000 1 560 000 0,018 0,072 0,072 0,142 0,142 0,212
0,3 1 99 402 000 2 010 000 0,018 0,072 0,072 0,142 0,142 0,212
0,6 1 108 489 000 2 440 000 0,018 0,072 0,072 0,142 0,142 0,212
0,6 1 123 608 000 3 040 000 0,018 0,085 0,085 0,165 0,165 0,245
0,6 1 134 655 000 3 280 000 0,018 0,085 0,085 0,165 0,165 0,245
0,6 1 150 952 000 4 760 000 0,018 0,085 0,085 0,165 0,165 0,245

Inch sizes
Open design
00019308
GE..-ZO
Steel/steel
Dimension table Dimensions in mm and inch

Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions3)
m d D B C dK 4)
kg
0,750 1,250 0,659 0,562
GE19-ZO 0,052 27,5 6
19,0500,01 31,7500,011 16,6620,12 14,2750,24
0,875 1,4375 0,765 0,656
GE22-ZO 0,085 32 6
22,2250,01 36,5130,011 19,4310,12 16,6620,24
1,000 1,625 0,875 0,750
GE25-ZO 0,13 35,5 6
25,4000,01 41,2750,011 22,2250,12 19,0500,24
1,250 2,000 1,093 0,937
GE31-ZO 0,23 45,5 6
31,7500,012 50,8000,013 27,7620,12 23,8000,3
1,375 2,1875 1,187 1,031
GE34-ZO 0,3 49 6
34,9250,012 55,5630,013 30,1500,12 26,1870,3
1,500 2,4375 1,321 1,125
GE38-ZO 0,41 53 6
38,1000,012 61,9130,013 33,3250,12 28,5750,3
1,750 2,8125 1,531 1,312
GE44-ZO 0,64 63,9 6
44,4500,012 71,4380,013 38,8870,12 33,3250,3
2,000 3,1875 1,750 1,500
GE50-ZO 0,94 73 6
50,8000,015 80,9630,015 44,4500,15 38,1000,4
2,250 3,5625 1,969 1,687
GE57-ZO 1,6 82 6
57,1500,015 90,4880,015 50,0130,15 42,8500,4
2,500 3,9375 2,187 1,875
GE63-ZO 1,78 92 6
63,5000,015 100,0130,015 55,5500,15 47,6250,4
2,750 4,375 2,406 2,062
GE69-ZO 2,41 100 6
69,8500,015 111,1250,015 61,1120,15 52,3750,4

0001930F
Mounting dimensions

r1 r2 da Da dyn. stat. internal clearance
Cr C0r
0,3 0,6 21,9 24,5 31 400 94 100 0,08 0,18
0,3 0,6 25,4 28,5 42 600 128 000 0,08 0,18
0,3 0,6 27,7 31,5 54 000 162 000 0,08 0,18
0,6 0,6 36 40,5 86 500 259 000 0,08 0,18
0,6 1 38,6 43,5 102 000 307 000 0,08 0,18
0,6 1 41,2 46,5 121 000 364 000 0,08 0,18
0,6 1 50,9 57 171 000 512 000 0,08 0,18
0,6 1 57,9 65 223 000 668 000 0,08 0,18
0,6 1 65 73 281 000 844 000 0,1 0,2
1 1 73,3 82 351 000 1 050 000 0,1 0,2
1 1 79,2 89 419 000 1 260 000 0,1 0,2

Inch sizes
Open design
00019308
GE..-ZO
Steel/steel
Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm and inch

Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions3)
m d D B C dK 4)
kg
3,000 4,750 2,625 2,250
GE76-ZO 3,1 109,5 6
76,2000,015 120,6500,018 66,6750,15 57,1500,5
3,250 5,125 2,844 2,437
GE82-ZO 3,8 119 6
82,5500,02 130,1750,018 72,2380,2 61,9000,5
3,500 5,500 3,062 2,625
GE88-ZO 4,83 128 6
88,9000,02 139,7000,018 77,7750,2 66,6750,5
3,750 5,875 3,281 2,812
GE95-ZO 5,87 137 6
95,2500,02 149,2250,018 83,3370,2 71,4250,5
4,000 6,250 3,500 3,000
GE101-ZO 7,06 146 6
101,6000,02 158,7500,025 88,9000,2 76,2000,5
4,250 6,625 3,719 3,187
GE107-ZO 8,42 155 6
107,9500,02 168,2750,025 94,4630,2 80,9500,5
4,500 7,000 3,937 3,375
GE114-ZO 9,95 164,5 6
114,3000,02 177,8000,025 100,0000,2 85,7250,5
5,000 7,750 4,375 3,750
GE127-ZO 13,5 183 6
127,0000,025 196,8500,03 111,1250,25 95,2500,6

0001930F
Mounting dimensions

r1 r2 da Da dyn. stat. internal clearance
Cr C0r
1 1 86,9 98 500 000 1 500 000 0,1 0,2
1 1 94,5 106 589 000 1 770 000 0,13 0,23
1 1 101,6 114 683 000 2 050 000 0,13 0,23
1 1 108,7 122 783 000 2 350 000 0,13 0,23
1 1 115,8 130 890 000 2 670 000 0,13 0,23
1 1 122,8 138 1 000 000 3 010 000 0,13 0,23
1 1 130,6 147 1 130 000 3 380 000 0,13 0,23
1 1 145,3 163 1 390 000 4 180 000 0,13 0,23

DIN ISO 12240-1, dimension series K
Open design
00019310
GE..-PB
Steel/bronze

m d D B C dK 3)
kg H7
GE6-PB 0,011 6+0,012 160,008 90,12 6,750,24 12,7 13
GE8-PB 0,019 8+0,015 190,009 120,12 90,24 15,875 14
GE10-PB 0,028 10+0,015 220,009 140,12 10,50,24 19,05 13
GE12-PB 0,045 12+0,018 260,009 160,12 120,24 22,225 13
GE14-PB 0,057 14+0,018 280,0092) 190,12 13,50,24 25,4 16
GE16-PB 0,082 16+0,018 320,011 210,12 150,24 28,575 15
GE18-PB 0,11 18+0,018 350,011 230,12 16,50,24 31,75 15
GE20-PB 0,15 20+0,021 400,011 250,12 180,24 34,925 14
GE22-PB 0,18 22+0,021 420,011 280,12 200,24 38,1 15
GE25-PB 0,24 25+0,021 470,011 310,12 220,24 42,85 15
GE30-PB 0,39 30+0,021 550,013 370,12 250,3 50,8 17

00019311
Mounting dimensions

r1 r2 da Da dyn. stat. internal clearance2)
Cr C0r
0,3 0,3 9 11,5 4 320 10 800 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,3 10,4 14 7 140 17 900 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,3 12,9 17 10 000 25 000 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,3 15,4 19,5 13 300 33 300 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,3 16,9 22,5 17 100 42 900 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,3 19,4 25,5 21 400 53 600 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,3 21,9 28,5 26 200 65 600 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,6 24,4 31,5 31 400 78 600 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,6 25,8 34 38 100 95 300 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,6 29,6 38,5 47 100 118 000 0,006 0,035
0,3 0,6 34,8 46 63 500 159 000 0,006 0,035

DIN ISO 12240-2
Open design
00019312
GE..-SX
Steel/steel

Designation Mass Dimensions1)
m d D T dK D1 B C
kg
GE25-SX 0,14 250,012 470,014 150,25 42,5 31,4 140,23) 140,23)
GE28-SX 0,18 280,012 520,016 160,25 47 35,7 150,23) 150,23)
GE30-SX 0,22 300,012 550,016 170,25 50 36,1 160,23) 160,23)
GE35-SX 0,28 350,012 620,016 180,25 56 42,4 170,24 170,24
GE40-SX 0,35 400,012 680,016 190,25 60 46,8 180,24 180,24
GE45-SX 0,43 450,012 750,016 200,25 66 52,9 190,24 190,24
GE50-SX 0,47 500,012 800,016 200,25 74 59,1 190,24 190,24
GE55-SX 0,68 550,015 900,018 230,25 80 62 220,3 220,3
GE60-SX 0,74 600,015 950,018 230,25 86 68,1 220,3 220,3
GE65-SX 0,79 650,015 1000,018 230,25 92 75,6 220,3 220,3
GE70-SX 1,08 700,015 1100,018 250,25 102 82,2 240,3 240,3
GE80-SX 1,55 800,015 1250,02 290,25 115 90,5 270,3 270,3
GE90-SX 2,1 900,02 1400,02 320,25 130 103,3 300,4 300,4
GE100-SX 2,36 1000,02 1500,02 320,25 140 114,3 300,4 300,4
GE110-SX4) 3,78 1100,02 1700,025 380,25 160 125,8 360,4 360,4
GE120-SX 4,05 1200,02 1800,025 380,25 170 135,4 360,4 360,4
GE130-SX4) 6,1 1300,025 2000,03 450,35 190 148 420,5 420,5
GE140-SX4) 6,5 1400,025 2100,03 450,35 200 160,6 420,5 420,5
GE150-SX4) 7,9 1500,025 2250,03 480,35 213 170,9 450,5 450,5
GE160-SX4) 9,4 1600,025 2400,03 510,35 225 181,4 480,5 480,5
GE170-SX4) 13,2 1700,025 2600,035 570,35 250 194,3 540,5 540,5
GE180-SX4) 17,6 1800,025 2800,035 640,35 260 205,5 610,5 610,5
GE190-SX4) 18,3 1900,03 2900,035 640,35 275 211,8 610,6 610,6
GE200-SX4) 23,3 2000,03 3100,035 700,35 290 229,2 660,6 660,6
3) Tolerance deviates from DIN ISO 12240-2.

00019313
Mounting dimensions
Chamfer Mounting dimensions Basic load ratings

dimensions
s A 2) r1 r2 da db Da Db dyn. stat.
Cr C0r
min. min. max. max. min. min. N N
1 7,5 2,7 0,6 0,3 30,1 39,5 34 43 47 800 239 000
1 8 2,4 1 0,3 34,4 42 40 47,5 57 700 288 000
2 8,5 2,3 1 0,3 34,7 45 40,5 50,5 64 600 323 000
2 9 2,1 1 0,3 41,1 50 47 57 78 600 393 000
1,5 9,5 1,9 1 0,3 45,6 54 52 61 90 800 454 000
1,5 10 1,7 1 0,3 51,7 60 58 67 106 000 532 000
4 10 1,6 1 0,3 58 67 65 75 118 000 592 000
4 11,5 1,4 1,5 0,6 60,8 71 70 81 149 000 746 000
5 11,5 1,3 1,5 0,6 66,9 77 76 87 161 000 805 000
5 11,5 1,3 1,5 0,6 74,5 83 84 93 173 000 867 000
7 12,5 1,1 1,5 0,6 81 92 90 104 209 000 1 040 000
10 14,5 2 1,5 0,6 88 104 99 117 245 000 1 220 000
11 16 1,8 2 0,6 100,9 118 112 132 314 000 1 570 000
12 16 1,7 2 0,6 112 128 123 142 339 000 1 700 000
15 19 1,5 2,5 0,6 123,3 146 135 162 469 000 2 340 000
17 19 1,4 2,5 0,6 132,9 155 145 172 499 000 2 490 000
20 22,5 1,9 2,5 0,6 144 174 158 192 623 000 3 110 000
20 22,5 1,8 2,5 0,6 156,9 184 171 202 664 000 3 320 000
21 24 1,7 3 1 167,2 194 184 216 765 000 3 830 000
21 25,5 1,6 3 1 177,7 206 195 228 874 000 4 370 000
27 28,5 1,4 3 1 190,4 228 208 253 1 090 000 5 450 000
21 32 1,3 3 1 201,8 240 220 263 1 320 000 6 590 000
29 32 1,3 3 1 207,9 252 226 278 1 370 000 6 850 000
26 35 1,6 3 1 224,2 268 244 293 1 550 000 7 740 000

DIN ISO 12240-3
Open design
0001931C
GE..-AX
Steel/steel

Designation Mass Dimensions1)
m d D T dK d2 d3 D1
kg
GE10-AX 0,039 100,008 300,009 9,50,4 32 27,5 21 16,5
GE12-AX 0,072 120,008 350,011 130,4 37 32 24 19,5
GE15-AX 0,12 150,008 420,011 150,4 45 38,9 29 24
GE17-AX 0,16 170,008 470,011 160,4 50 43,4 34 28
GE20-AX 0,27 200,01 550,013 200,4 60 50 40 33,5
GE25-AX 0,4 250,01 620,013 22,50,4 66 57,5 45 34,5
GE30-AX 0,65 300,01 750,013 260,4 80 69 56 44
GE35-AX 1,05 350,012 900,015 280,4 98 84 66 52
GE40-AX 1,65 400,012 1050,015 320,4 114 98 78 59
GE45-AX 2,49 450,012 1200,015 36,50,4 130 112 89 68
GE50-AX3) 3,44 500,012 1300,018 42,50,4 140 122,5 98 69
GE60-AX3) 4,66 600,015 1500,018 450,4 160 139,5 109 86
GE70-AX3) 5,68 700,015 1600,025 500,4 170 149,5 121 95
GE80-AX3) 7,2 800,015 1800,025 500,4 194 168 130 108
GE100-AX3) 10,7 1000,02 2100,03 590,4 220 195,5 155 133
GE120-AX3) 13,1 1200,02 2300,03 640,4 245 214 170 154
GE140-AX3) 18,7 1400,025 2600,035 720,5 272 244 198 176
GE160-AX3) 23,9 1600,025 2900,035 770,5 310 272 213 199
GE180-AX3) 31,1 1800,025 3200,04 860,5 335 300 240 224
GE200-AX3) 35 2000,03 3400,04 870,5 358 321 265 246

0001931D
Mounting dimensions
Chamfer Mounting Basic load ratings

B C s A 2) r1 r2 da Da dyn. stat.
Ca C0a
7,90,24 60,24 7 3 10 0,6 0,2 21 18,5 24 400 122 000
9,30,24 90,24 8 4 9 0,6 0,2 24 21,5 32 400 162 000
10,70,24 110,24 10 5 7 0,6 0,2 29 26 52 200 261 000
11,50,24 11,50,24 11 5 6 0,6 0,2 34 30,5 59 300 296 000
14,30,24 130,24 12,5 6 6 1 0,3 40 38 75 100 376 000
160,24 170,24 14 6 7 1 0,3 45 39 129 000 646 000
180,24 19,50,24 17,5 8 6 1 0,3 56 49 170 000 848 000
220,24 200,24 22 8 6 1 0,3 66 57 259 000 1 300 000
270,24 220,24 24,5 9 6 1 0,3 78 64 373 000 1 870 000
310,24 250,24 27,5 11 6 1 0,3 89 74 486 000 2 430 000
33,50,24 320,24 30 10 5 1 0,3 98 75 650 000 3 250 000
370,3 330,3 35 12,5 7 1 0,3 109 92 736 000 3 680 000
400,3 360,3 35 13,5 6 1 0,3 121 102 807 000 4 030 000
420,3 360,3 42,5 14,5 6 1 0,3 130 115 1 040 000 5 180 000
500,4 420,4 45 15 7 1 0,3 155 141 1 200 000 6 020 000
520,4 450,4 52,5 16,5 6,5 1 0,3 170 162 1 250 000 6 230 000
610,5 500,5 52,5 23 6 1,5 0,6 198 187 1 630 000 8 170 000
650,5 520,5 65 23 7 1,5 0,6 213 211 1 890 000 9 460 000
700,5 600,5 67,5 26 8 1,5 0,6 240 236 2 130 000 10 600 000
740,6 600,6 70 27 8 1,5 0,6 265 259 2 360 000 11 800 000

ELGES rod ends
Maintenance-free
ELGES rod ends
Rod ends, ................................................................................................................. 212

maintenance-free Maintenance-free rod ends comprise a housing with integral shank
and a maintenance-free spherical plain bearing. The integral shank
has an internal or external thread. The spherical plain bearing is
firmly seated and located in the housing. The housings and shanks
are protected against corrosion by a zinc coating.
The rod ends can support radial loads in a tensile or compressive
direction. They are suitable for slow movements with small
to moderate swivel angles, for unilateral load and under certain
conditions for alternating loads (also suitable for alternating loads
with GE..-UK-2RS). Sealed rod ends have lip seals on both sides
and are thus protected against contamination and water spray.
Corrosion-resistant rod ends, ................................................................................................................. 212

maintenance-free Corrosion-resistant rod ends made from high-grade steel correspond
in their construction to the maintenance-free rod ends but are
of a corrosion-resistant design.
The preferred areas of application include machinery for the food
and drink industry, butchery machines, the chemical industry and
medical equipment. The products have also proven effective in
aircraft and ship building as well as for applications in buses and
rail vehicles.
Rod ends with CETOP mounting dimensions are often used in control
and automation engineering.
Rod ends and ................................................................................................................. 244

hydraulic rod ends, Rod ends requiring maintenance comprise a housing with integral
requiring maintenance shank and a spherical plain bearing requiring maintenance. In other
respects, the construction corresponds to that of maintenance-free
rod ends.
Hydraulic rod ends requiring maintenance incorporate radial
spherical plain bearings with a steel/steel sliding contact surface.
The rod ends can be screw mounted using a thread in the shank or
welded in place by means of circular or rectangular welding faces.
In the case of rod ends with a thread clamping facility, the spherical
plain bearings are axially located in the housing by means
of retaining rings.

0001953C
0001953D
0001953E

Rod ends, maintenance-free
Page
Product overview Rod ends, maintenance-free ................................................... 214
Features Area of application ................................................................. 216

Dimension series E ................................................................. 216
Dimension series K ................................................................. 217
Series, sliding layer, standard................................................. 218
Materials................................................................................ 219
Sealing................................................................................... 219
Lubrication............................................................................. 219
Special designs ...................................................................... 220
Suffixes.................................................................................. 220
Design and Dimensioning ......................................................................... 221

safety guidelines Basic static load rating ........................................................... 222
Basic dynamic load rating....................................................... 222
Calculation example for GAR25-UK.......................................... 223
Accuracy .............................................................................................. 226
Dimension tables Rod ends, with internal thread, dimension series E, type F....... 228
Rod ends, with external thread, dimension series E, type M..... 232
Rod ends, with internal thread, dimension series K, type F....... 236
Rod ends, with external thread, dimension series K, type M..... 238
Corrosion-resistant rod ends, with internal thread,
dimension series K, type F ...................................................... 240
Corrosion-resistant rod ends, with external thread,
dimension series K, type M ..................................................... 242

Product overview Rod ends, maintenance-free
Dimension series E GIR..-UK, GIL..-UK

hard chromium/PTFE composite
Right or left hand thread
Open design
With internal thread
000166BF
With external thread GAR..-UK, GAL..-UK
000166CA
Sliding contact surface GIR..-UK-2RS, GIL..-UK-2RS GIR..-UK-2TS, GIL..-UK-2TS

With lip seals or
00016762
00016763
With external thread GAR..-UK-2RS, GAL..-UK-2RS GAR..-UK-2TS, GAL..-UK-2TS

00016764
00016766

Dimension series K GIKR..-PW, GIKPR..-PW, GAKR..-PW, GAKL..-PW
Sliding contact surface GIKL..-PW
steel/PTFE film
Open design
With internal or external thread
000166CD
000166C8
Corrosion-resistant rod ends GIKSR..-PS, GIKPSR..-PS,
Sliding contact surface GIKSL..-PS
corrosion-resistant steel/PTFE film
Open design
With internal thread 00019DA3
With external thread GAKSR..-PS, GAKSL..-PS

00019DA4

Features Maintenance-free rod ends and maintenance-free corrosion-

resistant rod ends comprise a housing with integral shank and
a maintenance-free spherical plain bearing. The shank has
an internal or external thread, the spherical plain bearing is firmly
seated and located in the housing.
The rod ends are available in open designs and in designs sealed
on both sides. The housings and shanks are protected against
corrosion by a zinc coating.
The sliding layer between the inner ring and outer ring is PTFE
composite, ELGOGLIDE or PTFE film, see page 140.
Area of application Maintenance-free rod ends can support radial loads in a tensile or
compressive direction. They are particularly suitable for slow
movements with small to moderate swivel angles and unilateral
loads. For alternating loads, rod ends with bearings of series
GE..-UK-2RS(-2TS) and GE..-FW-2RS(-2TS) can be used.
Dimension series E Rod ends to DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series E incorporate radial
spherical plain bearings GE..-UK or GE..-UK-2RS(-2TS) and have
a right or left internal or external thread, Figure 1. The sliding contact
surfaces are hard chromium/PTFE composite or hard chromium/
ELGOGLIDE. The thin walled design of the eye housing allows
compact adjacent constructions. These rod ends are also available
by agreement with radial spherical plain bearings GE..-FW or
GE..-FW-2RS(-2TS) of dimension series G.

With external thread
Figure 1
00016805
Rod ends,
dimension series E

Dimension series K Rod ends to DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series K incorporate radial
spherical plain bearings GE..-PW and have a right hand or left hand
internal or external thread, Figure 2. The sliding contact surface is
steel/PTFE film.

Figure 2
00016806
Rod ends,
dimension series K
Corrosion-resistant rod ends Corrosion-resistant rod ends to DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series K
incorporate radial spherical plain bearings GE..-PS and have a right
hand or left hand internal or external thread, Figure 3. The sliding
contact surface comprises corrosion-resistant steel and corrosion-
resistant PTFE film attached to the curved outer ring surface.
The housing and shank has a thread to DIN 13 and the diameter
range extends from 5 mm to 30 mm. The bore tolerance of the
spherical plain bearings is H7.
Corrosion-resistant rod ends with an internal thread are also avail-
able with CETOP mounting dimensions to ISO 8139 for pneumatic
cylinders. These are used in preference in control and automation
engineering.

Figure 3
Corrosion-resistant rod ends,
0001973A
corrosion-resistant,
dimension series K

Series, sliding layer, standard Maintenance-free rod ends are designed according to their specific
series with different sliding layers, see tables and page 140.
Series and design Series Thread DIN ISO Dimen- Shaft

for sliding layer ELGOGLIDE or sion d
PTFE composite series mm
over incl.
GIR..-UK Internal, right hand 12240-4 E, 6 30
GIR..-UK-2RS type F 17 80
GIR..-UK-2TS 30 80
GIL..-UK Internal, left hand 6 30
GIL..-UK-2RS 17 80
GIL..-UK-2TS 30 80
GAR..-UK External, right hand 12240-4 E, 6 30
GAR..-UK-2RS type M 17 80
GAR..-UK-2TS 30 80
GAL..-UK External, left hand 6 30
GAL..-UK-2RS 17 80
GAL..-UK-2TS 30 80
Series and design Series Thread DIN ISO Dimen- Shaft

for sliding layer PTFE film sion d
series mm
over incl.
GIKR..-PW Internal, right hand 12240-4 K, 5 30
GIKSR..-PS type F
GIKPR..-PW Internal, right hand,

GIKPSR..-PS fine pitch thread for
standard pneumatic
cylinders to DIN 24335
GIKL..-PW Internal, left hand
GIKSL..-PS
GIKPL..-PW Internal, right hand,
fine pitch thread for
standard pneumatic
cylinders to DIN 24335
GAKR..-PW External, right hand 12240-4 K, 5 30
GAKSR..-PS type M
GAKL..-PW External, left hand

GAKSL..-PS

Materials Maintenance-free rod ends fulfil all the requirements in terms
of fatigue and wear resistance, hardness, toughness and structural
stability as well as maintenance-free operation.
Maintenance-free rod ends are manufactured from drop forged
quenched and tempered steel C45 QT in accordance with
DIN EN 10083-2 and have a zinc coated surface.
Corrosion-resistant rod ends have an inner ring made from
a corrosion-resistant steel such as X105CrMo17. The outer ring and
the housing are made from X8CrNiS18-9. Alternative materials are
permissible.
Sealing Sealed rod ends of dimension series E have the suffix 2RS or 2TS.
They are protected by lip seals on both sides against contaminants
and water spray. Rod ends GIR..-UK-2TS, GIL..-UK-2TS, GAR..-UK-2TS
and GAL..-UK-2TS are sealed on both sides by integrated, triple lip
high performance seals.
Rod ends of dimension series K are not sealed.
Lubrication During the running-in phase, PTFE particles are transferred from
the sliding layer to the opposing running surface. As a result,
the small roughness features of the inner ring surface are filled in.
It is only once this tribologically smooth surface is produced
in conjunction with the detached PTFE particles that the bearings can
achieve a long operating life.
Maintenance-free rod ends do not have relubrication facilities and
must not be lubricated.
Any lubrication of maintenance-free rod ends after running-in will
impair the smoothing effect necessary and will considerably reduce
the operating life of the bearings.


arrangement.
At temperatures below 0 C, a reduction in the load carrying capacity
of the rod ends must be taken into consideration.
Operating temperature Series Temperature Reduced load

carrying capacity
C C
over incl. from
GIR..-UK 50 +200 +100
GIL..-UK
GAR..-UK
GAL..-UK
GIR..-UK-2RS 30 +130
GIL..-UK-2RS
GAR..-UK-2RS
GAL..-UK-2RS
GIR..-UK-2TS 30 +100
GIL..-UK-2TS
GAR..-UK-2TS
GAL..-UK-2TS
GAKR..-PW, 50 +200
GAKL..-PW
GIKSR..-PS, 10 +80 +80
GIKPSR..-PS,
GAKSR..-PS
Special designs The following are available by agreement:

rod ends with special threads
rod ends with different anti-corrosion protection.

2TS Triple lip high performance seals on both sides
With special thread Special design,
With different anti-corrosion protection available by
agreement only

safety guidelines guidelines on the subjects of friction, rating life and the adjacent
construction, see section Technical principles, page 20.
Dimensioning In the case of rod ends, the permissible static load of the housing
and shank must always be checked. In calculation of the rating life
of the rod end, the decisive factor is the rating life of the spherical
plain bearing fitted in the housing, see page 47.
The direction of load and the type of load determine the design
of the rod end and the sliding contact surface of the spherical plain
bearing.
Permissible loading of rod ends The permissible load depends on the type of load.
Pulsating or alternating loads subject the material of the rod ends to
greater stress than constant loads. For calculation, these operating
conditions must be taken into consideration by means of the load
factor fb, see table, page 222.
The maximum equivalent bearing load P must not exceed the per-
missible load on the rod end Pper, see equation.
In the case of rod ends with the sliding material ELGOGLIDE, the basic
static load rating C0r of the rod end is lower than the basic dynamic
load rating Cr of the bearing.
Loading of rod end The following applies:
The permissible load on the rod end Pper is calculated as follows:
P N
Maximum equivalent bearing load
Pper N
Permissible load on the rod end
C0r N
Basic static load rating of the rod end
fb
Load factor, see table, page 222.

Load factors Type of load Series Load factor

fb
Unilateral load All series 1
00019493
Pulsating load GIR..-UK(-2RS, -2TS) 2,25
GAR..-UK(-2RS, -2TS) 3
00019492
GIKR..-PW 2,25
GAKR..-PW 3
GIKSR..-PS 2,25
GIKPSR..-PS 2,25
GAKSR..-PS 3
Alternating load
00019491
Basic static load rating In this case, the basic static load rating C0r indicates the load
carrying capacity of the housing and shank under static tensile load,
see dimension table. At room temperature, it includes a safety factor
of at least 1,2 in relation to the yield strength of the material used for
the housing and shank. The basic load rating describes the
maximum permissible static tensile load when utilising 83% of the
material yield strength at the most highly stressed cross-section.
The basic static load rating C0r of the rod end refers only to the load
carrying capacity of the rod end housing, see dimension table.
It is based on tensile and compressive loads acting across or
in the direction of the rod end shank.
If the basic static load rating C0r is used to the full, the shaft and
housing must be made from high-strength materials.
Basic dynamic load rating The basic dynamic load rating Cr refers to the spherical plain bearing
fitted and is a parameter for calculating the bearing rating life,
see dimension table. It is dependent on the sliding contact surface
and has a significant influence on the rating life of the rod ends.
The equivalent bearing load and additional bending stresses
in the shank area must be taken into consideration if, in addition
to radial load in a tensile or compressive direction, other transverse
forces act in an axial direction to the shank.

Calculation example The rating life of the radial rod end is calculated on the basis
for radial rod end GAR25-UK of the sliding layer PTFE composite, see section Load carrying
capacity and life, page 35.
linkage bearing arrangement of a transfer unit
unilateral combined load.

Fa = 1 200 N
Swivel angle = 27
Operating temperature = +100 C
Bearing data Radial rod end = GAR25-UK

Basic static load rating of housing C0r = 105 000 N
Sphere diameter dK = 35,5 mm
Sliding material PTFE composite


the ratio Fa/Fr = 1200 N / 16 000 N = 0,075, Figure 4, page 39:
Specific bearing load The specific bearing load must be calculated with the aid
of the specific load parameter K and checked for validity, see table,
see table, page 50:
Permissible load on the rod end The load carrying capacity of the rod end must be considered
separately from that of the spherical plain bearing. Calculation
of the load carrying capacity required should be carried out using
the load factor fb, see table, page 222.
The rod end GAR25-UK with a housing having a basic load rating
C0r = 105 000 N is suitable.



PTFE composite must be selected from the matrix and used to correct
equation.
plain bearing
GE..-UK GAR..-UK PTFE composite


Frictional energy fpv Figure 17, page 59 1
Variable load fHz Figure 27, page 66 1
Result The selected rod end GAR25-UK fulfils the requirement for a rating
life Lh 6 000 h.

Accuracy The main dimensions of the rod ends conform to DIN ISO 12240-4.
All connecting threads have metric dimensions to DIN 13, tolerance
class central, 6H, 6g.
The stated thread length is the minimum usable length, based on
normal chamfering practice for the thread of the mating component.

Rod ends
With internal thread, maintenance-free
DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series E, type F
Open design
000166D9
GIR..-UK
PTFE composite

m d D B dK d1 d2 d3 d4 h1 C1
kg
GIR6-UK 0,023 60,008 14 60,12 10 8 21 M6 10 30 4,4
GIR8-UK 0,039 80,008 16 80,12 13 10,2 24 M8 12,5 36 6
GIR10-UK 0,066 100,008 19 90,12 16 13,2 29 M10 15 43 7
GIR12-UK 0,1 120,008 22 100,12 18 14,9 34 M12 17,5 50 8
GIR15-UK 0,18 150,008 26 120,12 22 18,4 40 M14 21 61 10
GIR17-UK 0,25 170,008 30 140,12 25 20,7 46 M16 24 67 11
GIR20-UK 0,36 200,01 35 160,12 29 24,2 53 M201,5 27,5 77 13
GIR25-UK 0,6 250,01 42 200,12 35,5 29,3 64 M242 33,5 94 17
GIR30-UK 0,98 300,01 47 220,12 40,7 34,2 73 M302 40 110 19
1) For a left hand thread, the R in the designation is replaced by an L, for example GIL6-UK.
3) Basic load rating of housing.

Chamfer Basic load ratings Radial
dimension internal
clearance4)
2) l3 l4 l5 l7 d5 W r1 dyn. stat.
Cr C0r3)
min. N N
13 11 40,5 5 12 13 11 0,3 3 600 10 300 0 0,032
15 15 48 5 14 16 14 0,3 5 850 16 000 0 0,032
12 20 57,5 6,5 15 19 17 0,3 8 640 22 000 0 0,032
11 23 67 6,5 18 22 19 0,3 11 300 30 400 0 0,032
8 30 81 8 20 26 22 0,3 17 800 44 800 0 0,04
10 34 90 10 23 30 27 0,3 22 500 56 500 0 0,04
9 40 103,5 10 27 35 32 0,3 31 300 75 600 0 0,04
7 48 126 12 32 42 36 0,6 51 100 105 000 0 0,05
6 56 146,5 15 37 50 41 0,6 65 900 139 000 0 0,05

Rod ends
Sealed
000166CE
GIR..-UK-2RS, GIR..-UK-2TS
ELGOGLIDE

m d D B dK d1 d2 d3 d4 h1
kg
GIR17-UK-2RS 0,25 170,008 30 140,12 25 20,7 46 M16 24 67
GIR20-UK-2RS 0,36 200,01 35 160,12 29 24,2 53 M201,5 27,5 77
GIR25-UK-2RS 0,65 250,01 42 200,12 35,5 29,3 64 M242 33,5 94
GIR30-UK-2RS GIR30-UK-2TS 0,97 300,01 47 220,12 40,7 34,2 73 M302 40 110
GIR35-UK-2RS GIR35-UK-2TS 1,43 350,012 55 250,12 47 39,8 82 M363 47 125
GIR40-UK-2RS GIR40-UK-2TS 2,1 400,012 62 280,12 53 45 92 M3935) 52 142
GIR45-UK-2RS GIR45-UK-2TS 2,7 450,012 68 320,12 60 50,8 102 M4235) 58 145
GIR50-UK-2RS GIR50-UK-2TS 3,54 500,012 75 350,12 66 56 112 M4535) 62 160
1) For a left hand thread, the R in the designation is replaced by an L, for example GIL17-UK-2RS.
Attention!
In the case of rod ends with d 25 mm and the sliding material ELGOGLIDE,
the basic static load rating C0r of the rod end is lower than the basic dynamic load rating Cr of the bearing.
5) Thread runout or thread groove at manufacturer's discretion.

dimension internal
clearance4)
C1 2) l3 l4 l5 l7 d5 W r1 dyn. stat.
Cr C0r3)
min. N N
11 10 34 90 10 23 30 27 0,3 48 800 56 500 0 0,04
13 9 40 103,5 10 27 35 32 0,3 67 900 75 600 0 0,04
17 7 48 126 12 32 42 36 0,6 128 000 105 000 0 0,05
19 6 56 146,5 15 37 50 41 0,6 165 000 139 000 0 0,05
21 6 60 166 15 42 58 50 0,6 212 000 159 000 0 0,05
23 7 65 188 18 48 65 55 0,6 280 000 194 000 0 0,06
27 7 65 196 20 52 70 60 0,6 360 000 259 000 0 0,06
30 6 68 216 20 60 75 65 0,6 444 000 314 000 0 0,06
38 6 70 242,5 20 75 88 75 1 691 000 485 000 0 0,06
42 6 80 280 20 87 98 85 1 883 000 564 000 0 0,072
47 6 85 320 25 100 110 100 1 1 130 000 690 000 0 0,072

Rod ends B
C1 d2
With external thread, maintenance-free
DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series E, type M r1
d1 d dK D
Inner ring with hard chromium coating l7
Open design l2
h
l1
00085833
d3
GAR..-UK
PTFE composite

m d D B dK d1 d2 d3 h C1
kg
GAR6-UK 0,018 60,008 14 60,12 10 8 21 M6 36 4,4
GAR8-UK 0,033 80,008 16 80,12 13 10,2 24 M8 42 6
GAR10-UK 0,056 100,008 19 90,12 16 13,2 29 M10 48 7
GAR12-UK 0,086 120,008 22 100,12 18 14,9 34 M12 54 8
GAR15-UK 0,15 150,008 26 120,12 22 18,4 40 M14 63 10
GAR17-UK 0,21 170,008 30 140,12 25 20,7 46 M16 69 11
GAR20-UK 0,33 200,01 35 160,12 29 24,2 53 M201,5 78 13
GAR25-UK 0,6 250,01 42 200,12 35,5 29,3 64 M242 94 17
GAR30-UK 0,95 300,01 47 220,12 40,7 34,2 73 M302 110 19
1) For a left hand thread, the R in the designation is replaced by an L, for example GAL6-UK.

dimension internal
clearance4)
2) l1 l2 l7 r1 dyn. stat.
Cr C0r3)
min. N N
13 18 46,5 12 0,3 3 600 6 930 0 0,032
15 22 54 14 0,3 5 850 12 900 0 0,032
12 26 62,5 15 0,3 8 640 20 600 0 0,032
11 28 71 18 0,3 11 300 30 200 0 0,032
8 34 83 20 0,3 17 800 41 600 0 0,04
10 36 92 23 0,3 22 500 56 500 0 0,04
9 43 104,5 27 0,3 31 300 75 600 0 0,04
7 53 126 32 0,6 51 100 105 000 0 0,05
6 65 146,5 37 0,6 65 900 139 000 0 0,05

Rod ends
DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series E, type M
Sealed
000166D8
GAR..-UK-2RS, GAR..-UK-2TS
ELGOGLIDE

m d D B dK d1 d2 d3 h
kg
GAR17-UK-2RS 0,2 170,008 30 140,12 25 20,7 46 M16 69
GAR20-UK-2RS 0,33 200,01 35 160,12 29 24,2 53 M201,5 78
GAR25-UK-2RS 0,59 250,01 42 200,12 35,5 29,3 64 M242 94
GAR30-UK-2RS GAR30-UK-2TS 0,93 300,01 47 220,12 40,7 34,2 73 M302 110
GAR35-UK-2RS GAR35-UK-2TS 1,53 350,012 55 250,12 47 39,8 82 M363 140
GAR40-UK-2RS GAR40-UK-2TS 1,97 400,012 62 280,12 53 45 92 M393 150
GAR50-UK-2RS GAR50-UK-2TS 3,53 500,012 75 350,12 66 56 112 M453 185
1) For a left hand thread, the R in the designation is replaced by an L, for example GAL17-UK-2RS.
Attention!
In the case of rod ends with d 25 mm and the sliding material ELGOGLIDE,
the basic static load rating C0r of the rod end is lower than the basic dynamic load rating Cr of the bearing.

dimension internal
clearance4)
C1 2) l1 l2 l7 r1 dyn. stat.
Cr C0r3)
min. N N
11 10 36 92 23 0,3 48 800 56 500 0 0,04
13 9 43 104,5 27 0,3 67 900 75 600 0 0,04
17 7 53 126 32 0,6 128 000 105 000 0 0,05
19 6 65 146,5 37 0,6 165 000 139 000 0 0,05
21 6 82 181 42 0,6 212 000 159 000 0 0,05
23 7 86 196 48 0,6 280 000 194 000 0 0,06
27 7 94 214 52 0,6 360 000 259 000 0 0,06
30 6 107 241 60 0,6 444 000 314 000 0 0,06
38 6 115 277,5 75 1 691 000 485 000 0 0,06
42 6 125 315 87 1 883 000 564 000 0 0,072
47 6 140 360 100 1 1 130 000 690 000 0 0,072

Rod ends
DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series K, type F
Open design
000166D0
GIKR..-PW, GIKPR..-PW
PTFE film

Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions
m d D B dK d1 d2 d3 d4
kg H7
GIKR6-PW6) 0,028 6+0,012 16 90,12 12,7 9 20 M6 10
GIKR8-PW6) 0,05 8+0,015 19 120,12 15,875 10,4 24 M8 12,5
GIKR10-PW M10
0,08 10+0,015 22 140,12 19,05 12,9 28 15
GIKPR10-PW6) M101,25
GIKR12-PW M12
0,12 12+0,018 26 160,12 22,225 15,4 32 17,5
GIKPR12-PW6) M121,25
GIKR14-PW 0,18 14+0,018 285) 190,12 25,4 16,9 36 M14 21
GIKR16-PW M16
0,24 16+0,018 32 210,12 28,575 19,4 42 22
GIKPR16-PW6) M161,5
GIKR20-PW6) 0,43 20+0,021 40 250,12 34,925 24,4 50 M201,5 27,5
GIKR25-PW6) 0,73 25+0,021 47 310,12 42,85 29,6 60 M242 33,5
GIKR30-PW M302
1,17 30+0,021 55 370,12 50,8 34,8 70 40
GIKPR30-PW6) M272
Other dimensions by agreement.
1) For a left hand thread, the R in the designation is replaced by an L, for example GIKL6-PW.
2) Series GIKPR..-PW has a fine pitch thread connector for standard pneumatic cylinders to DIN 24335 (right hand thread only).
6) In accordance with ISO 8139.

dimension internal
clearance5)
h1 C1 3) l3 l4 l5 l7 d5 W r1 dyn. stat.
Cr C0r4)
min. N N
30 6,75 13 12 40 5 11 13 11 0,3 7 750 7 990 0 0,035
36 9 14 16 48 5 13 16 14 0,3 12 900 13 100 0 0,035
43 10,5 13 20 57 6,5 15 19 17 0,3 18 100 18 500 0 0,035
50 12 13 22 66 6,5 17 22 19 0,3 24 000 20 800 0 0,035
57 13,5 16 25 75 8 18 26 22 0,3 31 000 32 000 0 0,035
64 15 15 28 85 8 23 28 22 0,3 38 600 45 300 0 0,035
77 18 14 33 102 10 26 35 30 0,3 56 600 45 600 0 0,035

94 22 15 42 124 12 32 42 36 0,3 84 800 72 900 0 0,035
110 25 17 51 145 15 37 50 41 0,3 114 000 95 900 0 0,035

Rod ends
DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series K, type M
Open design
000166D1
GAKR..-PW
PTFE film

m d D B dK d1 d2 d3
kg H7
GAKR6-PW 0,022 6+0,012 16 90,12 12,7 9 20 M6
GAKR8-PW 0,042 8+0,015 19 120,12 15,875 10,4 24 M8
GAKR10-PW 0,069 10+0,015 22 140,12 19,05 12,9 28 M10
GAKR12-PW 0,11 12+0,018 26 160,12 22,225 15,4 32 M12
GAKR14-PW 0,16 14+0,018 284) 190,12 25,4 16,9 36 M14
GAKR16-PW 0,23 16+0,018 32 210,12 28,575 19,4 42 M16
GAKR20-PW 0,39 20+0,021 40 250,12 34,925 24,4 50 M201,5
GAKR25-PW 0,67 25+0,021 47 310,12 42,85 29,6 60 M242
GAKR30-PW 1,1 30+0,021 55 370,12 50,8 34,8 70 M302
1) For a left hand thread, the R in the designation is replaced by an L, for example GAKL6-PW.

dimension internal
clearance4)
h C1 2) l1 l2 l7 r1 dyn. stat.
Cr C0r3)
min. N N
36 6,75 13 21 46 0,3 7 750 6 930 0 0,035
42 9 14 25 54 0,3 12 900 12 900 0 0,035
48 10,5 13 28 62 0,3 18 100 18 500 0 0,035
54 12 13 32 70 0,3 24 000 20 800 0 0,035
60 13,5 16 36 78 18 0,3 31 000 32 000 0 0,035
66 15 15 37 87 23 0,3 38 600 45 300 0 0,035
78 18 14 45 103 26 0,3 56 600 45 600 0 0,035
94 22 15 55 124 32 0,3 84 800 72 900 0 0,035
110 25 17 66 145 37 0,3 114 000 95 900 0 0,035

Corrosion-resistant rod ends
Corrosion-resistant
Open design
000166D4
GIKSR..-PS, GIKPSR..-PS
PTFE film

kg H7 max.
GIKSR5-PS M5
0,017 5+0,012 13 80,12 11,1 7,7 19 9 27
GIKPSR5-PS M4
GIKSR6-PS 0,025 6+0,012 16 90,12 12,7 9 21 M6 10 30
GIKSR8-PS 0,043 8+0,015 19 120,12 15,8 10,4 25 M8 12,5 36
GIKSR10-PS M10
0,072 10+0,015 22 140,12 19 12,9 29 15 43
GIKPSR10-PS M101,25
GIKSR12-PS M12
0,11 12+0,018 26 160,12 22,2 15,4 33 17,5 50
GIKPSR12-PS M121,25
GIKSR14-PS 0,16 14+0,018 285) 190,12 25,4 16,8 37 M14 20 57
GIKSR16-PS M16
0,21 16+0,018 32 210,12 28,5 19,4 43 22 64
GIKPSR16-PS M161,5
GIKSR18-PS 0,3 18+0,018 35 230,12 31,7 21,9 47 M181,5 25 71
GIKSR20-PS 0,38 20+0,021 40 250,12 34,9 24,4 51 M201,5 27,5 77
GIKSR22-PS 0,49 22+0,021 42 280,12 38,1 25,8 55 M221,5 30 84
GIKSR25-PS 0,65 25+0,021 47 310,12 42,8 29,6 61 M242 33,5 94
GIKSR30-PS M302
1,15 30+0,021 55 370,12 50,8 34,8 71 40 110
GIKPSR30-PS M272
1) For a left hand thread, the R in the designation is replaced by an L, for example GIKSL5-PS.
2) Series GIKPSR..-PS has a fine pitch thread connector for standard pneumatic cylinders to DIN 24335 (right hand thread only).

dimension internal
clearance5)
Cr C0r4)
min. min. min. N N
6 13 8 36,5 4 9 11 9 0,3 6 000 3 800 0,003 0,035
6,75 13 9 40,5 5 10 13 11 0,3 7 650 3 400 0,003 0,035

9 13 12 48,5 5 12 16 14 0,3 12 900 5 700 0,005 0,040
10,5 13 15 57,5 6,5 14 19 17 0,3 18 000 8 000 0,005 0,040
12 13 18 66,5 6,5 16 22 19 0,3 24 000 9 100 0,005 0,045
13,5 15 21 75,5 8 18 25 22 0,3 31 000 13 700 0,005 0,045
15 15 24 85,5 8 21 27 22 0,3 39 000 19 000 0,005 0,045
16,5 15 27 94,5 10 23 31 27 0,3 47 500 23 000 0,005 0,045

18 15 30 102,5 10 25 34 30 0,3 57 000 22 800 0,010 0,055
20 15 33 111,5 12 27 37 32 0,3 68 000 30 400 0,010 0,055
22 15 36 124,5 12 30 42 36 0,3 85 000 36 200 0,010 0,055
25 15 45 145,5 15 35 50 41 0,3 114 000 47 500 0,010 0,055

Corrosion-resistant rod ends
Corrosion-resistant
Open design
000166D3
GAKSR..-PS
PTFE film

kg H7 max.
GAKSR5-PS 0,01 5+0,012 13 80,12 11,1 7,7 19 M5 33
GAKSR6-PS 0,02 6+0,012 16 90,12 12,7 9 21 M6 36
GAKSR8-PS 0,03 8+0,015 19 120,12 15,8 10,4 25 M8 42
GAKSR10-PS 0,05 10+0,015 22 140,12 19 12,9 29 M10 48
GAKSR12-PS 0,09 12+0,018 26 160,12 22,2 15,4 33 M12 54
GAKSR14-PS 0,13 14+0,018 284) 190,12 25,4 16,9 37 M14 60
GAKSR16-PS 0,19 16+0,018 32 210,12 28,5 19,4 43 M16 66
GAKSR18-PS 0,26 18+0,018 35 230,12 31,7 21,9 47 M181,5 72
GAKSR20-PS 0,34 20+0,021 40 250,12 34,9 24,4 51 M201,5 78
GAKSR22-PS 0,44 22+0,021 42 280,12 38,1 25,8 55 M221,5 84
GAKSR25-PS 0,59 25+0,021 47 310,12 42,8 29,6 61 M242 94
GAKSR30-PS 1,06 30+0,021 55 370,12 50,8 34,8 71 M302 110
1) For a left hand thread, the R in the designation is replaced by an L, for example GAKSL5-PS.

dimension internal clearance4)
Cr C0r3)
min. N N
6 13 19 42,5 9 0,3 6 000 1 800 0,003 0,035
6,75 13 21 46,5 10 0,3 7 650 2 500 0,003 0,035
9 13 25 54,5 12 0,3 12 900 4 600 0,005 0,040
10,5 13 28 62,5 14 0,3 18 000 7 300 0,005 0,040
12 13 32 70,5 16 0,3 24 000 9 100 0,005 0,045
13,5 15 36 78,5 18 0,3 31 000 13 700 0,005 0,045
15 15 37 87,5 21 0,3 39 000 19 000 0,005 0,045
16,5 15 41 95,5 23 0,3 47 500 23 000 0,005 0,045
18 15 45 104 25 0,3 57 000 22 800 0,010 0,055
20 15 48 112 27 0,3 68 000 30 400 0,010 0,055
22 15 55 125 30 0,3 85 000 36 200 0,010 0,055
25 15 66 146 35 0,3 114 000 47 500 0,010 0,055

Rod ends and hydraulic rod ends,
Page
Product overview Rod ends and hydraulic rod ends, requiring maintenance........ 246
Features Rod ends requiring maintenance............................................. 248

Hydraulic rod ends ................................................................. 251
Materials................................................................................ 254
Special designs ...................................................................... 256
Suffixes.................................................................................. 256
Design and Principles of lubrication.......................................................... 257

safety guidelines Relubrication.......................................................................... 257
Dimensioning ......................................................................... 258
Basic static load rating ........................................................... 259
Basic dynamic load rating....................................................... 259
Calculation example for GIKR25-PB ......................................... 259
Welding of hydraulic rod ends................................................. 263
Tightening torques for fixing screws in hydraulic rod ends ....... 264
Accuracy .............................................................................................. 265
Dimension tables Rod ends, with internal thread, dimension series E, type F....... 266
Rod ends, with external thread, dimension series E, type M..... 268
Rod ends, with internal thread, dimension series K, type F....... 270
Rod ends, with external thread, dimension series K, type M..... 272
Hydraulic rod ends, with thread clamping device,
DIN 24338, ISO 6982.............................................................. 274
Hydraulic rod ends, with thread clamping device..................... 276
Hydraulic rod ends, with circular welding face,
dimension series E, type S ...................................................... 278
Hydraulic rod ends, with rectangular welding face ................... 280

Product overview Rod ends and hydraulic rod ends,
Dimension series E GIR..-DO, GIL..-DO

steel/steel
Open design
0001669A
With external thread GAR..-DO, GAL..-DO
0001672F
With lip seals or GIR..-DO-2RS, GIL..-DO-2RS GIR..-DO-2TS, GIL..-DO-2TS

00016730
00016731
With external thread GAR..-DO-2RS, GAL..-DO-2RS GAR..-DO-2TS, GAL..-DO-2TS

00016733
00016735

Dimension series K GIKR..-PB, GIKL..-PB
steel/bronze
Open design
0001669D
With external thread GAKR..-PB, GAKL..-PB
00016732
Hydraulic rod ends GIHNRK..-LO GIHRK..-DO

steel/steel
With thread clamping device
Open design
00019FB6
0001669F
With welding faces GK..-DO GF..-DO

Open design
000166A1
000166A2

Features Rod ends requiring maintenance and hydraulic rod ends incorporate
spherical plain bearings with a steel/steel sliding contact surface.
Schaeffler can also supply spherical plain bearings with a steel/
bronze sliding contact surface.
Rod ends Rod ends requiring maintenance comprise a housing with integral
requiring maintenance shank and a spherical plain bearing requiring maintenance.
The shank has an internal or external thread, the spherical plain
bearing is firmly seated and located in the housing.
The rod ends are available in open designs and in designs sealed
on both sides. The housings and shanks are protected against
corrosion by a zinc coating.
Area of application Rod ends requiring maintenance can support radial forces
in a tensile or compressive direction and can transmit motions and
forces with low moment levels. They are particularly suitable for
alternating radial loads and, in certain circumstances, for unilateral
loads. The thin walled design of the eye housing allows compact
adjacent constructions.
Dimension series E Rod ends to DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series E incorporate radial
spherical plain bearings GE..-DO or GE..-DO-2RS(-2TS) and have
a right or left hand internal or external thread. The sliding contact
surface is formed by steel inner and outer rings, Figure 1.

Figure 1
Rod ends requiring maintenance, 00016809
dimension series E,
steel/steel sliding contact surface

Dimension series K Rod ends to DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series K incorporate radial
spherical plain bearings GE..-PB and have a right or left hand
internal or external thread. The sliding contact surface is formed
by steel inner rings and bronze outer rings, Figure 2.

Figure 2
Rod ends requiring maintenance,
0001680A
dimension series K,
steel/bronze sliding contact surface
Sealing Sealed rod ends have the suffix 2RS or 2TS. They are protected by lip
seals on both sides against contaminants and water spray. Rod ends
GIR..-DO-2TS, GIL..-DO-2TS, GAR..-DO-2TS and GAL..-DO-2TS are
Rod ends of dimension series K are not sealed.
Lubrication The relubrication options for rod ends of dimension series E or

dimension series K are of differing design depending on the rod end
size, see tables.
Dimension series E, Shaft Relubrication

relubrication facility d
mm
over incl.
12
15 20 Lubrication hole in housing
25 Taper type lubrication nipple to DIN 71412
on rod end eye housing
Dimension series K, Shaft Relubrication

mm
5
5 Taper type lubrication nipple to DIN 3405
on rod end eye housing

Series, sliding contact surface, Rod ends requiring maintenance are designed according to their
standard specific series with different sliding contact surfaces, see table.
Series and design Series Sliding Thread DIN ISO Dimen- Shaft
contact sion d
surface series
mm
over incl.
GIR..-DO Steel/ Internal, 12240-4 E, 6 30
GIR..-DO-2RS steel right hand type F 17 80
GIR..-DO-2TS 30 80
GIL..-DO Internal, 6 30
GIL..-DO-2RS left hand 17 80
GIL..-DO-2TS 30 80
GAR..-DO External, E, 6 30
GAR..-DO-2RS right hand type M 17 80
GAR..-DO-2TS 30 80
GAL..-DO External, 6 30
GAL..-DO-2RS left hand 17 80
GAL..-DO-2RS 30 80
GIKR..-PB Steel/ Internal, 12240-4 K, 6 30
bronze right hand type F
GIKL..-PB Internal,
left hand
GAKR..-PB External, K,
right hand type M
GAKL..-PB External,
left hand

Hydraulic rod ends Hydraulic rod ends incorporate radial spherical plain bearings
GE..-LO or GE..-DO. The sliding contact surface is formed by steel
inner and outer rings. The rod ends can be screw mounted using
a thread in the shank or welded in place by means of circular or
rectangular welding faces.
Rod ends GIHRK..-DO and GF..-DO are also avaliable with
maintenance-free spherical plain bearings of series GE..-UK,
GE..-UK-2RS(-2TS), GE..-FW or GE..-FW-2RS(-2TS).
Rod ends GIHRK and GIHNRK are slotted on both sides up to
diameter d
50 mm. Rod ends GIHRK are slotted on one side from
d 60 mm and rod ends GIHNRK are slotted on one side from
d 63 mm.
Area of application Hydraulic rod ends can support radial forces in a tensile or com-
pressive direction and can transmit motions and forces with low
moment levels. They are also suitable for alternating radial loads.
Hydraulic rod ends The spherical plain bearings used are located in the rod end
with thread clamping device by means of retaining rings. A thread clamping facility comprising
two hexagonal socket screws to DIN EN ISO 4762 is present on
the threaded shank, Figure 3.
Rod ends GIHNRK..-LO conform to DIN 24338 and ISO 6982.
They are used in standard hydraulic cylinders to CETOP recommen-
dation RP 58 H and to the standards DIN 24333, DIN 24336,
DIN ISO 6020-1 and DIN ISO 6022.
Rod ends GIHRK..-DO are particularly suitable for hydraulic
cylinders. They have very small linkage distances with maximum
stroke utilisation.
GIHNRK..-LO
GIHRK..-DO
Figure 3
0001973D
Hydraulic rod ends

with thread clamping device

Hydraulic rod ends Rod ends of series GK..-DO conform to DIN ISO 12240-4. They have
with welding face a circular welding face, a locating pin on the shank base and a 45
welding chamfer, Figure 4. These rod ends are suitable for fixing to
piston rod ends and cylinder bases. The spherical plain bearings are
located in the rod end by staking on both sides.
Rod ends of series GF..-DO are available in a heavy-duty design with
a rectangular welding face. They are suitable for fixing to hydraulic
cylinder bases. The spherical plain bearings are located in the rod
end by retaining rings and can be dismounted.
GK..-DO,
with circular welding face,
locating pin on shank base
and 45 welding chamfer
GF..-DO,
with rectangular welding face
Figure 4
0001973E
Hydraulic rod ends
with welding face

Sealing Rod ends with integrated spherical plain bearings GE..-DO-2RS or
GE..-FO-2RS are protected by lip seals on both sides against
contaminants and water spray.
Rod ends with integrated spherical plain bearings GE..-DO-2TS or
GE..-FO-2TS are sealed on both sides by integrated, triple lip high
performance seals.
Lubrication The relubrication options for hydraulic rod ends are of differing
design depending on the rod end size, see tables. Hydraulic rod
ends GIHRK..-DO and GF..-DO are relubricated by means of taper type
lubrication nipples to DIN 71412 on the rod end eye housing.
Hydraulic rod end GK..-DO, Shaft Relubrication

mm
over incl.
12
15 20 Lubrication hole in housing
25 Taper type lubrication nipple
to DIN 71412 on rod end eye housing
Hydraulic rod end GIHNRK..-DO, Shaft Relubrication

mm
12
16 Taper type lubrication nipple
to DIN 71412 on rod end eye housing
Series, sliding contact surface, Hydraulic rod ends requiring maintenance have a steel/steel sliding
standard contact surface, see table.
Series and design Series Sliding contact Standard Shaft

surface d
mm
over incl.
GIHNRK..-LO Steel/steel DIN 24338, 12 250
GIHRK..-DO ISO 6982 20 120
GK..-DO DIN ISO 12240-4, 10 80
dimension series E,
type S
GF..-DO 20 120

Materials Materials and material variants for rod ends requiring maintenance
and hydraulic rod ends differ according to their specific series,
see table.
Materials Series Material

GIR..-DO, GIL..-DO Drop forged quenched and tempered
GIR..-DO-2RS, GIL..-DO-2RS steel C45+QT to DIN EN 10083-2,
GIR..-DO-2TS, GIL..-DO-2TS surface with zinc coating
GIKR..-PB, GIKL..-PB
GAR..-DO, GAL..-DO
GAR..-DO-2RS, GAL..-DO-2RS
GAR..-DO-2TS, GAL..-DO-2TS
GAKR..-PB, GAKL..-PB
GIHNRK..-LO d
50 mm:
GIHRK..-DO drop forged quenched and tempered
steel C45+N to DIN EN 10083-2
surface with preservative
d 50 mm:
spheroidal graphite cast iron GJS 400-15
to DIN EN 1563
surface with preservative
GK..-DO Drop forged structural steel S355J2G3
to DIN EN 10025, surface with preservative
GF..-DO Forged or rolled structural steel S355J2G3
to DIN EN 10025, surface with preservative

arrangement.
At temperatures below 0 C, a reduction in the load carrying capacity
of the rod ends must be taken into consideration.
Operating temperature Series Temperature Reduced load

carrying capacity
C C
over incl. from
GIR..-DO 60 +200 +100
GIL..-DO
GAR..-DO
GAL..-DO
GIR..-DO-2RS 30 +130
GIL..-DO-2RS
GAR..-DO-2RS
GAL..-DO-2RS
GIR..-DO-2TS 30 +100
GIL..-DO-2TS
GAR..-DO-2TS
GAL..-DO-2TS
GIKR..-PB 60 +250
GIKL..-PB
GAKR..-PB
GAKL..-PB
GIHNRK..-LO 60 +200
GIHRK..-DO
GK..-DO
GF..-DO

Special designs In addition to the special designs with suffixes, Schaeffler can also
supply further designs by agreement:
hydraulic rod ends requiring maintenance with other types
of lubrication nipple or threaded connector for central lubrication
hydraulic rod ends with maintenance-free spherical plain
bearings GE..-UK, GE..-UK-2RS(2TS), GE..-FW, GE..-FW-2RS(2TS)
rod ends with special threads
rod ends with different anti-corrosion protection.

2TS Triple lip high performance seals on both sides
C2 Radial internal clearance smaller than normal Special design,
C3 Radial internal clearance larger than normal available by
agreement only
With other types of lubrication nipple or
threaded connector for central lubrication
Hydraulic rod ends with maintenance-free
spherical plain bearings GE..-UK,
GE..-UK-2RS(2TS), GE..-FW, GE..-FW-2RS(2TS)
With special thread
With different anti-corrosion protection

safety guidelines guidelines on the subjects of friction, rating life and the adjacent
construction, see section Technical principles, page 20.
Principles of lubrication The lubrication of spherical plain bearings requiring maintenance is

covered in detail in the corresponding chapter for spherical plain
bearings, see page 179.
Relubrication Rod ends requiring maintenance must be lubricated.

They have relubrication facilities, except for smaller rod ends
of some series that do not have lubrication grooves and lubrication
holes. These rod ends are indicated in the dimension tables.
Rod ends to DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series E with bore diameter
d = 15 mm to 20 mm are relubricated via a hole in the rod end eye
housing, Figure 5. For reasons of housing strength, these rod ends
do not have lubrication nipples.
Grease gun with tapered nozzle
0001973F
Figure 5
Relubrication via hole

Dimensioning In the case of rod ends, the permissible static load of the housing
and shank must always be checked. In calculation of the rating life
of the rod end, the decisive factor is the rating life of the spherical
plain bearing fitted in the housing, see page 47.
The direction of load and the type of load determine the design
of the rod end and the sliding contact surface of the spherical plain
bearing.
Permissible loading of rod ends The permissible load depends on the type of load.
Pulsating or alternating loads subject the material of the rod ends to
greater stress than constant loads. For calculation, these operating
conditions must be taken into consideration by means of the load
factor fb, see table.
The maximum equivalent bearing load P must not exceed the per-
missible load on the rod end Pper, see equation.
Loading of rod end The following applies:
The permissible load on the rod end P is calculated as follows:
P N
Maximum equivalent bearing load
Pper N
Permissible load on the rod end
C0r N
Basic static load rating of the rod end
fb
Load factor, see table.
Load factors Type of load Series Load factor

fb
Unilateral load All series 1
00019493
Pulsating load GIHNRK..-LO 2

GIHRK..-DO 2,75
00019492
GK..-DO 2,75
GF..-DO 2,75
GIR..-DO(-2RS, -2TS) 3
GAR..-DO(-2RS, -2TS) 3
GIKR..-PB 3
Alternating load GAKR..-PB 3
00019491

Basic static load rating In this case, the basic static load rating C0r indicates the load
carrying capacity of the housing and shank under static tensile load,
see dimension table. At room temperature, it includes a safety
factor of at least 1,2 in relation to the yield strength of the material
used for the housing and shank. The basic load rating describes
the maximum permissible static tensile load when utilising 83% of
the material yield strength at the most highly stressed cross-section.
The basic static load rating C0r of the rod end refers only to the load
carrying capacity of the rod end housing, see dimension table. It is
based on tensile and compressive loads acting across or in
the direction of the rod end shank.
Basic dynamic load rating The basic dynamic load rating Cr refers to the spherical plain bearing
fitted and is a parameter for calculating the bearing rating life,
see dimension table. It is dependent on the sliding contact surface
and has a significant influence on the rating life of the rod ends.
The equivalent bearing load and additional bending stresses
in the shank area must be taken into consideration if, in addition
to radial load in a tensile or compressive direction, other transverse
forces act in an axial direction to the shank.
for radial rod end GIKR25-PB on the basis of the steel/bronze sliding contact surface, see section
machine on a packaging line
pulsating load.
Operating parameters Bearing load Fr min = 10 000 N

Fr max = 20 000 N
Swivel angle = 45
Time required for indexing operation (cycle) = 3s
Number of indexing operations = 300 cycles/h
Relubrication interval Iw = 40 h
Operating temperature = 21 C
Bearing data Radial rod end = GIKR25-PB

Basic static load rating C0r = 72 900 N
Sphere diameter dK = 42,85 mm
Required Bearing with the required rating life LhN(ED) 5 000 h.

Calculation of rod end size The permissible static load on the rod end is calculated using
the load factor fb = 3, see table, page 258.
The rod end GIKR25-PB with the basic load rating C0r = 72 900 N is
suitable.

page 41 and table, page 50. In the case of a concentrically acting,
variable force F, P = Fmax = 20 000 N:
see table, page 44 and table, page 50:
see table, page 50:

Selection For plain bearings requiring maintenance, the following applies,

The correction factors necessary for the steel/bronze sliding contact

surface must be selected from the matrix and used to correct
the rating life equation appropriately, see table, page 55 and table.
Correction factors, Series Sliding contact Correction factors
as a function of bearing type surface
plain bearing
GIKR..-PB Steel/bronze

The specific plain bearing factor KL = 2,3, see table, page 52.

Sphere diameter fdK Figure 22, page 63 0,97

Rating life LhN The rating life can be increased by means of periodic relubrication
with periodic relubrication as a function of the relubrication interval, see page 68.
The necessary relubrication interval and preferred relubrication
interval must be calculated and checked for validity, see page 68:
Based on a relubrication frequency Lh/lW = 280 h/40 h = 7,

a correction factor fNH = 2,1 is determined, Figure 31, page 68.
Based on a swivel angle = 45, the correction factor fN = 3,2,
Figure 32, page 68.
Taking account 3 s/cycle gives 20 cycles/min at a utilisation of 100%. The number

of the operating duration of indexing operations of 300 cycles/h gives 5 cycles/min.
The operating duration ED is calculated as follows:
Rating life LhN taking account of the operating duration ED:
Result The selected radial rod end GIKR25-PB fulfils the requirement
for a rating life LhN(ED) 5 000 h.

Welding The thermal distortion occurring during welding must be kept
of hydraulic rod ends as small as possible.
Recommendation The following procedure has proved effective in the welding of rod
ends:
The thickness of the weld seam should be as small as possible.
This should be based on the load.
If thicker weld seams are necessary, these should be welded
in several layers.
Electrodes with low heat generation should be used, such as
Kb electrodes.
The current strength selected for welding should be towards
the lower limit.
Welding current must not pass through the rod end, otherwise
macroscopic protrusions may occurr on the curved inner or outer
rings.

Tightening torques for fixing The fixing screws in hydraulic rod ends must be tightened according
screws in hydraulic rod ends to a defined scheme, Figure 6 and table.
Slotted on both sides

Slotted on one side
A, B, C, D = hexagonal socket screw
00019FB8
Figure 6
Hydraulic rod ends
Tightening torques Designation Fixing Tightening torque MA

screw
Step, screw
1 2 3 4 1, 2, 3, 4
A B A B C, D, C, D
Nm
GIHNRK12 M5 0,16 2,6 8 8
GIHNRK16 M6 0,26 4,3 13 13
GIHNRK20 GIHRK20 M8 0,64 11 32 32
GIHNRK25 GIHRK25 M8 0,64 11 32 32
GIHRK30 M8 0,64 11 32 32
GIHNRK32 M10 1,2 21 64 64
GIHRK35 M10 1,2 21 64 64
GIHNRK40 GIHRK40 M10 1,2 21 64 64
GIHNRK50 GIHRK50 M12 2,2 36 110 110
GIHRK60 M10 46
GIHNRK63 M12 80
GIHNRK70 M16 195
GIHRK70 M12 80
GIHNRK80 GIHRK80 M16 195
GIHRK120 M24 660
GIHNRK125 M20 385
GIHNRK160 M24 660
GIHNRK200 M30 1350

Accuracy The main dimensions of the rod ends conform to DIN ISO 12240-4.
All connecting threads have metric dimensions to DIN 13, tolerance
class central, 6H, 6g.
The stated thread length is the minimum usable length, based on
normal chamfering practice for the thread of the mating component.

Rod ends
With internal thread, requiring maintenance
Open or sealed
000166A5
GIR..-DO
Steel/steel

Open Sealed m d D B dK d1 d2 d3
kg
GIR6-DO5) 0,023 60,008 14 60,12 10 8 21 M6
GIR8-DO5) 0,039 80,008 16 80,12 13 10,2 24 M8
GIR10-DO5) 0,066 100,008 19 90,12 16 13,2 29 M10
GIR12-DO5) 0,1 120,008 22 100,12 18 14,9 34 M12
GIR15-DO6) 0,18 150,008 26 120,12 22 18,4 40 M14
GIR17-DO6) GIR17-DO-2RS6) 0,25 170,008 30 140,12 25 20,7 46 M16
GIR20-DO6) GIR20-DO-2RS6) 0,36 200,01 35 160,12 29 24,2 53 M201,5
GIR25-DO GIR25-DO-2RS 0,66 250,01 42 200,12 35,5 29,3 64 M242
GIR30-DO GIR30-DO-2RS GIR30-DO-2TS 0,98 300,01 47 220,12 40,7 34,2 73 M302
GIR35-DO-2RS GIR35-DO-2TS 1,43 350,012 55 250,12 47 39,8 82 M363
GIR40-DO-2RS GIR40-DO-2TS 2,1 400,012 62 280,12 53 45 92 M3937)
GIR45-DO-2RS GIR45-DO-2TS 2,7 450,012 68 320,12 60 50,8 102 M4237)
GIR50-DO-2RS GIR50-DO-2TS 3,54 500,012 75 350,12 66 56 112 M4537)
1) For a left hand thread, the R in the designation is replaced by an L, for example GIL6-DO.
6) No taper type lubrication nipple.
Relubrication via lubrication hole in housing.

000166BD
GIR..-DO-2RS, GIR..-DO-2TS
Steel/steel

dimension internal
clearance4)
d4 h1 C1 2) l3 l4 l5 l7 d5 W r1 dyn. stat. CN
Cr C0r3)
min. N N
10 30 4,4 13 11 40,5 5 12 13 11 0,3 3 400 10 300 0,023 0,068
12,5 36 6 15 15 48 5 14 16 14 0,3 5 590 16 000 0,023 0,068
15 43 7 12 20 57,5 6,5 15 19 17 0,3 8 160 22 000 0,023 0,068
17,5 50 8 11 23 67 6,5 18 22 19 0,3 10 800 30 400 0,023 0,068
21 61 10 8 30 81 8 20 26 22 0,3 16 900 44 800 0,030 0,082
24 67 11 10 34 90 10 23 30 27 0,3 21 300 56 500 0,030 0,082
27,5 77 13 9 40 103,5 10 27 35 32 0,3 29 600 75 600 0,030 0,082
33,5 94 17 7 48 126 12 32 42 36 0,6 48 300 88 300 0,037 0,1
40 110 19 6 56 146,5 15 37 50 41 0,6 62 300 119 000 0,037 0,1
47 125 21 6 60 166 15 42 58 50 0,6 79 900 159 000 0,037 0,1
52 142 23 7 65 188 18 48 65 55 0,6 99 100 194 000 0,043 0,12
58 145 27 7 65 196 20 52 70 60 0,6 128 000 259 000 0,043 0,12
62 160 30 6 68 216 20 60 75 65 0,6 157 000 314 000 0,043 0,12
70 175 38 6 70 242,5 20 75 88 75 1 245 000 485 000 0,043 0,12
80 200 42 6 80 280 20 87 98 85 1 313 000 564 000 0,055 0,142
95 230 47 6 85 320 25 100 110 100 1 402 000 690 000 0,055 0,142

Rod ends
With external thread, requiring maintenance
DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series E, type M
Open or sealed
000166AD
GAR..-DO
Steel/steel

Open Sealed m d D B dK d1 d2
kg
GAR6-DO5) 0,018 60,008 14 60,12 10 8 21
GAR8-DO5) 0,033 80,008 16 80,12 13 10,2 24
GAR10-DO5) 0,056 100,008 19 90,12 16 13,2 29
GAR12-DO5) 0,086 120,008 22 100,12 18 14,9 34
GAR15-DO6) 0,15 150,008 26 120,12 22 18,4 40
GAR17-DO6) GAR17-DO-2RS6) 0,21 170,008 30 140,12 25 20,7 46
GAR20-DO6) GAR20-DO-2RS6) 0,33 200,01 35 160,12 29 24,2 53
GAR25-DO GAR25-DO-2RS 0,6 250,01 42 200,12 35,5 29,3 64
GAR30-DO GAR30-DO-2RS GAR30-DO-2TS 0,95 300,01 47 220,12 40,7 34,2 73
GAR35-DO-2RS GAR35-DO-2TS 1,53 350,012 55 250,12 47 39,8 82
GAR40-DO-2RS GAR40-DO-2TS 1,97 400,012 62 280,12 53 45 92
GAR45-DO-2RS GAR45-DO-2TS 2,66 450,012 68 320,12 60 50,8 102
GAR50-DO-2RS GAR50-DO-2TS 3,53 500,012 75 350,12 66 56 112
GAR60-DO-2RS GAR60-DO-2TS 5,92 600,015 90 440,15 80 66,8 135
GAR70-DO-2RS GAR70-DO-2TS 8,51 700,015 105 490,15 92 77,9 160
GAR80-DO-2RS GAR80-DO-2TS 12,5 800,015 120 550,15 105 89,4 180
1) For a left hand thread, the R in the designation is replaced by an L, for example GAL6-DO.
6) No taper type lubrication nipple.
Relubrication via lubrication hole in housing.

000166BE
GAR..-DO-2RS, GAR..-DO-2TS
Steel/steel

dimension internal
clearance4)
d3 h C1 2) l1 l2 l7 r1 dyn. stat. CN
Cr C0r3)
min. N N
M6 36 4,4 13 18 46,5 12 0,3 3 400 6 930 0,023 0,068
M8 42 6 15 22 54 14 0,3 5 590 12 900 0,023 0,068
M10 48 7 12 26 62,5 15 0,3 8 160 20 600 0,023 0,068
M12 54 8 11 28 71 18 0,3 10 800 30 200 0,023 0,068
M14 63 10 8 34 83 20 0,3 16 900 41 600 0,030 0,082
M16 69 11 10 36 92 23 0,3 21 300 56 500 0,030 0,082
M201,5 78 13 9 43 104,5 27 0,3 29 600 75 600 0,030 0,082
M242 94 17 7 53 126 32 0,6 48 300 88 300 0,037 0,1
M302 110 19 6 65 146,5 37 0,6 62 300 119 000 0,037 0,11
M363 140 21 6 82 181 42 0,6 79 900 159 000 0,037 0,1
M393 150 23 7 86 196 48 0,6 99 100 194 000 0,043 0,12
M423 163 27 7 94 214 52 0,6 128 000 259 000 0,043 0,12
M453 185 30 6 107 241 60 0,6 157 000 314 000 0,043 0,12
M523 210 38 6 115 277,5 75 1 245 000 485 000 0,043 0,12
M564 235 42 6 125 315 87 1 313 000 564 000 0,055 0,142
M644 270 47 6 140 360 100 1 402 000 690 000 0,055 0,142

Rod ends
With internal thread, requiring maintenance
Open design
000166AE
GIKR..-PB
Steel/bronze

kg H7
GIKR6-PB 0,029 6+0,012 16 90,12 12,7 9 20 M6 10 30
GIKR8-PB 0,05 8+0,015 19 120,12 15,875 10,4 24 M8 12,5 36
GIKR10-PB 0,081 10+0,015 22 140,12 19,05 12,9 28 M10 15 43
GIKR12-PB 0,13 12+0,018 26 160,12 22,225 15,4 32 M12 17,5 50
GIKR14-PB 0,19 14+0,018 284) 190,12 25,4 16,9 36 M14 21 57
GIKR16-PB 0,25 16+0,018 32 210,12 28,575 19,4 42 M16 22 64
GIKR20-PB 0,43 20+0,021 40 250,12 34,925 24,4 50 M201,5 27,5 77
GIKR25-PB 0,76 25+0,021 47 310,12 42,85 29,6 60 M242 33,5 94
GIKR30-PB 1,18 30+0,021 55 370,12 50,8 34,8 70 M302 40 110
1) For a left hand thread, the R in the designation is replaced by an L, for example GIKL6-PB.

dimension internal
clearance4)
Cr C0r3)
min. N N
6,75 13 12 40 5 11 13 11 0,3 4 320 7 990 0 0,035
9 14 16 48 5 13 16 14 0,3 7 140 13 100 0 0,035
10,5 13 20 57 6,6 15 19 17 0,3 10 000 18 500 0 0,035
12 13 22 66 6,5 17 22 19 0,3 13 300 20 800 0 0,035
13,5 16 25 75 8 18 26 22 0,3 17 100 32 000 0 0,035
15 15 28 85 8 23 28 22 0,3 21 400 45 300 0 0,035
18 14 33 102 10 26 35 30 0,3 31 400 45 600 0 0,035
22 15 42 124 12 32 42 36 0,3 47 100 72 900 0 0,035
25 17 51 145 15 37 50 41 0,3 63 500 95 900 0 0,035

Rod ends
With external thread, requiring maintenance
Open design
000166AF
GAKR..-PB
Steel/bronze

kg H7
GAKR6-PB 0,023 6+0,012 16 90,12 12,7 9 20 M6 36
GAKR8-PB 0,044 8+0,015 19 120,12 15,875 10,4 24 M8 42
GAKR10-PB 0,07 10+0,015 22 140,12 19,05 12,9 28 M10 48
GAKR12-PB 0,11 12+0,018 26 160,12 22,225 15,4 32 M12 54
GAKR14-PB 0,16 14+0,018 284) 190,12 25,4 16,9 36 M14 60
GAKR16-PB 0,23 16+0,018 32 210,12 28,575 19,4 42 M16 66
GAKR20-PB 0,39 20+0,021 40 250,12 34,925 24,4 50 M201,5 78
GAKR25-PB 0,67 25+0,021 47 310,12 42,85 29,6 60 M242 94
GAKR30-PB 1,1 30+0,021 55 370,12 50,8 34,8 70 M302 110
1) For a left hand thread, the R in the designation is replaced by an L, for example GAKL6-PB.

dimension internal
clearance4)
Cr C0r3)
min. N N
6,75 13 21 46 0,3 4 320 6 930 0 0,035
9 14 25 54 0,3 7 140 12 900 0 0,035
10,5 13 28 62 0,3 10 000 18 500 0 0,035
12 13 32 70 0,3 13 300 20 800 0 0,035
13,5 16 36 78 18 0,3 17 100 32 000 0 0,035
15 15 37 87 23 0,3 21 400 45 300 0 0,035
18 14 45 103 26 0,3 31 400 45 600 0 0,035
22 15 55 124 32 0,3 47 100 72 900 0 0,035
25 17 66 145 37 0,3 63 500 95 900 0 0,035

Hydraulic rod ends
DIN 24338, ISO 6982
Open design
000166B0
GIHNRK..-LO (d
50 mm)
Steel/steel

m d D B dK d1 d2 d3 d4 h1 C1 2)
kg H7
GIHNRK12-LO 4) 5) 0,11 12+0,018 22 120,18 18 15,5 32 M121,25 16,5 38 10,6 4
GIHNRK16-LO5) 0,2 16+0,018 28 160,18 23 20 40 M141,5 21 44 13 4
GIHNRK20-LO 0,36 20+0,021 35 200,21 29 25 47 M161,5 25 52 17 4
GIHNRK25-LO 0,59 25+0,021 42 250,21 35,5 30 58 M201,5 30 65 21,5 4
GIHNRK32-LO 1,06 32+0,025 52 320,25 44 38 70 M272 38 80 27 4
GIHNRK40-LO 1,93 40+0,025 62 400,25 53 46 89 M3326) 47 97 32 4
GIHNRK50-LO 3,49 50+0,025 75 500,25 66 57 108 M4226) 58 120 40 4
GIHNRK63-LO 6,29 63+0,03 95 630,3 83 71,5 132 M4826) 70 140 52 4
GIHNRK70-LO7) 8) 9,75 70+0,03 105 700,3 92 79 155 M5626) 80 160 57 4
GIHNRK80-LO 13 80+0,03 120 800,3 105 91 168 M6436) 90 180 66 4
GIHNRK90-LO 7) 17 90+0,035 130 900,35 115 99 185 M7236) 100 195 72 4
GIHNRK100-LO 23,8 100+0,035 150 1000,35 130 113 210 M803 110 210 84 4
GIHNRK110-LO7) 31,9 110+0,035 160 1100,35 140 124 235 M903 125 235 88 4
GIHNRK125-LO 44 125+0,04 180 1250,4 160 138 262 M1003 135 260 102 4
GIHNRK160-LO 80,3 160+0,04 230 1600,4 200 177 326 M1254 165 310 130 4
GIHNRK200-LO 167 200+0,046 290 2000,46 250 221 418 M1604 215 390 162 4
GIHNRK250-LO7)8) 395 250+0,046 400 2500,46 350 317 570 M2004 300 530 192 4
1) Design with left hand thread available by agreement.
For a left hand thread, the R in the designation is replaced by an L, for example GIHNLK12-LO
5) Bore cylindrical throughout.
7) Not included in DIN ISO 24338.

000166B1
GIHNRK..-LO (d 63 mm)
Steel/steel
Chamfer Basic load ratings Radial Nominal Socket head Tight-

dimen- internal cylinder screw to ening
sion clearance force DIN EN ISO 4762 torque
l3 l4 l7 d5 C2 r1 dyn. stat. MA
Cr C0r3)
min. N N N Nm
17 54 14 32 10,6 0,3 10 800 24 000 0,023 0,068 8 000 M512 8
19 64 18 40 13 0,3 17 700 35 400 0,030 0,082 12 500 M616 13
23 75,5 22 47 17 0,3 29 600 41 500 0,030 0,082 20 000 M820 32
29 94 27 54 17 0,6 48 300 69 900 0,037 0,1 32 000 M820 32
37 115 32 66 22 0,6 67 300 98 800 0,037 0,1 50 000 M1025 64
46 141,5 41 80 26 0,6 99 100 176 000 0,043 0,12 80 000 M1025 64
57 174 50 96 32 0,6 157 000 268 000 0,043 0,12 125 000 M1230 110
64 211 62 114 38 1 254 000 321 000 0,055 0,142 200 000 M1235 80
76 245 70 135 42 1 313 000 475 000 0,055 0,142 250 000 M1640 195
86 270 78 148 48 1 402 000 528 000 0,055 0,142 320 000 M1645 195
91 296 85 160 52 1 489 000 660 000 0,055 0,142 400 000 M1650 195
96 322 98 178 62 1 608 000 840 000 0,065 0,165 500 000 M2060 385
106 364 105 190 62 1 655 000 1 100 000 0,065 0,165 635 000 M2060 385
113 405 120 200 72 1 952 000 1 390 000 0,065 0,165 800 000 M2070 385
126 488 150 250 82 1 1 360 000 2 080 000 0,065 0,192 1 250 000 M2480 660
161 620 195 320 102 1,1 2 130 000 3 460 000 0,065 0,192 2 000 000 M30100 1 350
205 815 265 420 142 2,5 3 570 000 5 440 000 0,065 0,239 3 200 000 M36140 2 280

Hydraulic rod ends
Open design
000166B2
GIHRK..-DO (d
50 mm)
Steel/steel

m d D B dK d1 d2 d3 d4 h1 3)
kg
GIHRK20-DO 0,44 200,01 35 160,12 29 24,2 56 M161,5 25 50 9
GIHRK25-DO 0,48 250,01 42 200,12 35,5 29,3 56 M161,5 25 50 7
GIHRK30-DO 0,74 300,01 47 220,12 40,7 34,2 64 M221,5 32 60 6
GIHRK35-DO 1,21 350,012 55 250,12 47 39,8 78 M281,5 40 70 6
GIHRK40-DO 2,05 400,012 62 280,12 53 45 94 M351,5 49 85 7
GIHRK50-DO 3,7 500,012 75 350,12 66 56 116 M451,5 61 105 6
GIHRK60-DO 5,76 600,015 90 440,15 80 66,8 130 M581,5 75 130 6
GIHRK70-DO 8,81 700,015 105 490,15 92 77,9 154 M651,5 86 150 6
GIHRK80-DO 13,7 800,015 120 550,15 105 89,4 176 M802 102 170 6
GIHRK90-DO 20,6 900,02 130 600,2 115 98,1 206 M1002 124 210 5
GIHRK100-DO 28 1000,02 150 700,2 130 109,5 230 M1102 138 235 7
GIHRK110-DO 41,7 1100,02 160 700,2 140 121,2 265 M1203 152 265 6
GIHRK120-DO 75,9 1200,02 180 850,2 160 135,6 340 M1303 172 310 6
For rod ends of sizes 20 mm, 25 mm and 30 mm, thread runout to DIN 76.
1) Design with left hand thread available by agreement.
For a left hand thread, the R in the designation is replaced by an L, for example GIHLK20-DO.
2) These hydraulic rod ends are also available by agreement with maintenance-free spherical plain
bearings GE..-UK, GE..-UK-2RS, GE..-UK-2TS, GE..-FW, GE..-FW-2RS and GE..-FW-2TS.
Attention!
In this case, the basic dynamic load ratings Cr correspond to the values for maintenance-free spherical plain bearings,
see pages starting page 154 and starting page 160.

000166B4
GIHRK..-DO (d 60 mm)
Steel/steel
Chamfer Basic load ratings Radial Socket head Tight-

dimen- internal screw to ening
sion clearance DIN EN ISO 4762 torque
l3 l4 l7 d5 C1 r1 dyn. stat. MA
Cr C0r4)
min. N N Nm
17 78 25 41 19 0,3 29 600 81 100 0,030 0,082 M820 32
17 78 25 41 23 0,6 48 300 65 500 0,037 0,1 M825 32
23 92 30 46 28 0,6 62 300 96 800 0,037 0,1 M825 32
29 109 38 58 30 0,6 79 900 140 000 0,037 0,1 M1030 64
36 132 45 66 35 0,6 99 100 228 000 0,043 0,12 M1035 64
46 163 55 88 40 0,6 157 000 333 000 0,043 0,12 M1235 110
59 200 65 90 50 1 245 000 327 000 0,043 0,12 M1045 46
66 232 75 100 55 1 313 000 441 000 0,055 0,142 M1250 80
81 265 80 125 60 1 402 000 551 000 0,055 0,142 M1650 195
101 323 90 146 65 1 489 000 811 000 0,055 0,142 M1660 195
111 360 105 166 70 1 608 000 920 000 0,065 0,165 M2060 385
125 407,5 115 190 80 1 655 000 1 380 000 0,065 0,165 M2070 385
135 490 140 217 90 1 952 000 2 370 000 0,065 0,165 M2480 660

Hydraulic rod ends
With circular welding face
DIN ISO 12240-4, dimension series E, type S
Open design
000166B5
GK..-DO
Steel/steel

m d D B dK d1 d2 d6 h2
kg
GK10-DO5)6) 0,046 100,008 19 90,12 16 13,2 29 15 24
GK12-DO5)6) 0,069 120,008 22 100,12 18 14,9 34 17,5 27
GK15-DO5)6) 0,12 150,008 26 120,12 22 18,4 40 21 31
GK17-DO7) 0,17 170,008 30 140,12 25 20,7 46 24 35
GK20-DO7) 0,25 200,01 35 160,12 29 24,2 53 27,5 38
GK25-DO 0,45 250,01 42 200,12 35,5 29,3 64 33,5 45
GK30-DO 0,65 300,01 47 220,12 40,7 34,2 73 40 51
GK35-DO 0,98 350,012 55 250,12 47 39,8 82 47 61
GK40-DO 1,32 400,012 62 280,12 53 45 92 52 69
GK45-DO 1,89 450,012 68 320,12 60 50,8 102 58 77
GK50-DO 2,55 500,012 75 350,12 66 56 112 62 88
GK60-DO 4,3 600,015 90 440,15 80 66,8 135 70 100
GK70-DO 6,53 700,015 105 490,15 92 77,9 160 80 115
GK80-DO 10,1 800,015 120 550,15 105 89,4 180 95 141
bearings GE..-UK,GE..-UK-2RS,GE..-UK-2TS, GE..-FW, GE..-FW-2RS and GE..-FW-2TS.
Attention!
4) This deviates from DIN ISO 12240-4.
7) No taper type lubrication nipple. Relubrication via lubrication hole in housing.

dimension internal clearance4)
C1 2) l6 l7 l8 d7 r1 dyn. stat. CN
Cr C0r3)
min. N N
7 12 38,5 15 2 3 0,3 8 160 15 600 0,023 0,068
8 11 44 18 2 3 0,3 10 800 21 600 0,023 0,068
10 8 51 20 2,5 4 0,3 16 900 31 800 0,030 0,082
11 10 58 23 3 4 0,3 21 300 40 100 0,030 0,082
13 9 64,5 27 3 4 0,3 29 600 53 700 0,030 0,082
17 7 77 32 4 4 0,6 48 300 70 800 0,037 0,1
19 6 87,5 37 4 4 0,6 62 300 95 700 0,037 0,1
21 6 102 42 4 4 0,6 79 900 128 000 0,037 0,1
23 7 115 48 5 4 0,6 99 100 156 000 0,043 0,12
27 7 128 52 5 6 0,6 128 000 208 000 0,043 0,12
30 6 144 60 6 6 0,6 157 000 252 000 0,043 0,12
3 6 167,5 75 8 6 1 245 000 389 000 0,043 0,12
42 6 195 87 10 6 1 313 000 511 000 0,055 0,142
47 6 231 100 10 6 1 402 000 624 000 0,055 0,142

Hydraulic rod ends
With rectangular welding face
Open design
000166B6
GF..-DO
Steel/steel

m d D B dK d1 d2 h2
kg
GF20-DO 0,35 200,01 35 160,12 29 24,2 50 38
GF25-DO 0,53 250,01 42 200,12 35,5 29,3 55 45
GF30-DO 0,87 300,01 47 220,12 40,7 34,2 65 51
GF35-DO 1,5 350,012 55 250,12 47 39,8 83 61
GF40-DO 2,4 400,012 62 280,12 53 45 100 69
GF45-DO 3,4 450,012 68 320,12 60 50,8 110 77
GF50-DO 4,4 500,012 75 350,12 66 56 123 88
GF60-DO 7,1 600,015 90 440,15 80 66,8 140 100
GF70-DO 10,5 700,015 105 490,15 92 77,9 164 115
GF80-DO 15 800,015 120 550,15 105 89,4 180 141
GF90-DO4) 23,5 900,02 130 600,2 115 98,1 226 150
GF100-DO4) 31,5 1000,02 150 700,2 130 109,5 250 170
GF110-DO4) 48 1100,02 160 700,2 140 121,2 295 185
GF120-DO4) 79 1200,02 180 850,2 160 135,6 360 210
bearings GE..-UK, GE..-UK-2RS, GE..-UK-2TS, GE..-FW, GE..-FW-2RS and GE..-FW-2TS.
Attention!

dimension internal clearance
C1 C1 2) l6 r1 dyn. stat.
Cr C0r3)
nom. max. min. N N
19 20 9 63 0,3 29 600 65 600 0,030 0,082
23 24 7 72,5 0,6 48 300 68 800 0,037 0,1
28 29 6 83,5 0,6 62 300 116 000 0,037 0,1
30 31 6 102,5 0,6 79 900 193 000 0,037 0,1
35 36,5 7 119 0,6 99 100 306 000 0,043 0,12
40 41,5 7 132 0,6 128 000 386 000 0,043 0,12
40 41,5 6 149,5 0,6 157 000 442 000 0,043 0,12
50 52,5 6 170 1 245 000 558 000 0,043 0,12
55 58 6 197 1 313 000 725 000 0,055 0,142
60 63 6 231 1 402 000 804 000 0,055 0,142
65 69 5 263 1 489 000 1 350 000 0,055 0,142
70 74 7 295 1 608 000 1 520 000 0,065 0,165
80 85 6 332,5 1 655 000 2 340 000 0,065 0,165
90 95 6 390 1 952 000 3 400 000 0,065 0,165

Plain bushes
Metal/polymer composite plain bushes
Plain bushes
Metal/polymer composite ................................................................................................................. 286

plain bushes, The maintenance-free plain bearing material E40 is, due to the use
maintenance-free of PTFE, intended for dry running. These bearings are particularly
suitable where the bearing position must be maintenance-free,
there is a risk of lubricant starvation or where lubricant is unaccept-
able or undesirable. E40 can be used for rotary and oscillating
motion as well as for short stroke linear motion.
The bearings are rolled from a cut section of strip and have a butt
joint over the entire width of the bearing. Typical areas of application
can be found, for example, in fluid technology, in sports gear,
in medical or electrical equipment as well as in automotive
engineering.
ELGOTEX ................................................................................................................. 320

filament wound bushes, The maintenance-free wound bushes made from filament composite
maintenance-free are non-metallic and thus resistant to numerous media. They have
low mass, are resistant to shocks and vibration and have a low
coefficient of friction. Lubrication of the bearings is not necessary.
The performance capability of the bearings is higher than the
metal/polymer composite plain bearings and lower than ELGOGLIDE
plain bushes.
These plain bushes are highly suitable for use in construction
machinery, conveying equipment, transportation vehicles, hydraulic
applications and solar energy plant.
ELGOGLIDE ................................................................................................................. 334

plain bushes, The maintenance-free, solid section plain bushes offer very high
maintenance-free load carrying capacity in the same design envelope. The sliding layer
ELGOGLIDE gives very long life and is particularly suitable for high
alternating loads and swivel motions.
ELGOGLIDE plain bushes can support very high radial forces as well
as high static loads with a unilateral load direction. They have a very
low coefficient of friction.
Typical areas of application include construction and agricultural
machinery as well as conveying equipment, civil engineering and
shipbuilding.
Metal/polymer composite ................................................................................................................. 344

plain bushes, The low-maintenance plain bearing material E50 with a sliding layer
low-maintenance made from POM has low wear, good damping characteristics and
long relubrication intervals. E50 can be used for rotary and oscil-
lating motion and is recommended for long stroke linear motion.
The bearings are rolled from a cut section of strip and have a butt
joint over the entire width of the bearing. Application examples can
be found in particular in the area of production machinery, construc-
tion and agricultural equipment as well as commercial vehicles.

Schaeffler Technologies
HG 1
00019542 00019541 00019540 0001953F
285
maintenance-free
Bushes
Flanged bushes
maintenance-free
Page
Product overview Metal/polymer composite plain bushes, maintenance-free ..... 288
Features Maintenance-free plain bearing material ................................. 290

Resistance of the plain bearing material.................................. 291
Technical data for E40 ............................................................ 291
Sealing................................................................................... 292
Lubrication............................................................................. 292
Suffixes.................................................................................. 292

safety guidelines Running-in process................................................................. 294
Calculation example for EGF30260.......................................... 296
Hydrodynamic operation......................................................... 299
Shaft design........................................................................... 299
Protection against corrosion ................................................... 300
Machining of plain bearings.................................................... 301
Alternative joining methods .................................................... 301
Electrical conductivity............................................................. 301
Setting the bearing clearance ................................................. 302
Tables of deviations and wall thicknesses............................... 303
Dimension tables Bushes, maintenance-free, ISO 3547, with steel backing......... 305
Bushes, maintenance-free, with steel backing, inch sizes........ 310
Bushes, maintenance-free, ISO 3547, with bronze backing ..... 315
Flanged bushes, maintenance-free, ISO 3547,
with steel backing .................................................................. 317
Flanged bushes, maintenance-free, ISO 3547,
with bronze backing ............................................................... 319

Product overview Metal/polymer composite plain bushes,
maintenance-free
Bushes EGB..-E40, EGBZ..-E40 EGB..-E40-B

With steel backing or
with bronze backing
Metric or inch sizes
00017297
00017298
Flanged bushes EGF..-E40 EGF..-E40-B
with bronze backing
0001729A
00017299

maintenance-free
Features Maintenance-free plain bushes are used for rotary, oscillating and
linear motion. These plain bearings are bearings for very small radial
or axial design envelopes. These products are available as bushes
and flanged bushes. The bushes are available in metric sizes and
in inch sizes. They are rolled from a cut section of strip and have
a butt joint over the entire width of the bearing.
The plain bushes are supplied with either steel backing or bronze
backing. Bearings with a bronze backing have high corrosion resist-
ance and very good thermal conductivity and are antimagnetic.
If the plain bushes are to be used in the aerospace sector or in
the food or pharmaceuticals industry, please contact the Schaeffler
engineering service.

maintenance-free
Maintenance-free For maintenance-free metal/polymer composite plain bearings from

plain bearing material Schaeffler, the sliding material E40 and E40-B is used. The basis
of the dry lubricant is polytetrafluoroethylene PTFE with embedded
chemically non-reactive additives.
In the three-layered material, the steel or bronze backing has
a sintered porous tin/bronze sliding layer whose pores are filled with
the superimposed running-in layer, see table, Figure 1 and Figure 2.
The running-in layer is a plastic composite comprising PTFE and
additives.
Sliding and running-in layer Chemical element Proportion of mass Layer thickness
E40, E40-B w
% mm
Sliding Running-in Sliding Running-in
layer layer layer layer
Molybdenum disulphide MoS2 max. 8 0,2 0,4 0,01 0,05
Polytetrafluoroethylene PTFE 80 86
Fillers max. 5,5 max. 19
Tin Sn 7 12
Copper Cu Balance
Running-in layer
Sliding layer
Steel backing
Tin layer as surface protection
Figure 1
000180CE
Maintenance-free
plain bearing material E40
Running-in layer
Sliding layer
Bronze backing
Figure 2
000174D1
Maintenance-free
plain bearing material E40-B

Resistance The resistance of the material E40 depends on the chemical
of the plain bearing material characteristics of the individual layers:
The material E40 is resistant to water, alcohols, glycols and
numerous mineral and synthetic oils.
The tin-plated steel surface gives adequate protection against
corrosion in most cases.
In the case of the material E40-B, the bronze backing is
additionally resistant to water vapour and seawater.
The material E40 is not resistant to acidic media (pH 5) and
alkaline media (pH 9). The bronze backing of E40-B is not resistant
to oxidising acids and gases such as free halides, ammonia or
hydrogen sulphide, especially if these gases have a high moisture
content.
Technical data for E40 The sliding layer E40 is maintenance-free. It can be used for rotary
and oscillating motion as well as for short stroke linear motion.
The low-wear material has good sliding characteristics (no stick-
slip), a low coefficient of friction and high resistance to chemicals.
It does not absorb water (it is highly resistant to swelling), does
not tend to weld to metal and is also suitable for hydrodynamic
operation.
Maintenance-free plain bushes are available in the variants E40 and
E40-B with the following mechanical and physical characteristics,
see table.
Characteristics of E40 and E40-B Characteristic Loading

Maximum pv value Continuous operation pv 1,8 N/mm2 m/s
for dry running For short periods 3,6 N/mm2 m/s
Permissible Static pmax 250 N/mm2
specific bearing load Rotary, oscillating 140 N/mm2
Permissible Dry running vmax 2,5 m/s
sliding velocity Hydrodynamic 2,5 m/s
operation
Permissible operating temperature 200 C to +280 C
Coefficient Steel backing St 11 106 K1
of thermal expansion Bronze backing Bz 17 106 K1
Coefficient Steel backing St 42 Wm1K1
of thermal conductivity Bronze backing Bz 70 Wm1K1
Relative electrical resistance after running-in Rrel min 1 cm2

maintenance-free
Sealing The plain bearings are not sealed, but can be protected against
the ingress of contamination and moisture by the use of external
seals, see page 115.
Lubrication Plain bearings with the sliding layer E40 contain dry lubricants and
do not therefore require lubrication.
Lubrication can be used to protect the mating surface against cor-
rosion or simply to provide sealing against contamination. It should
be checked in advance, however, whether it is more advantageous
in such cases to use a corrosion-resistant material for the mating
surface or a different means of sealing the bearing position.
In certain applications, the sliding layer E40 can be used in fluid
media. In this case, the improved heat dissipation may considerably
increase the operating life.
The compatibility of the media with the sliding layer E40 must be
checked. Further advice should therefore be sought from
the Schaeffler engineering service.
Lubricants Oil and grease lubrication, even in very small quantities, impairs
the transfer of material during the running-in phase.
Over time, grease and small quantities of oil mix with wear debris
to form a paste that promotes wear. Solid lubricants such as
zinc sulphide, molybdenum disulphide or similar grease additives
are not permitted, since they promote this paste formation to
an increased extent.
Relubrication If it is not possible in exceptional cases to avoid the use of grease

lubrication, the bearings must be relubricated periodically. During
relubrication, old grease is replaced by fresh grease. At the same
time, the grease flushes wear debris and contaminants out
of the bearing.
If periodic relubrication is carried out, the formation of paste
comprising debris and contaminants must be avoided.
Operating temperature The permissible operating temperature for maintenance-free

metal/polymer composite plain bearings is between 200 C and
+280 C.
The running-in layer and sliding layer may undergo swelling in
the presence of some mineral oils at temperatures above +100 C.
This could lead to jamming of the bearing.
This can be remedied by increasing the bearing clearance, since
other characteristics of the sliding layer E40 are unaffected.

E40 Maintenance-free sliding layer, with steel backing Standard
E40-B Maintenance-free sliding layer, with bronze backing

Design and In addition to the design and safety guidelines described here,
safety guidelines the following guidelines in the Technical principles must also be
observed:
theoretical bearing clearance of metal/polymer composite plain
bushes, see page 81
design of bearing arrangements, see page 90
recommended mounting tolerances, see page 102
misalignment of plain bushes, see page 103, and edge loading
of metal/polymer composite plain bushes, see page 103
pressing in of bushes, see page 120.
Friction Sliding motion is free from stick-slip.

The friction in a plain bearing is influenced by:
the roughness depth of the mating surface
the mating surface material
the specific bearing load
the operating temperature
Up to approx. +100 C, the coefficient of friction is slightly
lower than the value at room temperature.
Above +100 C, the coefficient of friction may be up to 50%
above the value at room temperature.
Friction behaviour The coefficient of friction is lower under high specific bearing load
and low sliding velocity. The coefficients of friction stated are valid
for the condition after running-in, see table.
Coefficient of friction Specific bearing load Sliding velocity Coefficient of friction

for sliding layer E40 p v
N/mm2 m/s
250 to 140
0,001 0,03
140 to 60 0,001 to 0,005 0,04 to 0,07
60 to 10 0,005 to 0,05 0,07 to 0,1
10 to 1 0,05 to 0,5 0,1 to 0,15

1 0,5 to 2 0,15 to 0,25
Bearing frictional torque Calculation of the bearing frictional torque and the typical wear
characteristics are given in the chapter Technical principles,
see section Friction and increases in temperature, page 69.

maintenance-free
Running-in process During the running-in process, part of the running-in layer is
transferred to the mating surface, Figure 3:
This compensates uneven areas.
A mating surface with a low coefficient of friction is formed,
which acts favourably on the operating behaviour.
After running in, some of the porous bronze layer is visible
on the sliding layer as individual areas of differing sizes, Figure 4.
This shows that the bearing is running correctly.
Before running-in
After running-in
0001660D
Figure 3
Material transfer during running-in
Before running-in
After running-in
After long operating life
Figure 4 00019A41
Typical wear pattern
of sliding layer E40

Operating behaviour After running-in, the wear of maintenance-free plain bearings
proceeds in a linear manner, Figure 5.
sMat = material removal

t = time
Wear during operation

Figure 5
00016618
Typical operating behaviour
during operating life

maintenance-free
Dimensioning and rating life The dimensioning of plain bushes is summarised in the chapter
Technical principles, see section Technical principles, page 20.
Calculation example for The rating life of the flanged bush is calculated on the basis of
flanged bush EGF30260-E40 the sliding layer E40, see section Load carrying capacity and life,
page 35. For flanged bushes, the rating life must be checked for both
bearing arrangement for an extruder shaft
shaft and axial running surface ground (unalloyed steel,
roughness depth Rz2)
point load (rotating shaft, stationary bush).

Fa = 3 000 N
Operating speed n = 25 min1
Operating temperature = +35 C
Bearing data Flanged bush = EGF30260-E40

Ca = 35 200 N
Inside diameter Di = 30 mm
Outside diameter of flange Dfl = 42 mm
Sliding material E40
Required Bearing with the required rating life Lh 500 h.
Checking of permissible loads For flanged bushes, the rating life must be checked for both

page 41, and table, page 50.
Radial component of flanged bushes:
Axial component of flanged bushes:
Sliding velocity in rotary motion The sliding velocity must be calculated with the aid of the inside
diameter Di or the flange diameter Dfl and checked for validity,
see table, page 44, and tables, page 50.
Radial sliding surface:
Axial sliding surface:
see table, page 50.
Radial component of flanged bushes:
Axial component of flanged bushes:

maintenance-free

The correction factors necessary for the plain bearing material E40
must be selected from the matrix and used to correct the rating life
equation appropriately, see table, page 55, and equation.
Correction factors, Series Sliding layer Motion Correction factors
fp fv fpv fpv* f fR fW fA fB fL f f fHz
EGF E40 Rotary


Sliding surface
Radial Axial
Load fp Figure 13, page 56 1 1
Sliding velocity fv Figure 16, page 58 1 1
Frictional energy fpv Figure 17, page 59 0,96 0,98
Temperature f Figure 18, page 60 1 1
Roughness depth fR Figure 19, page 61 0,97 0,97
Material fW Table, page 61 0,5 0,5
Condition of rotation fA Page 62 1 1
Rating life Lh The rating life for the radial sliding surface is calculated as follows:
The rating life for the axial sliding surface is calculated as follows:
Result The basic rating life is determined by the radial sliding surface.
The total rating life is therefore 560 h. The selected flanged bush
fulfils the required rating life Lh 500 h.

Hydrodynamic operation Metal/polymer composite plain bearings with the sliding layer E40
can be operated under hydrodynamic conditions. Higher circumfer-
ential speeds are permissible than with dry running.
Once the transition speed is reached, pure fluid friction is present.
This allows wear-free operation.
At speeds below the transition speed, mixed friction is present and
the self-lubricating effect of the sliding layer is utilised.
For hydrodynamic operation with the sliding layer E40,
the roughness Rz of the mating surface should be less than
the smallest lubricant film thickness in fluid friction.
Schaeffler offers the calculation of hydrodynamic conditions
for plain bearings as a service.
Calculation For the calculation of hydrodynamic conditions, the following data

are necessary:
load
speed
diameter of the housing bore dG with tolerance
diameter of the shaft dW with tolerance
bush width B
viscosity of the fluid at operating temperature.
Shaft design The shafts should be chamfered and all sharp edges should be
rounded. This allows easier mounting and prevents damage
to the sliding layer of the bush.
Mating surface The mating surface should always be wider than the bearing
to prevent the formation of steps in the sliding layer.
The optimum operating life in dry running of the sliding layer E40 is
achieved with a roughness depth of the mating surface of Rz2 to Rz3.
Very small roughness values do not have a beneficial effect
on the operating life, but larger roughness values reduce it
considerably.

maintenance-free
Surface quality Ground or drawn surfaces are preferable as a mating surface.

Surfaces that have been precision turned or rolled by precision
turning, even with Rz2 to Rz3, can cause greater wear since helical
manufacturing grooves are created by precision turning.
Spheroidal graphite cast iron GGG has an open surface structure and
should therefore be ground to Rz2 or better.
The direction of rotation of cast shafts in the application should be
the same as that of the grinding wheel during machining, since
increased wear should be anticipated if rotation is in the opposing
Direction of shaft rotation

in the application
Direction of grinding wheel rotation
during grinding
000165ED
Figure 6
Grinding of a cast shaft
Heat dissipation Correct and sufficient heat dissipation must be ensured:
If hydrodynamic operation is present, the heat is dissipated
predominantly via the fluid lubricant.
In the case of maintenance-free plain bearings, the heat is
dissipated via the housing and shaft.
Protection against corrosion Corrosion of the mating surface in the case of the sliding layer E40
is prevented by sealing or the use of corrosion-resistant steel.
Alternatively, suitable surface treatments may be carried out.
Fretting corrosion Due to the tin coating applied as standard, fretting corrosion
between the steel backing of E40 and the housing occurs only rarely.
In such cases, electroplated protective coatings can be used
to achieve a delaying effect.
Electrochemical contact corrosion In unfavourable conditions, electrical cells (local elements) can be
formed that reduce the operating life through corrosion of the steel.
This should be checked at the design stage and clarified by means
of tests. In case of doubt, please consult the Schaeffler engineering
service.

Machining of plain bearings Metal/polymer composite plain bearings can be machined by either
cutting or non-cutting methods, such as shortening or drilling.
The procedure is as follows:
Cut the plain bearings starting from the PTFE side, since the burr
formed in cutting will impair the running surface.
Clean the bearing elements thoroughly.
Protect any bright steel surfaces such as cut edges against
corrosion by means of oil or electroplated protective coatings.
In electroplating with high current densities or or long coating times,
the sliding layers should be masked to prevent deposits.
The machining temperature must not exceed +280 C in the case
of the sliding layer E40, otherwise there may be a health risk.
Alternative joining methods If the press fit of the bush is not sufficient, the bush can be secured
by additional adhesive bonding.
The running-in or sliding surface must always be kept free
of adhesive.
If adhesive is used, the adhesive manufacturer must always be
consulted, particularly on the selection of adhesives, preparation of
the surface, hardening, strength, temperature range and elongation
behaviour.
Electrical conductivity The electrical conductivity of new bearings may be lower because
the running-in layer is still present. The bronze layer is partially
exposed after the running-in process, thus improving the electrical
conductivity, Figure 4, page 294.
The electrical resistance is dependent on the size of the contact
surface.

maintenance-free
Setting the bearing clearance Metal/polymer composite plain bearings are supplied ready
for mounting. In order to set the tolerance of the bearing clearance,
measures should be selected at the predimensioning stage that will
not shorten the life of the bearings, such as closer tolerances
of the housing bore or the shaft.
In a further possibility for setting the bearing clearance, the bushes
are sized, Figure 7 and table. This should only be carried out
if there is no other way to achieve a reduced tolerance of the bearing
clearance.
Sizing leads to a significant reduction in the rating life Lh of
metal/polymer composite plain bearings with the sliding layer E40,
see table. Precise values for the reduction in rating life can only be
determined by means of tests.
Guide values for diameter Required inside diameter Diameter Rating life2)
of the sizing arbor and of bush after pressing in of sizing arbor1)
reduction in the rating life dK Lh
%
DiE 100
DiE+0,02 DiE+0,06 80
DiE+0,03 DiE+0,08 60
DiE+0,04 DiE+0,10 30
1) Guide value, related to steel housing.

2) Guide value for dry running.
Sizing arbor,
case hardening depth CHD 0,6,
HRC 56 to 64
Plain bearing bush EGB..-E40
Housing
B = bush width
DiE = inside diameter of bush
after pressing in
dK = diameter of sizing arbor
r = rounded edge
00019A42
Figure 7
Sizing of plain bearing bush

Tables of deviations and The deviations for the bushes are defined in ISO 3547.
wall thicknesses
Deviations The deviations for the outside diameter Do conform to ISO 3547-1,
of outside diameter Table 7, see table.
Deviations Do E40 E40-B

Tolerances in mm
Deviation
mm upper lower upper lower
Do
10 +0,055
+0,025
+0,075
+0,045
10 Do
18 +0,065
+0,030
+0,080
+0,050
18 Do
30 +0,075
+0,035
+0,095
+0,055
30 Do
50 +0,085
+0,045
+0,110
+0,065
50 Do
80 +0,100
+0,055
+0,125
+0,075
80 Do
120 +0,120
+0,070
+0,140
+0,090
120 Do
180 +0,170
+0,100
+0,190
+0,120
180 Do
305 +0,255
+0,125
+0,245
+0,145
Wall thickness The nominal dimensions and limiting deviations for the wall
for sliding layer E40 thickness s3 of bushes and flanged bushes with the sliding layer E40
conform to ISO 3547-1, Table 5, Series B, see table.
Wall thickness Di s3 E40 E40-B

Tolerances in mm
Deviation
mm mm upper lower upper lower
Di 5 0,75 0,000
0,020
1 +0,005
0,020
5
Di 20 1 +0,005
0,020
+0,005
0,020
20
Di 28 1,5 +0,005
0,025
+0,005
0,025
28
Di 45 2 +0,005
0,030
+0,005
0,030
45
Di 80 2,5 +0,005
0,040
+0,005
0,040
80
Di 120 2,5 0,010
0,060
0,010
0,060
120
Di 2,5 0,035
0,085
0,035
0,085

maintenance-free
Chamfers and The tolerances and dimensions of the outer chamfer f and the inner
chamfer tolerances edge break Fi for bushes of metric sizes conform to ISO 3547-1,
Figure 8 and dimension tables. For plain bushes of inch sizes,
corresponding values apply, see dimension tables.
Chamfer deformation due to round bending is permissible.
0,3 mm (0,012 inch)
Fi = inner edge break

f = outer chamfer
s3 = wall thickness
00019A6C
Figure 8
Outer chamfer and inner edge break

Bushes
Maintenance-free
ISO 3547
With steel backing
00019A3B
EGB
Butt joint

Designation Mass Dimensions Basic load ratings
m Di Do B f Fi dyn. stat.
Cr C0r
g 0,25 min. max. N N
EGB0303-E40 0,1 3 4,5 3 0,50,3 0,1 0,4 1 260 2 250
EGB0304-E40 0,2 3 4,5 4 0,50,3 0,1 0,4 1 680 3 000
EGB0305-E40 0,3 3 4,5 5 0,50,3 0,1 0,4 2 100 3 750
EGB0306-E40 0,3 3 4,5 6 0,50,3 0,1 0,4 2 520 4 500
EGB0403-E40 0,2 4 5,5 3 0,50,3 0,1 0,4 1 680 3 000
EGB0404-E40 0,3 4 5,5 4 0,50,3 0,1 0,4 2 240 4 000
EGB0406-E40 0,4 4 5,5 6 0,50,3 0,1 0,4 3 360 6 000
EGB0410-E40 0,7 4 5,5 10 0,50,3 0,1 0,4 5 600 10 000
EGB0505-E40 0,6 5 7 5 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 3 500 6 250
EGB0508-E40 1,0 5 7 8 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 5 600 10 000
EGB0510-E40 1,3 5 7 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 7 000 12 500
EGB0606-E40 0,9 6 8 6 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 5 040 9 000
EGB0608-E40 1,2 6 8 8 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 6 720 12 000
EGB0610-E40 1,5 6 8 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 8 400 15 000
EGB0710-E40 1,7 7 9 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 9 800 17 500
EGB0806-E40 1,1 8 10 6 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 6 720 12 000
EGB0808-E40 1,5 8 10 8 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 8 960 16 000
EGB0810-E40 2,0 8 10 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 11 200 20 000
EGB0812-E40 2,4 8 10 12 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 13 400 24 000
EGB1008-E40 1,9 10 12 8 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 11 200 20 000
EGB1010-E40 2,4 10 12 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 14 000 25 000
EGB1012-E40 2,9 10 12 12 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 16 800 30 000
EGB1015-E40 3,6 10 12 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 21 000 37 500
EGB1020-E40 4,9 10 12 20 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 28 000 50 000
EGB1208-E40 2,3 12 14 8 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 13 400 24 000
EGB1210-E40 2,8 12 14 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 16 800 30 000
EGB1212-E40 3,4 12 14 12 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 20 200 36 000
EGB1215-E40 4,3 12 14 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 25 200 45 000
EGB1220-E40 5,8 12 14 20 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 33 600 60 000
EGB1225-E40 7,3 12 14 25 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 42 000 75 000
EGB1310-E40 3,1 13 15 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 18 200 32 500
Recommended mounting tolerances, see page 102.

Bushes
Maintenance-free
ISO 3547
With steel backing
00019A3B
EGB
Butt joint
Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm

Cr C0r
EGB1410-E40 3,3 14 16 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 19 600 35 000
EGB1412-E40 4 14 16 12 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 23 500 42 000
EGB1415-E40 5 14 16 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 29 400 52 500
EGB1420-E40 6,7 14 16 20 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 39 200 70 000
EGB1425-E40 8,4 14 16 25 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 49 000 87 500
EGB1510-E40 3,5 15 17 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 21 000 37 500
EGB1512-E40 4,2 15 17 12 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 25 200 45 000
EGB1515-E40 5,3 15 17 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 31 500 56 300
EGB1520-E40 7,1 15 17 20 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 42 000 75 000
EGB1525-E40 8,9 15 17 25 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 52 500 93 800
EGB1610-E40 3,7 16 18 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 22 400 40 000
EGB1612-E40 4,5 16 18 12 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 26 900 48 000
EGB1615-E40 5,7 16 18 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 33 600 60 000
EGB1620-E40 7,6 16 18 20 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 44 800 80 000
EGB1625-E40 9,5 16 18 25 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 56 000 100 000
EGB1810-E40 4,2 18 20 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 25 200 45 000
EGB1815-E40 6,3 18 20 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 37 800 67 500
EGB1820-E40 8,5 18 20 20 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 50 400 90 000
EGB1825-E40 10,6 18 20 25 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 63 000 113 000
EGB2010-E40 7,4 20 23 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 28 000 50 000
EGB2015-E40 11,1 20 23 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 42 000 75 000
EGB2020-E40 14,9 20 23 20 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 56 000 100 000
EGB2025-E40 18,6 20 23 25 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 70 000 125 000
EGB2030-E40 22,4 20 23 30 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 84 000 150 000
EGB2215-E40 12,2 22 25 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 46 200 82 500
EGB2220-E40 16,3 22 25 20 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 61 600 110 000
EGB2225-E40 20,4 22 25 25 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 77 000 138 000
EGB2230-E40 24,5 22 25 30 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 92 400 165 000
EGB2415-E40 13,2 24 27 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 50 400 90 000
EGB2420-E40 17,7 24 27 20 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 67 200 120 000
EGB2425-E40 22,1 24 27 25 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 84 000 150 000
EGB2430-E40 26,5 24 27 30 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 101 000 180 000

Bushes
Maintenance-free
ISO 3547
With steel backing
00019A3B
EGB
Butt joint

Cr C0r
EGB2510-E40 9,1 25 28 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 35 000 62 500
EGB2515-E40 13,7 25 28 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 52 500 93 800
EGB2520-E40 18,3 25 28 20 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 70 000 125 000
EGB2525-E40 23 25 28 25 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 87 500 156 000
EGB2530-E40 27,6 25 28 30 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 105 000 188 000
EGB2540-E40 36,8 25 28 40 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 140 000 250 000
EGB2550-E40 46,1 25 28 50 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 175 000 313 000
EGB2820-E40 27,8 28 32 20 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 78 400 140 000
EGB2830-E40 42 28 32 30 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 118 000 210 000
EGB3015-E40 22,2 30 34 15 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 63 000 113 000
EGB3020-E40 29,7 30 34 20 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 84 000 150 000
EGB3025-E40 37,4 30 34 25 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 105 000 188 000
EGB3030-E40 44,8 30 34 30 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 126 000 225 000
EGB3040-E40 59,9 30 34 40 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 168 000 300 000
EGB3230-E40 47,6 32 36 30 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 134 000 240 000
EGB3240-E40 63,6 32 36 40 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 179 000 320 000
EGB3520-E40 34,4 35 39 20 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 98 000 175 000
EGB3530-E40 51,8 35 39 30 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 147 000 263 000
EGB3540-E40 69,2 35 39 40 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 196 000 350 000
EGB3550-E40 86,7 35 39 50 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 245 000 438 000
EGB4020-E40 39 40 44 20 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 112 000 200 000
EGB4030-E40 58,8 40 44 30 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 168 000 300 000
EGB4040-E40 78,6 40 44 40 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 224 000 400 000
EGB4050-E40 98,4 40 44 50 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 280 000 500 000
EGB4530-E40 83,2 45 50 30 1,80,6 0,2 1 189 000 338 000
EGB4540-E40 111 45 50 40 1,80,6 0,2 1 252 000 450 000
EGB4550-E40 140 45 50 50 1,80,6 0,2 1 315 000 563 000
EGB5020-E40 60,8 50 55 20 1,80,6 0,2 1 140 000 250 000
EGB5030-E40 92 50 55 30 1,80,6 0,2 1 210 000 375 000
EGB5040-E40 123 50 55 40 1,80,6 0,2 1 280 000 500 000
EGB5060-E40 186 50 55 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 420 000 750 000

Bushes
Maintenance-free
ISO 3547
With steel backing
00019A3B
EGB
Butt joint

Cr C0r
EGB5540-E40 135 55 60 40 1,80,6 0,2 1 308 000 550 000
EGB5560-E40 203 55 60 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 462 000 825 000
EGB6030-E40 110 60 65 30 1,80,6 0,2 1 252 000 450 000
EGB6040-E40 147 60 65 40 1,80,6 0,2 1 336 000 600 000
EGB6060-E40 221 60 65 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 504 000 900 000
EGB6070-E40 259 60 65 70 1,80,6 0,2 1 588 000 1 050 000
EGB6530-E40 119 65 70 30 1,80,6 0,2 1 273 000 488 000
EGB6540-E40 158 65 70 40 1,80,6 0,2 1 364 000 650 000
EGB6550-E40 200 65 70 50 1,80,6 0,2 1 455 000 813 000
EGB6560-E40 240 65 70 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 546 000 975 000
EGB6570-E40 279 65 70 70 1,80,6 0,2 1 637 000 1 140 000
EGB7040-E40 170 70 75 40 1,80,6 0,2 1 392 000 700 000
EGB7050-E40 214 70 75 50 1,80,6 0,2 1 490 000 875 000
EGB7070-E40 301 70 75 70 1,80,6 0,2 1 686 000 1 230 000
EGB7540-E40 182 75 80 40 1,80,6 0,2 1 420 000 750 000
EGB7550-E40 229 75 80 50 1,80,6 0,2 1 525 000 938 000
EGB7560-E40 278 75 80 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 630 000 1 130 000
EGB7580-E40 367 75 80 80 1,80,6 0,2 1 840 000 1 500 000
EGB8040-E40 194 80 85 40 1,80,6 0,2 1 448 000 800 000
EGB8060-E40 292 80 85 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 672 000 1 200 000
EGB8080-E40 390 80 85 80 1,80,6 0,2 1 896 000 1 600 000
EGB80100-E40 488 80 85 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 120 000 2 000 000
EGB8560-E40 311 85 90 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 714 000 1 280 000
EGB85100-E40 519 85 90 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 190 000 2 130 000
EGB9050-E40 272 90 95 50 1,80,6 0,2 1 630 000 1 130 000
EGB9060-E40 327 90 95 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 756 000 1 350 000
EGB90100-E40 547 90 95 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 260 000 2 250 000
EGB9560-E40 345 95 100 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 798 000 1 430 000
EGB95100-E40 578 95 100 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 330 000 2 380 000
EGB10050-E40 301 100 105 50 1,80,6 0,2 1 700 000 1 250 000
EGB10060-E40 362 100 105 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 840 000 1 500 000
EGB100115-E40 697 100 105 115 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 610 000 2 880 000

Bushes
Maintenance-free
ISO 3547
With steel backing
00019A3B
EGB
Butt joint

Cr C0r
EGB10560-E40 382 105 110 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 882 000 1 580 000
EGB105115-E40 733 105 110 115 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 690 000 3 020 000
EGB11060-E40 398 110 115 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 924 000 1 650 000
EGB110115-E40 767 110 115 115 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 770 000 3 160 000
EGB11550-E40 347 115 120 50 1,80,6 0,2 1 805 000 1 440 000
EGB11560-E40 417 115 120 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 966 000 1 730 000
EGB11570-E40 487 115 120 70 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 130 000 2 010 000
EGB12060-E40 433 120 125 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 010 000 1 800 000
EGB120100-E40 724 120 125 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 680 000 3 000 000
EGB125100-E40 754 125 130 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 750 000 3 130 000
EGB13060-E40 468 130 135 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 090 000 1 950 000
EGB130100-E40 785 130 135 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 820 000 3 250 000
EGB13560-E40 486 135 140 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 130 000 2 030 000
EGB13580-E40 649 135 140 80 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 510 000 2 700 000
EGB14060-E40 504 140 145 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 180 000 2 100 000
EGB140100-E40 842 140 145 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 960 000 3 500 000
EGB15060-E40 539 150 155 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 260 000 2 250 000
EGB15080-E40 720 150 155 80 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 680 000 3 000 000
EGB150100-E40 901 150 155 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 2 100 000 3 750 000
EGB16080-E40 768 160 165 80 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 790 000 3 200 000
EGB160100-E40 961 160 165 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 2 240 000 4 000 000
EGB180100-E40 1 078 180 185 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 2 520 000 4 500 000
EGB200100-E40 1 197 200 205 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 2 800 000 5 000 000
EGB220100-E40 1 315 220 225 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 3 080 000 5 500 000
EGB250100-E40 1 492 250 255 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 3 500 000 6 250 000
EGB300100-E40 1 790 300 305 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 4 200 000 7 500 000

Bushes
Maintenance-free
With steel backing
Inch sizes
00019A3B
EGBZ
Butt joint
Dimension table Dimensions in mm and inch

Cr C0r
g min. max. N N
EGBZ0303-E40 3/16 1/4 3/16
0,5 0,50,3 0,1 0,4 3 170 5 670
4,763 6,35 4,760,25
EGBZ0304-E40 3/16 1/4 1/4
0,7 0,50,3 0,1 0,4 4 230 7 560
4,763 6,35 6,350,25
EGBZ0306-E40 3/16 1/4 3/8
1 0,50,3 0,1 0,4 6 350 11 300
4,763 6,35 9,530,25
EGBZ0404-E40 1/4 5/16 1/4
0,9 0,50,3 0,1 0,4 5 650 10 100
6,35 7,938 6,350,25
EGBZ0406-E40 1/4 5/16 3/8
1,3 0,50,3 0,1 0,4 8 470 15 100
6,35 7,938 9,530,25
EGBZ0408-E40 1/4 5/16 1/2
1,7 0,50,3 0,1 0,4 11 300 20 200
6,35 7,938 12,700,25
EGBZ0504-E40 5/16 3/8 1/4
1,1 0,50,3 0,1 0,4 7 060 12 600
7,938 9,525 6,350,25
EGBZ0506-E40 5/16 3/8 3/8
1,6 0,50,3 0,1 0,4 10 600 18 900
7,938 9,525 9,530,25
EGBZ0603-E40 3/8 15/32 3/16
1,5 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 6 350 11 300
9,525 11,906 4,760,25
EGBZ0604-E40 3/8 15/32 1/4
2 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 8 470 15 100
9,525 11,906 6,350,25
EGBZ0606-E40 3/8 15/32 3/8
3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 12 700 22 700
9,525 11,906 9,530,25
EGBZ0608-E40 3/8 15/32 1/2
3,9 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 16 900 30 200
9,525 11,906 12,70,25
EGBZ0610-E40 3/8 15/32 5/8
4,9 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 21 200 37 800
9,525 11,906 15,880,25
EGBZ0612-E40 3/8 15/32 3/4
6 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 25 400 45 400
9,525 11,906 19,050,25
EGBZ0706-E40 7/16 17/32 3/8
3,4 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 14 800 26 500
11,113 13,494 9,530,25
EGBZ0708-E40 7/16 17/32 1/2
4,5 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 19 800 35 300
11,113 13,494 12,700,25

Bushes
Maintenance-free
With steel backing
Inch sizes
00019A3B
EGBZ
Butt joint

Cr C0r
g min. max. N N
EGBZ0710-E40 7/16 17/32 5/8
6 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 24 700 44 100
11,113 13,494 15,880,25
EGBZ0712-E40 7/16 17/32 3/4
7 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 29 600 52 900
11,113 13,494 19,050,25
EGBZ0804-E40 1/2 19/32 1/4
2,6 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 11 300 20 200
12,7 15,082 6,350,25
EGBZ0806-E40 1/2 19/32 3/8
3,8 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 16 900 30 200
12,7 15,082 9,530,25
EGBZ0808-E40 1/2 19/32 1/2
6 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 22 600 40 300
12,7 15,082 12,700,25
EGBZ0810-E40 1/2 19/32 5/8
7 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 28 200 50 400
12,7 15,082 15,880,25
EGBZ0812-E40 1/2 19/32 3/4
8 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 33 900 60 500
12,7 15,082 19,050,25
EGBZ0814-E40 1/2 19/32 7/8
9 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 39 500 70 600
12,7 15,082 22,230,25
EGBZ0906-E40 9/16 21/32 3/8
4,3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 19 100 34 000
14,288 16,669 9,530,25
EGBZ0908-E40 9/16 21/32 1/2
6 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 25 400 45 400
14,288 16,669 12,700,25
EGBZ0912-E40 9/16 21/32 3/4
9 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 38 100 68 000
14,288 16,669 19,050,25
EGBZ1004-E40 5/8 23/32 1/4
3,1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 14 100 25 200
15,875 18,258 6,350,25
EGBZ1008-E40 5/8 23/32 1/2
7 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 28 200 50 400
15,875 18,258 12,700,25
EGBZ1010-E40 5/8 23/32 5/8
8 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 35 300 63 000
15,875 18,258 15,880,25
EGBZ1012-E40 5/8 23/32 3/4
10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 42 300 75 600
15,875 18,258 19,050,25
EGBZ1014-E40 5/8 23/32 7/8
11 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 49 400 88 200
15,875 18,258 22,230,25

Bushes
Maintenance-free
With steel backing
Inch sizes
00019A3B
EGBZ
Butt joint

Cr C0r
g min. max. N N
EGBZ1112-E40 11/16 25/32 3/4
11 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 46 600 83 200
17,463 19,844 19,050,25
EGBZ1204-E40 3/4 7/8 1/4
6 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 16 900 30 200
19,05 22,225 6,350,25
EGBZ1206-E40 3/4 7/8 3/8
8 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 25 400 45 400
19,05 22,225 9,530,25
EGBZ1208-E40 3/4 7/8 1/2
11 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 33 900 60 500
19,05 22,225 12,700,25
EGBZ1210-E40 3/4 7/8 5/8
13 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 42 300 75 600
19,05 22,225 15,880,25
EGBZ1212-E40 3/4 7/8 3/4
16 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 50 800 90 700
19,05 22,225 19,050,25
EGBZ1216-E40 3/4 7/8 1
21 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 67 700 121 000
19,05 22,225 25,400,25
EGBZ1412-E40 7/8 1 3/4
18 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 59 300 105 800
22,225 25,4 19,050,25
EGBZ1416-E40 7/8 1 1
24 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 79 000 141 100
22,225 25,4 25,400,25
EGBZ1606-E40 1 11/8 3/8
10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 33 900 60 500
25,4 28,575 9,530,25
EGBZ1608-E40 1 11/8 1/2
14 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 45 200 80 600
25,4 28,575 12,700,25
EGBZ1612-E40 1 11/8 3/4
20 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 67 700 121 000
25,4 28,575 19,050,25
EGBZ1614-E40 1 11/8 7/8
23 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 79 000 141 200
25,4 28,575 22,230,25
EGBZ1616-E40 1 11/8 1
27 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 90 300 161 300
25,4 28,575 25,400,25
EGBZ1620-E40 1 11/8 11/4
33 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 113 000 202 000
25,4 28,575 31,750,25
EGBZ1624-E40 1 11/8 11/2
40 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 135 000 242 000
25,4 28,575 38,100,25

Bushes
Maintenance-free
With steel backing
Inch sizes
00019A3B
EGBZ
Butt joint

Cr C0r
g min. max. N N
EGBZ1808-E40 11/8 19/32 1/2
19 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 50 800 90 700
28,575 32,544 12,700,25
EGBZ1812-E40 11/8 19/32 3/4
28 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 76 200 136 100
28,575 32,544 19,050,25
EGBZ1816-E40 11/8 19/32 1
38 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 102 000 183 000
28,575 32,544 25,400,25
EGBZ2006-E40 11/4 113/32 3/8
16 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 42 400 75 600
31,75 35,719 9,530,25
EGBZ2012-E40 11/4 113/32 3/4
31 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 84 700 151 200
31,75 35,719 19,050,25
EGBZ2016-E40 11/4 113/32 1
42 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 113 000 202 000
31,75 35,719 25,400,25
EGBZ2020-E40 11/4 113/32 11/4
52 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 141 000 252 000
31,75 35,719 31,750,25
EGBZ2206-E40 13/8 117/32 3/8
17 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 46 600 83 200
34,925 38,894 9,530,25
EGBZ2208-E40 13/8 117/32 1/2
23 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 62 100 110 900
34,925 38,894 12,700,25
EGBZ2210-E40 13/8 117/32 5/8
29 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 77 600 138 700
34,925 38,894 15,880,25
EGBZ2212-E40 13/8 117/32 3/4
34 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 93 100 166 300
34,925 38,894 19,050,25
EGBZ2216-E40 13/8 117/32 1
46 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 124 000 222 000
34,925 38,894 25,400,25
EGBZ2224-E40 13/8 117/32 11/2
68 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 186 000 333 000
34,925 38,894 38,100,25
EGBZ2228-E40 13/8 117/32 13/4
79 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 217 000 388 000
34,925 38,894 44,450,25

Bushes
Maintenance-free
With steel backing
Inch sizes
00019A3B
EGBZ
Butt joint

Cr C0r
g min. max. N N
EGBZ2408-E40 11/2 121/32 1/2
25 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 67 700 121 000
38,1 42,069 12,700,25
EGBZ2416-E40 11/2 121/32 1
49 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 135 000 242 000
38,1 42,069 25,400,25
EGBZ2420-E40 11/2 121/32 11/4
62 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 169 000 302 000
38,1 42,069 31,750,25
EGBZ2424-E40 11/2 121/32 11/2
74 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 203 000 363 000
38,1 42,069 38,100,25
EGBZ2432-E40 11/2 121/32 2
98 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 271 000 484 000
38,1 42,069 50,800,25
EGBZ2616-E40 15/8 125/32 1
53 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 147 000 262 000
41,275 45,244 25,400,25
EGBZ2624-E40 15/8 125/32 11/2
80 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 220 000 393 000
41,275 45,244 38,100,25
EGBZ2816-E40 13/4 115/16 1
69 1,80,4 0,2 1 158 000 282 000
44,45 49,213 25,400,25
EGBZ2824-E40 13/4 115/16 11/2
104 1,80,4 0,2 1 237 000 423 000
44,45 49,213 38,100,25
EGBZ2832-E40 13/4 115/16 2
138 1,80,4 0,2 1 316 000 565 000
44,45 49,213 50,800,25
EGBZ3216-E40 2 23/16 1
79 1,80,4 0,2 1 181 000 323 000
50,8 55,563 25,40,25
EGBZ3224-E40 2 23/16 11/2
118 1,80,4 0,2 1 271 000 484 000
50,8 55,563 38,10,25
EGBZ3232-E40 2 23/16 2
157 1,80,4 0,2 1 361 000 645 000
50,8 55,563 50,80,25
EGBZ3240-E40 2 23/16 21/2
196 1,80,4 0,2 1 452 000 806 000
50,8 55,563 63,50,25

Bushes
Maintenance-free
ISO 3547
With bronze backing
00019A3B
EGB
Butt joint

Cr C0r
EGB0406-E40-B-6 0,7 4 6 6 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 3 360 6 000
EGB0505-E40-B 0,7 5 7 5 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 3 500 6 250
EGB0606-E40-B 1 6 8 6 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 5 040 9 000
EGB0610-E40-B 1,6 6 8 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 8 400 15 000
EGB0808-E40-B 1,7 8 10 8 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 8 960 16 000
EGB0810-E40-B 2,1 8 10 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 11 200 20 000
EGB0812-E40-B 2,6 8 10 12 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 13 400 24 000
EGB1005-E40-B 1,3 10 12 5 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 7 000 12 500
EGB1010-E40-B 2,6 10 12 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 14 000 25 000
EGB1015-E40-B 4 10 12 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 21 000 37 500
EGB1020-E40-B 5,3 10 12 20 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 28 000 50 000
EGB1210-E40-B 3,1 12 14 10 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 16 800 30 000
EGB1212-E40-B 3,7 12 14 12 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 20 200 36 000
EGB1215-E40-B 4,7 12 14 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 25 200 45 000
EGB1220-E40-B 6,3 12 14 20 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 33 600 60 000
EGB1225-E40-B 7,9 12 14 25 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 42 000 75 000
EGB1415-E40-B 5,4 14 16 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 29 400 52 500
EGB1515-E40-B 5,8 15 17 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 31 500 56 300
EGB1525-E40-B 9,7 15 17 25 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 52 500 93 800
EGB1615-E40-B 6,2 16 18 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 33 600 60 000
EGB1625-E40-B 10,3 16 18 25 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 56 000 100 000
EGB1815-E40-B 6,9 18 20 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 37 800 67 500
EGB1825-E40-B 11,6 18 20 25 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 63 000 113 000
EGB2015-E40-B 12,2 20 23 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 42 000 75 000
EGB2020-E40-B 16,3 20 23 20 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 56 000 100 000
EGB2025-E40-B 20,4 20 23 25 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 70 000 125 000
EGB2030-E40-B 24,5 20 23 30 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 84 000 150 000
EGB2215-E40-B 13,3 22 25 15 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 46 200 82 500
EGB2220-E40-B 17,8 22 25 20 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 61 600 110 000
EGB2225-E40-B 22,3 22 25 25 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 77 000 138 000

Bushes
Maintenance-free
ISO 3547
With bronze backing
00019A3B
EGB
Butt joint

Cr C0r
EGB2430-E40-B 29,1 24 27 30 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 101 000 180 000
EGB2525-E40-B 25,2 25 28 25 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 87 500 156 000
EGB2530-E40-B 30,2 25 28 30 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 105 000 188 000
EGB2830-E40-B 46,1 28 32 30 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 118 000 210 000
EGB3020-E40-B 32,6 30 34 20 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 84 000 150 000
EGB3030-E40-B 49,2 30 34 30 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 126 000 225 000
EGB3040-E40-B 65,8 30 34 40 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 168 000 300 000
EGB3520-E40-B 37,7 35 39 20 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 98 000 175 000
EGB3530-E40-B 56,9 35 39 30 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 147 000 263 000
EGB4050-E40-B 108 40 44 50 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 280 000 500 000
EGB4550-E40-B 154 45 50 50 1,80,6 0,2 1 315 000 563 000
EGB5030-E40-B 101 50 55 30 1,80,6 0,2 1 210 000 375 000
EGB5040-E40-B 136 50 55 40 1,80,6 0,2 1 280 000 500 000
EGB5060-E40-B 204 50 55 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 420 000 750 000
EGB5540-E40-B 149 55 60 40 1,80,6 0,2 1 308 000 550 000
EGB6040-E40-B 161 60 65 40 1,80,6 0,2 1 336 000 600 000
EGB6050-E40-B 202 60 65 50 1,80,6 0,2 1 420 000 750 000
EGB6060-E40-B 243 60 65 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 504 000 900 000
EGB6070-E40-B 284 60 65 70 1,80,6 0,2 1 588 000 1 050 000
EGB7050-E40-B 235 70 75 50 1,80,6 0,2 1 490 000 875 000
EGB7070-E40-B 329 70 75 70 1,80,6 0,2 1 686 000 1 230 000
EGB8060-E40-B 321 80 85 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 672 000 1 200 000
EGB80100-E40-B 537 80 85 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 120 000 2 000 000
EGB9060-E40-B 360 90 95 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 756 000 1 350 000
EGB90100-E40-B 602 90 95 100 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 260 000 2 250 000
EGB9560-E40-B 379 95 100 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 798 000 1 430 000
EGB10060-E40-B 399 100 105 60 1,80,6 0,2 1 840 000 1 500 000
EGB100115-E40-B 767 100 105 115 1,80,6 0,2 1 1 610 000 2 880 000

Flanged bushes
Maintenance-free
ISO 3547
With steel backing
00019A3D
EGF
Butt joint

radial axial
m Di Do Dfl B sfl R f Fi dyn. stat. dyn. stat.
Cr C0r Ca C0a
+0,05
g 0,5 0,25 0,2 max. min. max. N N N N
EGF06040-E40 0,9 6 8 12 4 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 1 680 3 000 4 840 8 640
EGF06070-E40 1,4 6 8 12 7 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 4 200 7 500 4 840 8 640
EGF06080-E40 1,6 6 8 12 8 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 5 040 9 000 4 840 8 640
EGF08055-E40 1,6 8 10 15 5,5 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 3 920 7 000 8 910 15 900
EGF08075-E40 2 8 10 15 7,5 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 6 160 11 000 8 910 15 900
EGF08095-E40 2,4 8 10 15 9,5 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 8 400 15 000 8 910 15 900
EGF10070-E40 2,5 10 12 18 7 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 7 000 12 500 14 100 25 100
EGF10090-E40 3 10 12 18 9 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 9 800 17 500 14 100 25 100
EGF10120-E40 3,8 10 12 18 12 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 14 000 25 000 14 100 25 100
EGF10170-E40 5 10 12 18 17 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 21 000 37 500 14 100 25 100
EGF12070-E40 2,9 12 14 20 7 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 8 400 15 000 15 800 28 300
EGF12090-E40 3,5 12 14 20 9 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 11 800 21 000 15 800 28 300
EGF12120-E40 4,4 12 14 20 12 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 16 800 30 000 15 800 28 300
EGF12170-E40 5,9 12 14 20 17 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 25 200 45 000 15 800 28 300
EGF14120-E40 5,1 14 16 22 12 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 19 600 35 000 17 600 31 400
EGF14170-E40 6,8 14 16 22 17 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 29 400 52 500 17 600 31 400
EGF15090-E40 4,3 15 17 23 9 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 14 700 26 300 18 500 33 000
EGF15120-E40 5,4 15 17 23 12 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 21 000 37 500 18 500 33 000
EGF15170-E40 7,2 15 17 23 17 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 31 500 56 300 18 500 33 000
EGF16120-E40 5,7 16 18 24 12 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 22 400 40 000 19 400 34 600
EGF16170-E40 7,5 16 18 24 17 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 33 600 60 000 19 400 34 600
EGF18120-E40 6,4 18 20 26 12 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 25 200 45 000 21 100 37 700
EGF18170-E40 8,5 18 20 26 17 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 37 800 67 500 21 100 37 700
EGF18220-E40 10,7 18 20 26 22 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 50 400 90 000 21 100 37 700

Flanged bushes
Maintenance-free
ISO 3547
With steel backing
00019A3D
EGF
Butt joint

radial axial
Cr C0r Ca C0a
+0,05
g 0,5 0,25 0,2 max. min. max. N N N N
EGF20115-E40 11,1 20 23 30 11,5 1,5 1,5 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 23 800 42 500 24 600 44 000
EGF20165-E40 14,8 20 23 30 16,5 1,5 1,5 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 37 800 67 500 24 600 44 000
EGF20215-E40 18,6 20 23 30 21,5 1,5 1,5 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 51 800 92 500 24 600 44 000
EGF25115-E40 13,5 25 28 35 11,5 1,5 1,5 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 29 800 53 100 29 000 51 800
EGF25165-E40 18,1 25 28 35 16,5 1,5 1,5 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 47 300 84 400 29 000 51 800
EGF25215-E40 22,7 25 28 35 21,5 1,5 1,5 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 64 800 115 600 29 000 51 800
EGF30160-E40 29,2 30 34 42 16 2 2 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 50 400 90 000 35 200 62 800
EGF30260-E40 44,2 30 34 42 26 2 2 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 92 400 165 000 35 200 62 800
EGF35160-E40 33,5 35 39 47 16 2 2 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 58 800 105 000 39 600 70 700
EGF35260-E40 51 35 39 47 26 2 2 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 108 000 193 000 39 600 70 700
EGF40260-E40 58,9 40 44 53 26 2 2 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 123 000 220 000 55 500 99 200

Flanged bushes
Maintenance-free
ISO 3547
With bronze backing
00019A3D
EGF
Butt joint

radial axial
Cr C0r Ca C0a
+0,05
g 0,5 0,25 0,2 max. min. max. N N N N
EGF06080-E40-B 1,7 6 8 12 8 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 5 040 9 000 4 840 8 640
EGF08055-E40-B 1,8 8 10 15 5,5 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 3 920 7 000 8 910 15 900
EGF08095-E40-B 2,7 8 10 15 9,5 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 8 400 15 000 8 910 15 900
EGF10070-E40-B 2,8 10 12 18 7 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 7 000 12 500 14 100 25 100
EGF10120-E40-B 4,1 10 12 18 12 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 14 000 25 000 14 100 25 100
EGF10170-E40-B 5,5 10 12 18 17 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 21 000 37 500 14 100 25 100
EGF12070-E40-B 3,2 12 14 20 7 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 8 400 15 000 15 800 28 300
EGF12090-E40-B 3,9 12 14 20 9 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 11 800 21 000 15 800 28 300
EGF12120-E40-B 4,8 12 14 20 12 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 16 800 30 000 15 800 28 300
EGF15120-E40-B 5,9 15 17 23 12 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 21 000 37 500 18 500 33 000
EGF15170-E40-B 7,8 15 17 23 17 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 31 500 56 300 18 500 33 000
EGF16120-E40-B 6,2 16 18 24 12 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 22 400 40 000 19 400 34 600
EGF18100-E40-B 6 18 20 26 10 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 20 200 36 000 21 100 37 700
EGF18220-E40-B 11,6 18 20 26 22 1 1 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 50 400 90 000 21 100 37 700
EGF20115-E40-B 12,1 20 23 30 11,5 1,5 1,5 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 23 800 42 500 24 600 44 000
EGF20165-E40-B 16,2 20 23 30 16,5 1,5 1,5 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 37 800 67 500 24 600 44 000
EGF25215-E40-B 24,9 25 28 35 21,5 1,5 1,5 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 64 800 115 600 29 000 51 800
EGF30160-E40-B 32 30 34 42 16 2 2 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 50 400 90 000 35 200 62 800
EGF30260-E40-B 48,6 30 34 42 26 2 2 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 92 400 165 000 35 200 62 800
EGF35260-E40-B 56 35 39 47 26 2 2 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 108 000 193 000 39 600 70 700
EGF40260-E40-B 64,8 40 44 53 26 2 2 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 123 000 220 000 55 500 99 200

ELGOTEX filament wound bushes,
maintenance-free
maintenance-free
Page
Product overview ELGOTEX filament wound bushes, maintenance-free ............... 322

Technical data for ELGOTEX .................................................... 324
Sealing................................................................................... 325
Lubrication............................................................................. 325
Suffixes.................................................................................. 325

safety guidelines Dimensioning and rating life ................................................... 326
Calculation example for ZWB607060 ...................................... 327
Dimension tables ELGOTEX filament wound bushes, maintenance-free,

DIN ISO 4379.......................................................................... 329

Product overview ELGOTEX filament wound bushes,
maintenance-free
Bushes ZWB
Open design
00019A3F
With lip seals ZWB..-2RS
Available by agreement
00019AF4

maintenance-free
Features ELGOTEX filament wound bushes are maintenance-free, free from

corrosion and have low wear and friction. Further advantages
of the filament composite are low mass together with high load
carrying capacity and resistance to shocks as well as suitability
for applications involving vibrations.
ELGOTEX filament wound bushes are particularly suitable as
an environmentally-friendly and maintenance-free bearing type
for replacing steel or bronze bearings.
Maintenance-free The radial dry plain bearings have a sliding layer made from ELGOTEX
plain bearing material and a twin layer structure, Figure 1:
The outer layer (the backing) ensures the strength of the bush.
It comprises continuous glass fibres that are additionally
stabilised by means of a specific winding angle, giving
an increase in strength. The fibres are bound in epoxy resin.
The inner layer (sliding layer) contains a polymer/PTFE yarn that
is embedded together with fillers and solid lubricants in a resin
matrix.
Due to the combination of filaments and resin matrix, the bushes
are suited in preference for dry-running applications, see table,
page 324.
Backing
Sliding layer
Figure 1 0001604C
Microsection
of a ELGOTEX filament wound bush
Resistance The filament wound bushes are non-metallic and thus substantially
of the plain bearing material resistant to media. For special environmental conditions, please
consult the Schaeffler engineering service.

maintenance-free
Technical data for ELGOTEX Maintenance-free ELGOTEX filament wound bushes have
the following mechanical and physical characteristics, see table.
ELGOTEX filament wound bushes are intended for dry running.
They achieve their maximum operating life under these conditions.
Slight settling of the material occurs during running-in.
In underwater use, there is a considerable reduction in operating
life. In this case, the coefficient of friction may increase significantly.
In the production of ELGOTEX filament wound bushes, defects
(pores) and fraying may occur in the PTFE due to the production
process. These cannot be prevented by technological measures and
do not represent any impairment of the function.
Characteristics of ELGOTEX Characteristic Load

Maximum pv value1) pv 2,8 N/mm2 m/s
Permissible specific Static pmax 200 N/mm2
bearing load2) Rotary, oscillating 140 N/mm2
Permissible sliding velocity v 0,18 m/s
Coefficient of friction 0,03 0,2
Operating life behaviour with
dry running +++
grease and oil lubrication +
media lubrication, water lubrication +
Definition of the symbols:
+++ very good
+ adequate.
1) The maximum permissible bearing load as a function of velocity is determined
by means of pv diagrams, Figure 2, page 29.
2) For static loads of more than 180 N/mm2, the design of ELGOTEX filament
wound bushes must be checked by the Schaeffler engineering service.
For loads at or over this range, we alternatively recommend the use of
ELGOGLIDE plain bushes, see page 334.

Sealing Standard plain bushes without a suffix are not sealed. These can,
however, be combined with separate external seals in order
to prevent the ingress of contamination and moisture, see section
Sealing, page 106.
Plain bushes ZWB are available by agreement with integrated
seals 2RS on both sides or integrated seals RS on one side.
In the design of the sealing arrangement, it must be borne in mind
that the bearing clearance will increase due to wear of the sliding
layer, see page 87.
the sliding layer to the mating surface. As a result, the small
roughness features of the shaft surface are filled in. It is only once
this tribologically smooth surface is produced in conjunction
with the detached PTFE particles that the bearings can achieve a long
operating life.
Maintenance-free ELGOTEX filament wound bushes do not have
relubrication facilities and must not be lubricated.
Any lubrication of maintenance-free ELGOTEX filament wound
bushes after running-in will impair the smoothing effect necessary
and will considerably reduce the operating life of the bearings.

ELGOTEX filament wound bushes is between 20 C and +130 C.

RS Standard lip seals on one side Special design,
2RS Standard lip seals on both sides available by agreement only

maintenance-free
observed:
theoretical bearing clearance of ELGOTEX filament wound
bushes, see page 87
misalignment of plain bushes, see page 103
Friction The characteristic coefficients of friction, calculation of the bearing

frictional torque and the typical wear characteristics are given

Calculation example The rating life of the bush is calculated on the basis of the sliding
for bush ZWB607060 layer ELGOTEX, see section Load carrying capacity and life, page 35.
highly loaded pivots on an angled lever
steel shaft (hard chromium coating, roughness depth Rz1,6)
point load (rotating shaft, stationary bush).

Swivel angle = 30
max = +30 C
Bearing data ELGOTEX bush = ZWB607060

Inside diameter Di = 60 mm
Width of bush B = 60 mm
Sliding material ELGOTEX

Sliding velocity in swivel motion The sliding velocity must be calculated with the aid of the inside
diameter Di and the swivel angle and checked for validity,
see table, page 50.

maintenance-free


ELGOTEX must be selected from the matrix and used to correct
equation.
Correction factors, Series Sliding layer Motion Correction factors
fp fv fpv fpv* f fR fW fA fB fL f f fHz
ZWB ELGOTEX Rotary

The specific plain bearing factor KL = 7 000, see table, page 52.


Roughness depth fR Figure 19, page 61 0,82
Material fW Table, page 61 1
Width ratio fB Figure 21, page 63 0,7
B/d = 1
Swivel angle f Figure 26, page 65 0,75
Result The selected ELGOTEX plain bush ZWB607060 fulfils the required
rating life Lh 15 000 h.

Maintenance-free
DIN ISO 43791)
00019840
ZWB

m Di Do B f dyn. stat.
Cr C0r2)
g C10 s8 h13 N N
ZWB202415 4 20 +0,194
+0,11 24+0,068
+0,035 150,27 1,50,5 42 000 60 000
ZWB202420 5 20 +0,194
+0,11 24+0,068
+0,035 200,33 1,50,5 56 000 80 000
ZWB202430 7 20 +0,194
+0,11 24+0,068
+0,035 300,33 1,50,5 84 000 120 000
ZWB253020 8 25 +0,194
+0,11 30+0,068
+0,035 200,33 1,50,5 70 000 100 000
ZWB253030 12 25 +0,194
+0,11 30+0,068
+0,035 300,33 1,50,5 105 000 150 000
ZWB253040 16 25 +0,194
+0,11 30+0,068
+0,035 400,39 1,50,5 140 000 200 000
ZWB283420 11 28 +0,194
+0,11 34+0,082
+0,043 200,33 1,50,5 78 400 112 000
ZWB283430 16 28 +0,194
+0,11 34+0,082
+0,043 300,33 1,50,5 118 000 168 000
ZWB283440 21 28 +0,194
+0,11 34+0,082
+0,043 400,39 1,50,5 157 000 224 000
ZWB303620 11 30 +0,194
+0,11 36+0,082
+0,043 200,33 1,50,5 84 000 120 000
ZWB303630 17 30 +0,194
+0,11 36+0,082
+0,043 300,33 1,50,5 126 000 180 000
ZWB303640 22 30 +0,194
+0,11 36+0,082
+0,043 400,39 1,50,5 168 000 240 000
ZWB354130 19 35 +0,22
+0,12 41+0,082
+0,043 300,33 1,50,5 147 000 210 000
ZWB354140 26 35 +0,22
+0,12 41+0,082
+0,043 400,39 1,50,5 196 000 280 000
ZWB354150 32 35 +0,22
+0,12 41+0,082
+0,043 500,39 1,50,5 245 000 350 000
ZWB404830 30 40 +0,22
+0,12 48+0,082
+0,043 300,33 2 0,7 168 000 240 000
ZWB404840 40 40 +0,22
+0,12 48+0,082
+0,043 400,39 2 0,7 224 000 320 000
ZWB404860 60 40 +0,22
+0,12 48+0,082
+0,043 600,46 2 0,7 336 000 480 000
ZWB455330 33 45 +0,23
+0,13 53+0,099
+0,053 300,33 2 0,7 189 000 270 000
ZWB455340 44 45 +0,23
+0,13 53+0,099
+0,053 400,39 2 0,7 252 000 360 000
ZWB455360 66 45 +0,23
+0,13 53+0,099
+0,053 600,46 2 0,7 378 000 540 000
ZWB505840 49 50 +0,23
+0,13 58+0,099
+0,053 400,39 2 0,7 280 000 400 000
ZWB505850 61 50 +0,23
+0,13 58+0,099
+0,053 500,39 2 0,7 350 000 500 000
ZWB505860 73 50 +0,23
+0,13 58+0,099
+0,053 600,46 2 0,7 420 000 600 000
Filament wound bushes with special dimensions up to an outside diameter of 1200 mm,
special tolerances and seals are available by agreement.
1) Reference only to the nominal value of dimensions Di, Do and B.
2) For static loads of more than 180 N/mm2, the design of ELGOTEX filament wound bushes
must be checked by the Schaeffler engineering service.
For loads at or over this value, we alternatively recommend the use of ELGOGLIDE plain bushes,
see page 342.

Maintenance-free
DIN ISO 43791)
00019840
ZWB

Cr C0r2)
g C10 s8 h13 N N
ZWB556340 53 55 +0,26
+0,14 63+0,099
+0,053 400,39 20,7 308 000 440 000
ZWB556350 67 55 +0,26
+0,14 63+0,099
+0,053 500,39 20,7 385 000 550 000
ZWB556370 93 55 +0,26
+0,14 63+0,099
+0,053 700,46 20,7 539 000 770 000
ZWB607040 74 60 +0,26
+0,14 70+0,105
+0,059 400,39 20,7 336 000 480 000
ZWB607060 110 60 +0,26
+0,14 70+0,105
+0,059 600,46 20,7 504 000 720 000
ZWB607080 147 60 +0,26
+0,14 70+0,105
+0,059 800,46 20,7 672 000 960 000
ZWB657550 99 65 +0,26
+0,14 75+0,105
+0,059 500,39 20,7 455 000 650 000
ZWB657560 119 65 +0,26
+0,14 75+0,105
+0,059 600,46 20,7 546 000 780 000
ZWB657580 158 65 +0,26
+0,14 75+0,105
+0,059 800,46 20,7 728 000 1 040 000
ZWB708050 106 70 +0,27
+0,15 80+0,105
+0,059 500,39 31 490 000 700 000
ZWB708070 148 70 +0,27
+0,15 80+0,105
+0,059 700,46 31 686 000 980 000
ZWB708090 191 70 +0,27
+0,15 80+0,105
+0,059 900,54 31 882 000 1 260 000
ZWB758550 113 75 +0,27
+0,15 85+0,125
+0,071 500,39 31 525 000 750 000
ZWB758570 158 75 +0,27
+0,15 85+0,125
+0,071 700,46 31 735 000 1 050 000
ZWB758590 204 75 +0,27
+0,15 85+0,125
+0,071 900,54 31 945 000 1 350 000
ZWB809060 144 80 +0,27
+0,15 90+0,125
+0,071 600,46 31 672 000 960 000
ZWB809080 192 80 +0,27
+0,15 90+0,125
+0,071 800,46 31 896 000 1 280 000
ZWB8090100 240 80 +0,27
+0,15 90+0,125
+0,071 1000,54 31 1 120 000 1 600 000
ZWB859560 153 85 +0,31
+0,17 95+0,125
+0,071 600,46 31 714 000 1 020 000
ZWB859580 204 85 +0,31
+0,17 95+0,125
+0,071 800,46 31 952 000 1 360 000
ZWB8595100 254 85 +0,31
+0,17 95+0,125
+0,071 1000,54 31 1 190 000 1 700 000
see page 342.

Maintenance-free
DIN ISO 43791)
00019840
ZWB

Cr C0r2)
g C10 s8 h13 N N
ZWB9010560 248 90+0,31
+0,17 105+0,133
+0,079 600,46 31 756 000 1 080 000
ZWB9010580 331 90+0,31
+0,17 105+0,133
+0,079 800,46 31 1 010 000 1 440 000
ZWB90105120 496 90+0,31
+0,17 105+0,133
+0,079 1200,54 31 1 510 000 2 160 000
ZWB9511060 261 95+0,31
+0,17 110+0,133
+0,079 600,46 31 798 000 1 140 000
ZWB95110100 435 95+0,31
+0,17 110+0,133
+0,079 1000,54 31 1 330 000 1 900 000
ZWB95110120 522 95+0,31
+0,17 110+0,133
+0,079 1200,54 31 1 600 000 2 280 000
ZWB10011580 365 100+0,31
+0,17 115+0,133
+0,079 800,46 31 1 120 000 1 600 000
ZWB100115100 456 100+0,31
+0,17 115+0,133
+0,079 1000,54 31 1 400 000 2 000 000
ZWB100115120 547 100+0,31
+0,17 115+0,133
+0,079 1200,54 31 1 680 000 2 400 000
ZWB10512080 382 105+0,32
+0,18 120+0,133
+0,079 800,46 41 1 180 000 1 680 000
ZWB105120100 477 105+0,32
+0,18 120+0,133
+0,079 1000,54 41 1 470 000 2 100 000
ZWB105120120 573 105+0,32
+0,18 120+0,133
+0,079 1200,54 41 1 760 000 2 520 000
ZWB11012580 399 110+0,32
+0,18 125+0,155
+0,092 800,46 41 1 230 000 1 760 000
ZWB110125100 498 110+0,32
+0,18 125+0,155
+0,092 1000,54 41 1 540 000 2 200 000
ZWB110125120 598 110+0,32
+0,18 125+0,155
+0,092 1200,54 41 1 850 000 2 640 000
ZWB120135100 541 120+0,32
+0,18 135+0,155
+0,092 1000,54 41 1 680 000 2 400 000
ZWB120135120 649 120+0,32
+0,18 135+0,155
+0,092 1200,54 41 2 020 000 2 880 000
ZWB120135150 811 120+0,32
+0,18 135+0,155
+0,092 1500,63 41 2 520 000 3 600 000
ZWB130145100 583 130+0,36
+0,2 145+0,163
+0,1 1000,54 41 1 820 000 2 600 000
ZWB130145120 700 130+0,36
+0,2 145+0,163
+0,1 1200,54 41 2 180 000 3 120 000
ZWB130145150 875 130+0,36
+0,2 145+0,163
+0,1 1500,63 41 2 730 000 3 900 000
see page 342.

Maintenance-free
DIN ISO 43791)
00019840
ZWB

Cr C0r2)
g C10 s8 h13 N N
ZWB140155100 626 140+0,36
+0,2 155+0,163
+0,1 1000,54 41 1 960 000 2 800 000
ZWB140155150 938 140+0,36
+0,2 155+0,163
+0,1 1500,63 41 2 940 000 4 200 000
ZWB140155180 1 126 140+0,36
+0,2 155+0,163
+0,1 1800,63 41 3 530 000 5 040 000
ZWB150165120 802 150+0,37
+0,21 165+0,171
+0,108 1200,54 41 2 520 000 3 600 000
ZWB150165150 1 002 150+0,37
+0,21 165+0,171
+0,108 1500,63 41 3 150 000 4 500 000
ZWB150165180 1 202 150+0,37
+0,21 165+0,171
+0,108 1800,63 41 3 780 000 5 400 000
ZWB160180120 1 154 160+0,37
+0,21 180+0,171
+0,108 1200,54 41 2 690 000 3 840 000
ZWB160180150 1 442 160+0,37
+0,21 180+0,171
+0,108 1500,63 41 3 360 000 4 800 000
ZWB160180180 1 730 160+0,37
+0,21 180+0,171
+0,108 1800,63 41 4 030 000 5 760 000
ZWB170190120 1 221 170+0,39
+0,23 190+0,194
+0,122 1200,54 51 2 860 000 4 080 000
ZWB170190180 1 832 170+0,39
+0,23 190+0,194
+0,122 1800,63 51 4 280 000 6 120 000
ZWB170190200 2 036 170+0,39
+0,23 190+0,194
+0,122 2000,72 51 4 760 000 6 800 000
ZWB180200150 1 612 180+0,39
+0,23 200+0,194
+0,122 1500,63 51 3 780 000 5 400 000
ZWB180200180 1 934 180+0,39
+0,23 200+0,194
+0,122 1800,63 51 4 540 000 6 480 000
ZWB180200250 2 686 180+0,39
+0,23 200+0,194
+0,122 2500,72 51 6 300 000 9 000 000
ZWB190210150 1 696 190+0,425
+0,24 210+0,202
+0,13 1500,63 51 3 990 000 5 700 000
ZWB190210180 2 036 190+0,425
+0,24 210+0,202
+0,13 1800,63 51 4 790 000 6 840 000
ZWB190210250 2 827 190+0,425
+0,24 210+0,202
+0,13 2500,72 51 6 650 000 9 500 000
ZWB200220180 2 137 200+0,425
+0,24 220+0,202
+0,13 1800,63 51 5 040 000 7 200 000
ZWB200220200 2 375 200+0,425
+0,24 220+0,202
+0,13 2000,72 51 5 600 000 8 000 000
ZWB200220250 2 969 200+0,425
+0,24 220+0,202
+0,13 2500,72 51 7 000 000 10 000 000
see page 342.

ELGOGLIDE plain bushes,
maintenance-free
maintenance-free
Page
Product overview ELGOGLIDE plain bushes, maintenance-free ............................ 336
Features Area of application ................................................................. 337

Maintenance-free plain bearing material ................................. 338
Technical data for ELGOGLIDE .................................................. 339
Sealing................................................................................... 339
Lubrication............................................................................. 339
Suffixes.................................................................................. 340

Dimension tables ELGOGLIDE plain bushes, maintenance-free, DIN ISO 4379 ...... 342

Product overview ELGOGLIDE plain bushes,
maintenance-free
Bushes ZGB
With steel backing
Sliding layer ELGOGLIDE
Open design
000194BF
With lip seals ZGB..-2RS
00019A53

maintenance-free
Features Maintenance-free ELGOGLIDE plain bushes ZGB are radial dry plain
bearings and comprise a cylindrical steel backing with a sliding layer
made from ELGOGLIDE. The steel backing protects the plain bush
against damage during handling and mounting.
The plain bushes are available for shaft diameters from 30 mm
to 200 mm. They have low friction and good damping behaviour.
The dimensions conform to DIN ISO 4379, diameter series 2 and 3.
The plain bushes are very easy to mount. They are pressed into
the housing bore and require no further axial location.
Area of application ELGOGLIDE plain bushes can support higher forces than conven-
tional plain bushes and can therefore be used to replace replace
steel, bronze and plastic bearings.
Since they can support very high radial forces with a uniform load
direction as well as high static loads, they are particularly suitable
for high alternating loads and swivel motion. They allow some axial
motion.

maintenance-free
Maintenance-free The material for the support body is steel and the outside diameter
plain bearing material is precision machined.
The sliding layer comprises a 0,5 mm thick layer of ELGOGLIDE,
is embedded in synthetic resin and attached by a high strength bond
to the support body, Figure 1.
The flow behaviour of the sliding layer is, in conjunction with
the support body, almost negligible even under very high load.
The adhesive bond is resistant to moisture and swelling.
PTFE fabric, comprising PTFE and

support fibres
Resin matrix
Support fibres
Steel support body
Adhesive bond
Figure 1
ELGOGLIDE,
00019EB7
maintenance-free
plain bearing material
ELGOGLIDE designs For differing requirements, the following are available:
ELGOGLIDE
the standard material for very high dynamic contact pressures
from 25 N/mm2 to 300 N/mm2 and a long operating life.
ELGOGLIDE-W11
the material for dynamic contact pressures from 1 N/mm2
to 100 N/mm2 and with low coefficients of friction even at
low contact pressures.
Resistance The maintenance-free plain bearing material ELGOGLIDE is intended

of the plain bearing material for dry running.
Application in damp environments For applications involving contact with water, plain bushes with
a corrosion-resistant steel support body must be used, suffix W1.
Wear of the sliding layer is considerably increased by the flushing
effect. The operating life is sufficient in applications with low
frequency of motion.
The design of the plain bush and its suitability should be agreed
in consultation with Schaeffler.

Technical data for ELGOGLIDE Maintenance-free ELGOGLIDE plain bushes have the following
mechanical and physical characteristics, see table.
Characteristics Characteristic Load

of ELGOGLIDE plain bushes
Maximum pv value pv 7 N/mm2 m/s
Permissible specific Static1) pmax 300 N/mm2
bearing load Rotary, oscillating 300 N/mm2
Permissible sliding velocity v 0,3 m/s
Coefficient of friction 0,02 to 0,2
1) The static load carrying capacity of ELGOGLIDE plain bushes is determined

by the steel support body. Plain bushes with a static load carrying capacity
of up to 500 N/mm2 can be achieved by agreement through the use of a higher
strength material for the steel support body.
Sealing Standard plain bushes without a suffix are not sealed. These can,
however, be combined with separate external seals in order
to prevent the ingress of contamination and moisture, see page 106.
Plain bushes ZGB are available by agreement with integrated
seals 2RS on both sides or integrated seals RS on one side.
In the design of the sealing arrangement, it must be borne in mind
that the bearing clearance will increase due to wear of the sliding
layer, see page 89.
the sliding layer to the mating surface. As a result, the small
roughness features of the shaft surface are filled in. It is only once
this tribologically smooth surface is produced in conjunction
with the detached PTFE particles that the bearings can achieve
a long operating life.
Maintenance-free ELGOGLIDE plain bushes do not have relubrication
Any lubrication of maintenance-free ELGOGLIDE plain bushes
after running-in will impair the smoothing effect necessary and will
considerably reduce the operating life of the bearings.

maintenance-free
Operating temperature Maintenance-free ELGOGLIDE plain bushes ZGB are suitable

for temperatures from 50 C to +150 C.
The sealed plain bushes ZGB..-2RS have a restricted temperature
range from 30 C to +100 C.
a considerable reduction in the operating life.

W1 Support body made from corrosion-resistant steel Special design,
W11 For low contact pressures available by
(starting as low as 1 N/mm2) and minimal friction agreement only
2RS Standard lip seals on both sides
RS Standard lip seals on one side

observed:
operating clearance of ELGOGLIDE plain bushes, see page 81
misalignment of plain bushes, see page 103
Friction The friction behaviour changes during the operating life. Bearings
that have been well run in give the lowest coefficients of friction.
During the running-in and failure phases, the values are in some
cases significantly higher than those of bearings after running-in.
The characteristic coefficients of friction, calculation of the bearing

Maintenance-free
DIN ISO 43791)
00019A3C
ZGB

Cr C0r
kg H8 p7 h12 N N
ZGB30X36X30 0,063 30 +0,033 36 +0,051
+0,026 300,21 1,50,5 0,40,2 270 000 270 000
ZGB35X41X30 0,072 35 +0,039 41 +0,051
+0,026 300,21 1,50,5 0,40,2 315 000 315 000
ZGB40X48X40 0,16 40 +0,039 48 +0,051
+0,026 400,25 20,7 0,60,3 480 000 480 000
ZGB45X53X40 0,17 45 +0,039 53 +0,062
+0,032 400,25 20,7 0,60,3 540 000 540 000
ZGB50X58X50 0,24 50 +0,039 58 +0,062
+0,032 500,25 20,7 0,60,3 750 000 750 000
ZGB60X70X60 0,44 60 +0,046 70 +0,062
+0,032 600,3 20,7 0,60,3 1 080 000 1 080 000
ZGB70X80X70 0,59 70 +0,046 80 +0,072
+0,037 700,3 31 0,80,4 1 470 000 1 470 000
ZGB80X90X80 0,75 80 +0,046 90 +0,072
+0,037 800,3 31 0,80,4 1 920 000 1 920 000
ZGB90X105X80 1,36 90 +0,054 105 +0,072
+0,037 800,3 31 0,80,4 2 160 000 2 160 000
ZGB100X115X100 1,9 100 +0,054 115 +0,072
+0,037 1000,35 31 0,80,4 3 000 000 3 000 000
ZGB110X125X100 2 110 +0,054 125 +0,083
+0,043 1000,35 41,3 0,80,4 3 300 000 3 300 000
ZGB120X135X120 2,6 120 +0,054 135 +0,083
+0,043 1200,35 41,3 0,80,4 4 320 000 4 320 000
ZGB140X155X150 3,9 140 +0,063 155 +0,083
+0,043 1500,4 41,3 0,80,4 6 300 000 6 300 000
ZGB160X180X150 6 160 +0,063 180 +0,083
+0,043 1500,4 41,3 0,80,4 7 200 000 7 200 000
ZGB180X200X180 8 180 +0,063 200 +0,096
+0,05 1800,4 51,6 1,50,7 9 720 000 9 720 000
ZGB200X220X180 8,8 200 +0,072 220 +0,096
+0,05 1800,4 51,6 1,50,7 10 800 000 10 800 000
Plain bushes with special dimensions, special tolerances and seals are available by agreement.

low-maintenance
Bushes
low-maintenance
Page
Product overview Metal/polymer composite plain bushes, low-maintenance ...... 346
Features Low-maintenance plain bearing material................................. 347

Sealing................................................................................... 348
Lubrication............................................................................. 348
Suffixes.................................................................................. 348

Shaft design........................................................................... 349
Tables of deviations and wall thicknesses............................... 352
Dimension tables Bushes, maintenance-free, ISO 3547, with steel backing......... 353

Product overview Metal/polymer composite plain bushes,
low-maintenance
Bushes EGB..-E50
With steel backing
00017294

low-maintenance
Features Maintenance-free plain bushes are used for rotary, oscillating and
linear motion. These plain bearings are bearings for very small radial
or axial design envelopes. They are rolled from a cut section of strip
and have a butt joint over the entire width of the bearing.
Low-maintenance For low-maintenance metal/polymer composite plain bearings from

plain bearing material Schaeffler, the sliding material E50 is used. The basis of the sliding
layer is polyoxymethylene POM.
In the three-layered material, the steel backing has a sintered porous
tin/bronze intermediate layer whose pores are filled with the super-
imposed sliding layer, see table and Figure 1.
Sliding and Chemical element Proportion of mass Layer thickness

intermediate layer E50 w
% mm
Inter- Sliding Inter- Sliding
mediate layer mediate layer
layer layer
Polyoxymethylene POM 99,6 99,8 0,15 0,5 0,2 0,5
Fillers max. 0,95 max. 0,4
Tin Sn 10 12
Copper Cu Balance
Sliding layer
Intermediate layer
Steel backing
Lubrication pocket
Figure 1
0001905F
Low-maintenance
The material E50 is resistant to many greases.
alkaline media (pH 9).

low-maintenance
Technical data for E50 The sliding layer E50 is a low-maintenance, low-wear material with
good damping characteristics and long relubrication intervals. It can
be used for rotary and oscillating motion and for long stroke linear
motion, is only slightly sensitive to edge loads and is insensitive
to shocks.
Low-maintenance plain bushes are available in the variant E50 with
the following mechanical and physical characteristics, see table.
Characteristics of E50 Characteristics Load

Permissible specific Static pmax 140 N/mm2
bearing load Rotary, oscillating 70 N/mm2
Permissible sliding velocity vmax 2,5 m/s
of thermal expansion
of thermal conductivity
Sealing The plain bearings are not sealed, but can be protected against
the ingress of contamination and moisture by the use of external
seals, see page 115.
Lubrication Low-maintenance plain bearing bushes made from E50 have

a lubrication hole and lubrication pockets. The lubrication pockets
retain the lubricant, which means that an initial lubrication is
sufficient in most cases.
The operating life increases if relubrication is carried out regularly.
Greases Low-maintenance plain bushes made from E50 must be lubricated

using suitable grease or oil.
Lithium soap greases with a mineral oil base are highly suitable.
Grease additives such as molybdenum disulphide, zinc sulphide or
other solid lubricants are unfavourable since they increase wear.
Greases may contain max. 5% MoS2.
Operating temperature The permissible operating temperature for low-maintenance plain

bearings is between 40 C and +110 C.

E50 Low-maintenance sliding layer, Standard
with lubrication pockets, ready-to-fit

observed:
theoretical bearing clearance of metal/polymer composite plain
bushes, see page 81
misalignment of plain bushes, see page 103, and edge loading
of metal/polymer composite plain bushes, see page 103
Friction The characteristic coefficients of friction, calculation of the bearing

Shaft design The shaft and mating surface of the bearing arrangement must be
produced in accordance with the following specifications.
Shafts should be chamfered and all sharp edges rounded. This
allows easier mounting and prevents damage to the sliding layer
of the bush.
The optimum operating life of the sliding layer E50 is achieved
with a roughness depth of the mating surface of Rz2 to Rz3.
Very small roughness values do not have a beneficial effect on the
operating life, but larger roughness values reduce it considerably.

low-maintenance

should therefore be ground to Rz2 or better.
The direction of rotation of cast shafts in the application should be
the same as that of the grinding wheel during machining, since
increased wear should be anticipated if rotation is in the opposing

in the application
Direction of grinding wheel rotation
during grinding
000165ED
Figure 2
Grinding of a cast shaft
If media-lubricated operation is present, the heat is dissipated
predominantly via the fluid lubricant.
In the case of low-maintenance plain bearings, the heat is
dissipated via the housing and shaft.
Protection against corrosion Corrosion of the mating surface is prevented by sealing or the use of
corrosion-resistant steel. Alternatively, suitable surface treatments
may be carried out. In the case of the sliding layer E50, the lubricant
gives additional protection against corrosion.
In such cases, electroplated protective coatings can be used
service.

cutting or non-cutting methods, such as shortening or drilling.
Cut the plain bearings starting from the POM side, since the burr
In electroplating with high current densities or or long coating times,
of the sliding layer E50.
Alternative joining methods If the interference fit of the bush is inadequate or if it is unecon-
omical to use dowel pins or screws, there are economical alternative
methods for location:
laser welding
soft soldering
adhesive bonding.
The temperature of the sliding layer must not exceed +110 C
in the case of E50.
The running-in or sliding surface must always be kept free
of adhesive.
consulted, particularly on the selection of adhesives, preparation of
the surface, hardening, strength, temperature range and elongation
behaviour.

low-maintenance
Tables of deviations and The deviations for the bushes are defined in ISO 3547.
wall thicknesses
Deviations The deviations for the outside diameter Do conform to ISO 3547-1,
of outside diameter Table 7, see table.
Deviations Do E50
Tolerances in mm
Deviation
mm upper lower
Do
10 +0,055
+0,025
10 Do
18 +0,065
+0,030
18 Do
30 +0,075
+0,035
30 Do
50 +0,085
+0,045
50 Do
80 +0,100
+0,055
80 Do
120 +0,120
+0,070
120 Do
180 +0,170
+0,100
180 Do
305 +0,255
+0,125
Wall thickness The nominal dimensions and limit deviations for the wall thickness
for sliding layer E50 s3 of bushes with the sliding layer E50 for inside diameter Di conform
to ISO 3547-1, Table 5, Series D, see table.
Wall thickness Di s3 E50

Tolerances in mm
Deviation
mm mm upper lower
8
Di 20 1 0,020
0,045
20
Di 28 1,5 0,025
0,055
28
Di 45 2 0,030
0,065
45
Di 2,5 0,040
0,085
Chamfers and The tolerances and dimensions of the outer chamfer f and the inner
chamfer tolerances edge break Fi for bushes of metric sizes conform to ISO 3547-1,
see dimension tables and Figure 3.
Chamfer deformation due to round bending is permissible.
0,3 mm
Fi = inner edge break

f = outer chamfer
s3 = wall thickness
00019A6D
Figure 3
Outer chamfer and inner edge break

Bushes
Low-maintenance
ISO 3547
With steel backing
00019A3E
EGB
Lubrication pockets, Butt joint

m Di Do B dL f Fi dyn. stat.
Cr C0r
EGB0808-E50 1,2 8 10 8 1) 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 4 480 8 960
EGB0810-E50 1,5 8 10 10 1) 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 5 600 11 200
EGB0812-E50 1,8 8 10 12 1) 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 6 720 13 400
EGB1008-E50 1,6 10 12 8 1) 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 5 600 11 200
EGB1010-E50 1,9 10 12 10 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 7 000 14 000
EGB1015-E50 2,7 10 12 15 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 10 500 21 000
EGB1210-E50 2,1 12 14 10 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 8 400 16 800
EGB1212-E50 2,5 12 14 12 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 10 100 20 200
EGB1215-E50 3,3 12 14 15 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 12 600 25 200
EGB1220-E50 4,4 12 14 20 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 16 800 33 600
EGB1420-E50 4,9 14 16 20 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 19 600 39 200
EGB1510-E50 2,7 15 17 10 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 10 500 21 000
EGB1515-E50 4 15 17 15 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 15 800 31 500
EGB1525-E50 6,8 15 17 25 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 26 300 52 500
EGB1612-E50 3,3 16 18 12 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 13 400 26 900
EGB1615-E50 4,3 16 18 15 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 16 800 33 600
EGB1620-E50 5,8 16 18 20 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 22 400 44 800
EGB1815-E50 4,7 18 20 15 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 18 900 37 800
EGB1820-E50 6,4 18 20 20 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,6 25 200 50 400
EGB2015-E50 8,4 20 23 15 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 21 000 42 000
EGB2020-E50 11,2 20 23 20 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 28 000 56 000
EGB2025-E50 14 20 23 25 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 35 000 70 000
EGB2030-E50 16,9 20 23 30 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 42 000 84 000
EGB2220-E50 12,2 22 25 20 3 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 30 800 61 600
EGB2515-E50 10,3 25 28 15 4 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 26 300 52 500
EGB2520-E50 13,8 25 28 20 4 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 35 000 70 000
EGB2525-E50 17,3 25 28 25 4 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 43 800 87 500
EGB2530-E50 20,8 25 28 30 4 0,60,4 0,1 0,7 52 500 105 000
EGB2830-E50 34,3 28 32 30 4 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 58 800 117 600
1) No lubrication hole.

Bushes
Low-maintenance
ISO 3547
With steel backing
00019A3E
EGB
Lubrication pockets, Butt joint

m Di Do B dL f Fi dyn. stat.
Cr C0r
EGB3020-E50 24,2 30 34 20 4 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 42 000 84 000
EGB3025-E50 30,4 30 34 25 4 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 52 500 105 000
EGB3030-E50 36,6 30 34 30 4 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 63 000 126 000
EGB3040-E50 48,9 30 34 40 4 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 84 000 168 000
EGB3230-E50 38,9 32 36 30 4 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 67 200 134 400
EGB3520-E50 28 35 39 20 4 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 49 000 98 000
EGB3530-E50 42,3 35 39 30 4 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 73 500 147 000
EGB3550-E50 70,9 35 39 50 4 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 123 000 245 000
EGB4020-E50 31,8 40 44 20 4 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 56 000 112 000
EGB4030-E50 48,1 40 44 30 4 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 84 000 168 000
EGB4040-E50 64,3 40 44 40 4 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 112 000 224 000
EGB4050-E50 80,5 40 44 50 4 1,20,4 0,1 0,7 140 000 280 000
EGB4540-E50 95,2 45 50 40 5 1,80,6 0,2 1 126 000 252 000
EGB4550-E50 119 45 50 50 5 1,80,6 0,2 1 158 000 315 000
EGB5025-E50 65,2 50 55 25 5 1,80,6 0,2 1 87 500 175 000
EGB5040-E50 105 50 55 40 5 1,80,6 0,2 1 140 000 280 000
EGB5060-E50 159 50 55 60 5 1,80,6 0,2 1 210 000 420 000
EGB5540-E50 115 55 60 40 6 1,80,6 0,2 1 154 000 308 000
EGB6030-E50 93,4 60 65 30 6 1,80,6 0,2 1 126 000 252 000
EGB6040-E50 125 60 65 40 6 1,80,6 0,2 1 168 000 336 000
EGB6060-E50 189 60 65 60 6 1,80,6 0,2 1 252 000 504 000
EGB7040-E50 145 70 75 40 6 1,80,6 0,2 1 196 000 392 000
EGB7050-E50 182 70 75 50 6 1,80,6 0,2 1 245 000 490 000
EGB7070-E50 256 70 75 70 6 1,80,6 0,2 1 343 000 686 000
EGB7540-E50 155 75 80 40 6 1,80,6 0,2 1 210 000 420 000
EGB7580-E50 313 75 80 80 6 1,80,6 0,2 1 420 000 840 000
EGB8040-E50 166 80 85 40 6 1,80,6 0,2 1 224 000 448 000
EGB8055-E50 229 80 85 55 6 1,80,6 0,2 1 308 000 616 000
EGB8060-E50 250 80 85 60 6 1,80,6 0,2 1 336 000 672 000
EGB8080-E50 334 80 85 80 6 1,80,6 0,2 1 448 000 896 000
EGB9060-E50 280 90 95 60 6 1,80,6 0,2 1 378 000 756 000
EGB10050-E50 258 100 105 50 6 1,80,6 0,2 1 350 000 700 000
EGB10060-E50 310 100 105 60 6 1,80,6 0,2 1 420 000 840 000

Metal/polymer ................................................................................................................. 358

composite plain bearings, Maintenance-free thrust washers are used to support forces in
maintenance-free an axial direction. Strips are used to facilitate linear motion.
Strips are also used as the basic material for individual special
designs produced in accordance with drawings.
The maintenance-free plain bearing material E40 is, due to the dry
lubricant polytetrafluorethylene PTFE, intended for dry running.
These bearings are thus particularly suitable where the bearing
position must be maintenance-free, there is a risk of lubricant
starvation or where lubricant is unacceptable or undesirable.
Typical areas of application include automatic assembly machines,
door hinges, damping elements, electrotechnical installations and
solar energy plant.
Metal/polymer ................................................................................................................. 372

composite plain bearings, Low-maintenance thrust washers and strips support axial forces and
low-maintenance facilitate rotary or linear motion as in the case of the maintenance-
free variants. Due to the presence of lubrication pockets, however,
they can be lubricated with oil or grease.
The low-maintenance plain bearing material E50 is a low-wear
material with good damping characteristics and long relubrication
intervals. The bearings have a sliding layer made from
polyoxymethylene POM.
It is only slightly sensitive to edge loads and is insensitive to shocks.
Application examples can be found in particular in the area of
production machinery, construction and agricultural equipment
as well as commercial vehicles.

00019543
00019544

Thrust washers, strips,
maintenance-free
maintenance-free
Page
Product overview Thrust washers, strips, maintenance-free ................................ 360

Lubrication............................................................................. 364
Suffixes.................................................................................. 364

safety guidelines Running-in process................................................................. 365
Design of the adjacent construction ........................................ 366
Electrical conductivity............................................................. 367
Dimension tables Thrust washers, low-maintenance,

material in accordance with ISO 3547-4,
Thrust washers, low-maintenance,
with bronze backing ............................................................... 369
Strips, low-maintenance,

Product overview Thrust washers, strips,
maintenance-free
Thrust washers EGW..-E40 EGW..-E40-B

Metal/polymer composite
plain bearings
with bronze backing
0001729B
00017359
Strips EGS..-E40
plain bearings
With steel backing
0001729C
With bronze backing EGS..-E40-B
Available by agreement
0001735A

maintenance-free
Features Maintenance-free thrust washers are used for rotary and oscillating
motion. Strips are used predominantly for linear motion or as
the basic material for other designs, such as half-cups or special
geometries.
These plain bearings are bearings for very small design envelopes.
The plain bearings are supplied with either steel backing or
bronze backing. Bearings with a bronze backing have high corrosion
resistance and very good thermal conductivity and are antimagnetic.

maintenance-free
Maintenance-free For maintenance-free metal/polymer composite plain bearings

plain bearing material from Schaeffler, the sliding material E40 and E40-B is used.
The basis of the dry lubricant is polytetrafluoroethylene PTFE
with embedded chemically non-reactive additives.
In the three-layered material, the steel or bronze backing has
a sintered porous tin/bronze sliding layer whose pores are filled with
the superimposed running-in layer, see table, Figure 1 and Figure 2.
The running-in layer is a plastic composite comprising PTFE and
additives.
Sliding and running-in layer Chemical element Proportion of mass Layer thickness
E40, E40-B w
% mm
Sliding Running-in Sliding Running-in
layer layer layer layer
Molybdenum disulphide MoS2 max. 8 0,2 0,4 0,01 0,05
Polytetrafluoroethylene PTFE 80 86
Fillers max. 5,5 max. 19
Tin Sn 7 12
Copper Cu Balance
Running-in layer
Sliding layer
Steel backing
Figure 1
000180CE
Maintenance-free
Running-in layer
Sliding layer
Bronze backing
Figure 2
000174D1
Maintenance-free
plain bearing material E40-B

The material E40 is resistant to water, alcohols, glycols and
numerous mineral and synthetic oils.
In the case of the material E40-B, the bronze backing
is additionally resistant to water vapour and seawater.
alkaline media (pH 9). The bronze backing of E40-B is not resistant
to oxidising acids and gases such as free halides, ammonia or
hydrogen sulphide, especially if these gases have a high moisture
content.
Technical data for E40 The sliding layer E40 is maintenance-free. It can be used for rotary
and oscillating motion as well as for short stroke linear motion.
The low-wear material has good sliding characteristics (no stick-
slip), a low coefficient of friction and high resistance to chemicals.
It does not absorb water (it is highly resistant to swelling),
does not tend to weld to metal and is also suitable for hydrodynamic
operation.
Maintenance-free thrust washers and strips are available in
the variants E40 and E40-B with the following mechanical and
physical characteristics, see table.
Characteristics of E40 and E40-B Characteristic Loading

Maximum pv value Continuous operation pv 1,8 N/mm2 m/s
for dry running For short periods 3,6 N/mm2 m/s
Permissible Dry running vmax 2,5 m/s
sliding velocity Hydrodynamic 2,5 m/s
operation
of thermal expansion Bronze backing Bz 17 106 K1
of thermal conductivity Bronze backing Bz 70 Wm1K1
Relative electrical resistance after running-in Rrel min 1 cm2

maintenance-free
Lubrication Plain bearings with the sliding layer E40 contain dry lubricants and
do not therefore require lubrication.
Lubrication can be used to protect the mating surface against
corrosion or simply to provide sealing against contamination.
It should be checked in advance, however, whether it is more
advantageous in such cases to use a corrosion-resistant material
for the mating surface or a different means of sealing the bearing
position.
In certain applications, the sliding layer E40 can be used in fluid
media. In this case, the improved heat dissipation may considerably
increase the operating life.
The compatibility of the media with the sliding layer E40
must be checked. Further advice should therefore be sought from
the Schaeffler engineering service.
Lubricants Oil and grease lubrication, even in very small quantities, impairs
the transfer of material during the running-in phase.
Over time, grease and small quantities of oil mix with wear debris
to form a paste that promotes wear. Solid lubricants such as
zinc sulphide, molybdenum disulphide or similar grease additives
are not permitted, since they promote this paste formation to
an increased extent.
Relubrication If it is not possible in exceptional cases to avoid the use of grease

lubrication, the bearings must be relubricated periodically.
During relubrication, old grease is replaced by fresh grease.
At the same time, the grease flushes wear debris and contaminants
out of the bearing.
If periodic relubrication is carried out, the formation of paste
comprising debris and contaminants must be avoided.

metal/polymer composite plain bearings is between 200 C and
+280 C.
The running-in layer and sliding layer may undergo swelling in
the presence of some mineral oils at temperatures above +100 C.
This could lead to jamming of the bearing.
This can be remedied by increasing the bearing clearance,
since other characteristics of the sliding layer E40 are unaffected.

E40 Maintenance-free sliding layer, with steel backing Standard
E40-B Maintenance-free sliding layer, with bronze backing

Design and The guidelines on the design of bearing arrangements and
safety guidelines on mounting and dismounting must be observed, see section Design
of bearing arrangements, page 90.
Friction At high specific bearing load and low sliding velocity, the coefficient
of friction is more favourable, see section Friction and increases in
temperature, page 69.
Running-in process During the running-in process, part of the running-in layer is
transferred to the mating surface:
This compensates uneven areas.
A mating surface with a low coefficient of friction is formed,
which acts favourably on the operating behaviour.
After running-in, some of the porous bronze layer is visible on
the sliding layer as individual areas of differing sizes, Figure 3.
This shows that the bearing is running correctly.
Before running-in
After running-in
After long operating life
Figure 3
00019A41
Typical wear pattern
of sliding layer E40
Operating behaviour After running-in, the wear of maintenance-free plain bearings

proceeds in a linear manner, Figure 4.
sMat = material removal

t = time
Wear during operation

Figure 4
00016618
Typical operating behaviour during

operating life

maintenance-free
Dimensioning and rating life The dimensioning of thrust washers and strips is summarised in
the chapter Technical principles, see section Technical principles,
page 20.
Depending on whether the bearing is subjected to dynamic or
static load, the following must be checked:
The rating life of thrust washers can be calculated if the range
of validity is observed, see tables, page 50.
For a rating life estimate in the case of strips EGS, the Schaeffler
Design The adjacent construction should be chamfered and all sharp

of the adjacent construction edges should be rounded. This allows easier mounting and prevents
damage to the sliding layer.
The optimum operating life in dry running of the sliding layer E40 is
achieved with a roughness depth of the mating surface of Rz2 to Rz3.

should therefore be ground to Rz2 or better, Figure 6, page 300.

If hydrodynamic operation is present,
the heat is dissipated predominantly via the fluid lubricant.
In the case of maintenance-free plain bearings,
the heat is dissipated via the housing and shaft.

Protection against corrosion Corrosion of the mating surface in the case of the sliding layer E40
is prevented by sealing or the use of corrosion-resistant steel.
Alternatively, suitable surface treatments may be carried out.
In such cases, electroplated protective coatings can be used to
achieve a delaying effect.
service.
cutting or non-cutting methods, such as turning, shearing, drilling or
bending.
Cut the sliding layer starting from the PTFE side, since the burr
In electroplating with high current densities or long coating times,
of the sliding layer E40, otherwise there may be a health risk.
Alternative joining methods If it is uneconomical to use dowel pins or screws,

there are economical alternative methods for location:
laser welding
soft soldering
adhesive bonding.
The temperature of the running-in layer or sliding layer must not
exceed +280 C in the case of E40.
The running-in or sliding layer must always be kept free of adhesive.
consulted, particularly on the selection of adhesives, preparation
of the surface, hardening, strength, temperature range and
elongation behaviour.
Electrical conductivity The electrical conductivity of new bearings may be lower because
the running-in layer is still present. The bronze layer is partially
exposed after the running-in process, thus improving the electrical
conductivity, Figure 3, page 365.
The electrical resistance is dependent on the size of the contact
surface.

Thrust washers
Maintenance-free
Material in accordance
with ISO 3547-4
With steel backing
00016CA8
00016654
EGW Mounting
Cutout1) dimensions

Designation Mass Dimensions Mounting Basic load ratings
dimensions
m Di Do s3 J d1 ta d6a dyn. stat.
Ca C0a
+0,4
g +0,25 0,25 0,05 0,12 +0,1 0,2 +0,12 N N
EGW10-E402) 2,6 10 20 1,5 1 20 33 000 58 900
EGW12-E40 3,7 12 24 1,5 18 1,5 1 24 47 500 84 800
EGW14-E40 4,1 14 26 1,5 20 2 1 26 52 800 94 200
EGW16-E40 5,6 16 30 1,5 22 2 1 30 70 800 126 000
EGW18-E40 6,1 18 32 1,5 25 2 1 32 77 000 137 000
EGW20-E40 7,7 20 36 1,5 28 3 1 36 98 500 176 000
EGW22-E40 8,3 22 38 1,5 30 3 1 38 106 000 188 000
EGW26-E40 10,9 26 44 1,5 35 3 1 44 139 000 247 000
EGW28-E40 13,1 28 48 1,5 38 4 1 48 167 000 298 000
EGW32-E40 16,4 32 54 1,5 43 4 1 54 208 000 371 000
EGW38-E40 20,9 38 62 1,5 50 4 1 62 264 000 471 000
EGW42-E40 22,5 42 66 1,5 54 4 1 66 285 000 509 000
EGW48-E40 37,3 48 74 2 61 4 1,5 74 349 000 623 000
EGW52-E40 39,8 52 78 2 65 4 1,5 78 372 000 664 000
EGW62-E40 50,2 62 90 2 76 4 1,5 90 468 000 836 000
Thrust washers in special sizes available by agreement.
1) Cutouts permissible on the inside or outside diameter in any quantity and position.
2) No fixing hole.

Thrust washers
Maintenance-free
with ISO 3547-4
With bronze backing
00016CA8
00016654
EGW Mounting
Cutout1) dimensions

dimensions
Ca C0a
+0,4
g +0,25 0,25 0,05 0,12 +0,1 0,2 +0,12 N N
EGW10-E40-B2) 2,8 10 20 1,5 1 20 33 000 58 900
EGW12-E40-B 4,1 12 24 1,5 18 1,5 1 24 47 500 84 800
EGW14-E40-B 4,5 14 26 1,5 20 2 1 26 52 800 94 200
EGW16-E40-B 6,1 16 30 1,5 22 2 1 30 70 800 126 000
EGW18-E40-B 6,6 18 32 1,5 25 2 1 32 77 000 137 000
EGW20-E40-B 8,4 20 36 1,5 28 3 1 36 98 500 176 000
EGW22-E40-B 9,1 22 38 1,5 30 3 1 38 106 000 188 000
EGW26-E40-B 11,9 26 44 1,5 35 3 1 44 139 000 247 000
EGW28-E40-B 14,4 28 48 1,5 38 4 1 48 167 000 298 000
EGW32-E40-B 17,9 32 54 1,5 43 4 1 54 208 000 371 000
EGW38-E40-B 22,8 38 62 1,5 50 4 1 62 264 000 471 000
EGW42-E40-B 24,7 42 66 1,5 54 4 1 66 285 000 509 000
EGW48-E40-B 41 48 74 2 61 4 1,5 74 349 000 623 000
EGW52-E40-B 43,7 52 78 2 65 4 1,5 78 372 000 664 000
EGW62-E40-B 55,1 62 90 2 76 4 1,5 90 468 000 836 000
2) No fixing hole.

Strips
Maintenance-free
Material in accordance with ISO 3547-4
With steel backing
00016C42
EGS..-E40-S3E

m s3 B B1 L
g 2 +3
EGS15260-E40-S3E 1 456 1,505 260 243 500
EGS20260-E40-S3E 1 966 2,005 260 243 500
EGS25260-E40-S3E 2 476 2,505 260 243 500
EGS30260-E40-S3E 3 048 3,065 260 243 500
B = total width
B1 = minimum usable width
Strips with a smaller wall thickness s3 and in special sizes are available by agreement.

low-maintenance
low-maintenance
Page
Product overview Thrust washers, strips, low-maintenance ................................ 374
Features Low-maintenance plain bearing material................................. 375

Lubrication............................................................................. 377
Suffixes.................................................................................. 377

Design of the adjacent construction ........................................ 378
Dimension tables Thrust washers, low-maintenance,

Strips, low-maintenance,

Product overview Thrust washers, strips,
low-maintenance
Thrust washers EGW..-E50

plain bearings
With steel backing
00017295
Strips EGS..-E50
plain bearings
With steel backing
00017296

low-maintenance
Features Low-maintenance thrust washers are used for rotary and oscillating
motion. Strips are used predominantly for linear motion or as
the basic material for other designs, such as half-cups or special
geometries.
These plain bearings are bearings for very small design envelopes.
Low-maintenance For low-maintenance metal/polymer composite plain bearings from

plain bearing material Schaeffler, the sliding material E50 is used. The basis of the sliding
layer is polyoxymethylene POM.
In the three-layered material, the steel backing has a sintered
porous tin/bronze intermediate layer whose pores are filled with
the superimposed sliding layer, see table and Figure 1.
Sliding and intermediate layer Chemical element Proportion of mass Layer thickness
E50 w
% mm
Inter- Sliding Inter- Sliding
mediate layer mediate layer
layer layer
Polyoxymethylene POM 99,6 99,8 0,15 0,5 0,2 0,5
Fillers max. 0,95 max. 0,4
Tin Sn 10 12
Copper Cu Balance
Sliding layer
Intermediate layer
Steel backing
On thrust washers: tin layer
on strips: without tin layer
Lubrication pocket
Figure 1
0001905F
Low-maintenance
Strips with steel backing Strips EGS..-E50 do not have a tin layer and have a copper layer
as a backing.

low-maintenance

The material E50 is resistant to many greases.
The tin-plated steel surface of thrust washers is adequate
protection against corrosion in most cases.
alkaline media (pH 9).
Technical data for E50 The sliding layer E50 is a low-maintenance, low-wear material
with good damping characteristics and long relubrication intervals.
It can be used for rotary and oscillating motion and for long stroke
linear motion, is only slightly sensitive to edge loads and
is insensitive to shocks.
Low-maintenance thrust washers and strips are available in
the variant E50 with the following mechanical and physical
characteristics, see table.
Characteristics of E50 Characteristics Load

of thermal expansion
of thermal conductivity

Lubrication Low-maintenance thrust washers and strips made from E50 have
lubrication pockets. The lubrication pockets retain the lubricant,
which means that an initial lubrication is sufficient in most cases.
The operating life increases if relubrication is carried out regularly.
Greases Low-maintenance plain bearings made from E50 must be lubricated

using suitable grease or oil.
Lithium soap greases with a mineral oil base are highly suitable.
Grease additives such as molybdenum disulphide, zinc sulphide or
other solid lubricants are unfavourable since they increase wear.
Greases may contain max. 5% MoS2.
Operating temperature The permissible operating temperature for low-maintenance

plain bearings is between 40 C and +110 C.

E50 Low-maintenance sliding layer, with lubrication pockets, Standard
ready-to-fit

low-maintenance
Design and The guidelines on the design of bearing arrangements and

safety guidelines on mounting and dismounting must be observed, see section
Technical principles.
Friction The characteristic coefficients of friction and the calculation

of the bearing frictional torque are given in the chapter Technical
principles, see section Friction and increases in temperature,
page 69.
Dimensioning and rating life The dimensioning of thrust washers and strips is summarised
in the chapter Technical principles, see section Technical principles,
page 20.
Depending on whether the bearing is subjected to dynamic or
static load, the following must be checked:
The rating life of thrust washers can be calculated if the range
of validity is observed, see tables, page 50.
For a rating life estimate in the case of strips EGS, the Schaeffler
Design The adjacent construction should be chamfered and all sharp

of the adjacent construction edges should be rounded. This allows easier mounting and prevents
damage to the sliding layer.
The optimum operating life of the sliding layer E50 is achieved with
a roughness depth of the mating surface of Rz2 to Rz3.

should therefore be ground to Rz2 or better, Figure 6, page 300.

If media-lubricated operation is present,
the heat is dissipated predominantly via the fluid lubricant.
In the case of low-maintenance plain bearings,
the heat is dissipated via the housing and shaft.
Protection against corrosion Corrosion of the mating surface is prevented by sealing or the use of
corrosion-resistant steel. Alternatively, suitable surface treatments
may be carried out. In the case of the sliding layer E50, the lubricant
gives additional protection against corrosion.
Fretting corrosion Due to the tin coating on thrust washers, fretting corrosion between
the steel backing of the sliding layer E50 and the housing occurs only
rarely. In such cases, electroplated protective coatings can be used
service.
Machining of plain bearings Metal/polymer composite plain bearings can be machined by

either cutting or non-cutting methods, such as shortening, drilling or
bending.
Cut the sliding layer starting from the POM side, since the burr
In electroplating with high current densities or long coating times,
of the sliding layer E50.

Thrust washers
Low-maintenance
with ISO 3547-4
With steel backing
000180D1
00016658
EGW Mounting
Lubrication pockets, Cutout1) dimensions

dimensions
Ca C0a
+0,4
g +0,25 0,25 0,05 0,12 +0,1 0,2 +0,12 N N
EGW12-E50 2,8 12 24 1,5 18 1,5 1 24 23 800 47 500
EGW14-E50 3,1 14 26 1,5 20 2 1 26 26 400 52 800
EGW18-E50 4,6 18 32 1,5 25 2 1 32 38 500 77 000
EGW20-E50 5,8 20 36 1,5 28 3 1 36 49 300 98 500
EGW22-E50 6,3 22 38 1,5 30 3 1 38 52 800 106 000
EGW26-E50 8,3 26 44 1,5 35 3 1 44 69 300 139 000
EGW28-E50 9,9 28 48 1,5 38 4 1 48 83 600 167 000
EGW32-E50 12,4 32 54 1,5 43 4 1 54 104 000 208 000
EGW38-E50 15,8 38 62 1,5 50 4 1 62 132 000 264 000
EGW42-E50 17 42 66 1,5 54 4 1 66 143 000 285 000
EGW48-E50 30,6 48 74 2 61 4 1,5 74 174 000 349 000
EGW52-E50 32,6 52 78 2 65 4 1,5 78 186 000 372 000

Strips
Low-maintenance
Material in accordance with ISO 3547-4
With steel backing
0001A00B
EGS..-E50
Lubrication pockets

m s3 B B1 L
g 0,04 2 +3
EGS10080-E50 238 0,99 80 70 500
EGS15200-E50 829 1,48 200 190 500
EGS20200-E50 1 213 1,97 200 190 500
EGS25200-E50 1 598 2,46 200 190 500
B = total width
B1 = minimum usable width
Strips in special sizes are available by agreement.

Special materials
Special designs
Special materials, special designs
Page
Special materials Glass fibre reinforced plastic................................................... 385
Maintenance-free material E421 ............................................. 386
Plain bearing material E60 for film bearings............................. 387
Special designs Product overview .................................................................... 388

Features ................................................................................. 391
Plain bushes ...................................................................... 391
Spherical plain bearings..................................................... 395
Rod ends............................................................................ 400

Special materials
Features By agreement, Schaeffler can supply plain bearings in materials

other than those stated in the product descriptions. These have
differing characteristics and areas of application.
In the case of spherical plain bearings, Schaeffler offers a glass fibre
reinforced plastic as a sliding material, in the case of metal/polymer
composite plain bearings the maintenance-free special material
E421 or the plain bearing material E60 for film bearings.
These maintenance-free special materials conform to the regulations
for lead-free plain bearings as stated in the Technical Principles.
Glass fibre reinforced plastic A glass fibre reinforced plastic plate GFK with additives of PTFE
offers a sliding layer with a very long operating life, for example
for the large spherical plain bearing GE..-DF, Figure 1.
Due to the larger sliding layer thickness, this bearing offers a longer
wear life compared to bearings with other sliding materials.
The sliding material can be lubricated and is suitable for low as well
as high sliding velocities. The operating life can be increased even
further by initial lubrication and occasional relubrication.
Examples of applications include ladle turrets or mills, since greater
clearance is permissible here and loads tend to act in one direction
only.
Sliding layer comprising GFK and PTFE
Figure 1
Large spherical
plain bearing GE..-DF
00019C06
with hard chromium/

GFK sliding contact surface

Special materials
Technical data for GFK For the important mechanical and physical characteristics
of the plain bearing material GFK, see table.
Data Characteristics Loads

Maximum pv value for dry running pv 1,2 N/mm2 m/s
Permissible specific bearing load Static pmax 120 N/mm2
Dynamic 80 N/mm2
Reduced load carrying capacity from +50 C
Maintenance-free E421 is a two-layered metal/polymer composite comprising a steel

material E421 supporting body with a plastic composite layer made from PTFE.
The particularly thin-walled material facilitates very small design
envelopes. Possible products include bushes, flanged bushes,
thrust washers, strips and special designs in accordance with
customer requirements.
Structure The material comprises a steel backing and a sliding layer, Figure 2.
As standard, the steel backing is protected against corrosion
by a zinc coating.
00019A6B
Sliding layer
Steel backing
Zinc coating as surface protection
Figure 2
Maintenance-free
Layer thickness The sliding material is available with a layer thickness of 0,5 mm.
Technical data for E421 For the important mechanical and physical characteristics
of the maintenance-free plain bearing material E421, see table.

Maximum pv value for dry running pv 1,8 N/mm2 m/s
Permissible specific bearing load Static pmax 200 N/mm2
Dynamic 150 N/mm2

Plain bearing material E60 E60 is the new plain bearing material from Schaeffler for
for film bearings maintenance-free film bearings. The metal/polymer composite
comprises a bronze rib mesh that is filled with a dry lubricant
made from polytetrafluorethylene PTFE with embedded chemically
non-reactive additives.
Structure The material comprises a rib mesh and a sliding layer, Figure 3.
A sliding layer made from PTFE is rolled and sintered into the rib
mesh. The mesh thus functions as both a carrier and a sliding layer.
000170A4
Rib mesh
Sliding layer
Figure 3
Maintenance-free
Rib mesh and sliding layer Chemical element Proportion of mass

w
%
Rib mesh Sliding layer
Tin Sn 6
Copper Cu 94
Polytetrafluoroethylene PTFE 86
Fillers 14
Film thickness The plain bearing material is available in a film thickness of 0,5 mm.
Technical data for E60 For the important mechanical and physical characteristics
of the maintenance-free plain bearing material E60, see table.

Permissible specific bearing load Static p 100 N/mm2
Dynamic p 80 N/mm2
Permissible sliding velocity vmax 1 m/s

Product overview Special designs
Plain bushes
Swivel motion or rotation
Bushes with slot
Pivoting cradle bearings
00019C42
00019EBF
Ball cups,
maintenance-free or
low-maintenance
00019C44
00019C46
Bush/pin system
00019C4B

Linear motion PAB..-PP-AS PAGBAO..-PP-AS
Linear plain bearing units
00019C53
00019C58
Linear bush with external coating
00019C5E

Locating bearings for articulated
frame steering systems
Prop shaft centring bearings
00019C61
00019C62
Flanged spherical plain bearings

Joint connecting rods
00019C63
00019C64

Product overview Special designs

for clearance-free bearing
arrangements
Gear lever bearing arrangements
00019C65
00019C66
with bellows
00019C67
Central joint bearings
00019C69

Special designs
Features By agreement, Schaeffler manufactures plain bearings as special

designs in accordance with customer requirements.
For such special designs, please consult the Schaeffler engineering
service.
The feasibility of special designs should be checked as early as
possible. This applies to the geometry and also to the costs.
Plain bushes In addition to the catalogue range of metal/polymer composite plain

bearings, there are numerous special designs which are run in either
a predominantly rotary direction or a predominantly linear direction.
A small selection of special designs already produced is shown
below, Figure 1, page 392 to Figure 6, page 394.
The following special designs are possible:
made from any plain bearing material
with different dimensions from the catalogue products
as combined components
pressed into rings
with plastic moulded parts
in different shapes
bushes with windows and holes
bushes with stamped oil grooves
blanked components
ball cups
bearing shells
with the sliding layer on the outside
with different butt joint geometries.

Special designs
Swivel motion and rotation Special designs for rotary or oscillating swivel motion are developed
in accordance with customer requirements, Figure 1 and Figure 2.
Pivoting cradle bearing

Plain bush
with lubrication groove and recess
Figure 1
00019CDF
Plain bearings
for swivel motion or rotation
Maintenance-free
Low-maintenance
00019C71
Figure 2
Ball cups

Bush/pin system In the case of ready-to-fit bush/pin systems with a clamping device,
with ELGOGLIDE plain bushes the raceway of the pin is already integrated, Figure 3. The raceway
and the sliding material are matched to each other to form a unit that
fulfils the required specifications.
The system with the integrated ELGOGLIDE plain bushes can replace
steel or bronze bushes with a relubrication facility.
These units are pressed into housings and frames and require no
additional means of axial location.
Due to the very high compressive strength of the ELGOGLIDE sliding
material, it can easily withstand shock loads as well as static
and dynamic alternating loads. Application possibilities include
articulated loaders.
Figure 3
00019C70
Ready-to-fit system
with ELGOGLIDE plain bushes

Special designs
Linear motion For linear motion, there are special designs in accordance
with customer requirements, Figure 4, and the catalogue range
of linear plain bearing units, see Catalogue WF1, Shaft Guidance
Systems, Figure 5 and Figure 6.
Linear plain bearings Linear plain bearings PAB comprise an outer ring
with pressed-in plain bearing bushes EGB..-E50.
The design PABO has a segment cut out for supported shafts.
Linear plain bearing units PAGH and PAGBA comprise a housing
and a pressed-in linear plain bearing PAB or PABO.
Figure 4
00019CCD
Plain bearing with external coating
for linear motion
PAB..-PP-AS 00019C77
Figure 5
Linear plain bearing
PAGBAO..-PP-AS
00019C78
Figure 6
Linear plain bearing unit

Spherical plain bearings Special designs of spherical plain bearings are products for specific
bearing arrangement problems and are manufactured exclusively
for specific customers or orders. The products presented here are
examples taken from a large number of such developments.
Locating bearings for articulated These bearings are used as locating bearings in articulated frame
frame steering systems steering systems for construction machinery and have a high radial
and axial load carrying capacity. They have sliding zones of a special
geometrical design, Figure 7.
This prevents edge stresses in the part of the bearing under axial
load. Since the bearings are supplied preadjusted and ready
for mounting, there is no need for clearance setting by the customer.
Figure 7
00019CC5
Locating bearing for articulated
frame steering system
Prop shaft centring bearings These bearings are centring elements capable of cardanic type
motion and are used for the damping of vibrations in rear and four
wheel drive vehicles in the centre of the coupling between
the gearbox and prop shaft, Figure 8. They support the prop shaft
mass on the coupling, thus preventing eccentricity of the elastically
coupled shafts. A lamellar ring made from spring steel sets the
internal clearance of the bearing automatically to zero, so the unit is
permanently free from clearance.
Lip seal
Lamellar ring
Centring element
00019CD3
Figure 8
Prop shaft centring bearing

Special designs
Flanged spherical plain bearings The maintenance-free flanged spherical plain bearings are used
in clutch actuation systems, Figure 9.
00019C8C
Figure 9
Flanged spherical plain bearing
Joint connecting rods Joint connecting rods with maintenance-free spherical plain
bearings are used in brake actuation systems, Figure 10.
00019CC2
Figure 10
Joint connecting rod

Spherical plain bearings This design has a steel/plastic sliding contact surface and is used
for clearance-free bearing in clearance-free bearing arrangements such as gear levers,
arrangements Figure 11.
The preloaded rubber elements allow compensation of the effects
of wear up to 0,4 mm. As a result, the bearings can exhibit preload
values comparable to those of a new bearing even after a long
operating life. After initial greasing, they are maintenance-free
for the entire operating life.
Steel inner ring

Plastic outer ring
with preloaded rubber elements
O-ring
Figure 11
Spherical plain bearing
00019CD9
for clearance-free bearing
arrangement
Gear lever bearing arrangements Gear lever bearing arrangements are developed to meet the specific
requirements of the vehicle manufacturer, Figure 12:
continuous compensation of operating clearance
constant tilting moment
maintenance-free throughout the life of the vehicle
suitable for combination with noise and vibration damping
measures.
O-ring
00019CDB
Figure 12
Gear lever bearing arrangement

Special designs
Spherical plain bearings The special spherical plain bearing has a particularly large motion
with bellows angle, with a swivel angle of = 20 and a tilt angle of = 19.
In addition, the bearing is sealed by means of bellows, Figure 13.
In comprehensive tests, reliability in terms of rating life, maximum
swivel and tilt angle, seal integrity and resistance to media was
successfully demonstrated.
The bearing is located in the adjacent construction by means of snap
rings and spacer sleeves and contributes to cost reduction due to its
ease of mounting and dismounting.
Bellows
Figure 13
00019CDC
with bellows

Central joint bearings The central joint bearing is used to connect two carriage bodies
of rail vehicles and must support not only static but also dynamic
loads occurring in operation, Figure 14. It facilitates all necessary
turning, tilting and pitching motions that occur when travelling
on curved tracks, through cuttings or where these are caused by
the nature of the track.
The central joint bearing is based on a radial spherical plain bearing
that was developed with an integral anti-lift system. The bearing
is easy to mount and is screw mounted to the upper and lower
housings. Due to its compact, low-section design, it can be used
in low-floor vehicles as well as in other types of rail vehicle.
The bearing system is protected effectively against contamination
by means of integrated seals. The inner and outer ring have special
coatings in order to give very good protection against corrosion.
Lip seal
00019CDD
Figure 14
Central joint bearing

Special designs
Rod ends For the tip/tilt cylinder pivot on fork lift trucks, special rod ends are
necessary that can support high loads despite their small design
envelope, Figure 15.
In order to support the loads, the special rod ends are forged from
high strength material. They are easy to mount and maintain.
The moving part is fixed to the rod end by means of cap head screws.
00019C85
Figure 15
Special rod end for fork lift trucks

Page
Features Products and services ............................................................. 403
Industrial Aftermarket ........................................................ 404
Mounting Toolbox mounting made easy ........................... 404
Product overview Mounting................................................................................ 406
Features Mounting services .................................................................. 407

Equipment rental .................................................................... 408
Mechanical tools .................................................................... 408
Thermal tools.......................................................................... 409
Hydraulic tools ....................................................................... 412
Product overview Lubrication ............................................................................. 414
Features Services ................................................................................. 415

Lubricants .............................................................................. 415
Lubrication devices................................................................. 415
Product overview Condition Monitoring .............................................................. 416
Features Continuous monitoring ........................................................... 417

Regular monitoring ................................................................. 418
Wear measurement system ..................................................... 419
Product overview Reconditioning ....................................................................... 420
Features Advantages ............................................................................ 421

Reconditioning level ............................................................... 421

Products and services
Features Within its industrial service concept, Schaeffler offers high quality
products, services and training, Figure 1.
Portfolio This chapter gives an overview of the portfolio:

Mounting
Lubrication
Condition monitoring
Reconditioning.
The employees of Schaeffler worldwide will be pleased to help you
select the ideal products, services and training courses, Figure 1.
0001ACF0
Figure 1
Portfolio

Products and services
Industrial Aftermarket Schaeffler Industrial Aftermarket (IAM) is responsible for replace-

ment parts and service business for end customers and sales
partners in all significant industrial sectors. On the basis of innova-
tive solutions, products and services relating to rolling and plain
bearings, the service function of Schaeffler Industrial Aftermarket
offers a comprehensive portfolio that covers all phases in the
lifecycle of the bearing and takes account of the total costs (TCO).
The aim is to help customers save on maintenance costs, optimise
plant availability and avoid unforeseen machine downtime.
Schaeffler Industrial Aftermarket offers each customer an individual
concept solution.
Schaeffler has centres of competence all around the world. This
means we can provide customers worldwide with products, services
and training quickly and professionally. All service employees
worldwide undergo a comprehensive training programme and are
audited regularly by officially certified specialists. This ensures that
services throughout the world conform to a uniformly high standard
of quality.
Mounting Toolbox The Schaeffler Mounting Toolbox, Figure 2, brings together valuable
mounting made easy knowledge relating to mounting and dismounting. In individual
video sequences, the service experts present step by step the points
that must be paid close attention for correct mounting, lubrication
and alignment.
http://mounting-toolbox.schaeffler.de
0001935A
Figure 2
Mounting Toolbox

Product overview Mounting
Thermal tools HEATER

Induction heating devices
00019193
Induction units HEAT-GENERATOR, HEAT-GENERATOR,
with medium frequency technology HEAT-INDUCTOR HEAT-INDUCTOR
00019AEE
00019AF0
Hydraulic tools HYDNUT
Hydraulic nuts
00019B00
Hand pumps for drive-up distance PUMP1000-4L-CONTROL

000179C2

Mounting
Features The Schaeffler industrial service experts offer mounting services

for plain bearings that are applicable across industrial sectors.
They have detailed knowledge and extensive experience in all
industrial sectors.
The mounting personnel in the Industrial Service function are
trained and skilled personnel who can provide reliable,
rapid and competent assistance. The services are provided either
at the customers location or in the Schaeffler workshop facilities.
Mounting services The mounting services, Figure 1, include:

mounting and dismounting of plain bearings of all types
approval inspection of adjacent parts (shafts and housings)
measurement and production inspection of tapered shaft seats,
together with provision of the necessary measuring equipment
maintenance and inspection of bearing arrangements
support in achieving optimum mounting operations
the use of modern mounting tools, such as heating by means
of the versatile medium frequency technique
the design and manufacture of special tools.
Figure 1 00019F0F
Mounting services
Advantages The mounting services give the following advantages:
extended bearing life
considerable cost reductions
less unplanned downtime
increased plant availability
correct use of plain bearings.
Further information Enquiries: tel. +49 9721 91-3142, fax +49 9721 91-3639.

Mounting
Equipment rental Customers who require special mounting and measuring equipment
only infrequently, for example in order to carry out repairs, can rent
these from Schaeffler on a weekly basis for a fee.
Schaeffler offers rental of the following equipment:
hydraulic nuts
hand pump sets
heating devices.
The devices are checked after each use by the Schaeffler experts
and, where necessary, returned to full working condition.
Further information Enquiries: tel. +49 9721 91-1133, fax +49 9721 91-3809
Service Hotline: tel. +49 2407 9149-99.
Mechanical tools Mechanical tools are designed for the mounting and dismounting of
bearings. The mounting forces are transmitted by the form fit effect.
Further information Detailed information on mechanical tools can be found in

Catalogue IS 1, Mounting and Maintenance of Rolling Bearings.

Thermal tools Induction heating devices HEATER with mains frequency technology
are used to heat plain bearings and other components with a cylin-
drical bore where a tight fit on the shaft or in the housing is intended.
Adequate expansion of the bearings is achieved in most cases at
+80 C to +100 C. During the heating operation, the maximum
heating temperature must be observed. In the case of plain bearings,
the temperature may not normally exceed +130 C, in order to avoid
damage to the seals. In all devices for heating, the temperature can
be steplessly controlled.
Wear protective gloves during mounting and dismounting of heated
parts.
Induction heating devices HEATER The induction heating devices HEATER for spherical plain bearings
up to a mass of 1200 kg have been improved further in terms
of their performance capability and safety compared with their
predecessors. They can also be used to heat sealed and greased
spherical plain bearings. In addition to the tabletop devices
HEATER10 to HEATER300, the range also includes the standalone
devices HEATER600 and HEATER1200 for larger bearings.
HEATER300 can also be converted to a mobile unit by means of
accessories.
The scope of delivery of the induction heating devices HEATER covers
a basic setup for the initial applications, Figure 2.
The spherical plain bearing to be heated is either placed horizontally
on the support rails or is suspended on the ledge.
Heating device
Ledges
Temperature sensor
Remote control
Mounting grease
Protective gloves
Cover
User manual
Figure 2
00018A3A
Scope of delivery:
Induction heating device HEATER

Mounting
Advantages of heating devices The advantages of induction heating devices are as follows:
very safe operation
high reliability
(certified in accordance with the German inspection and
certification body TV)
effective, energy-efficient heating (high efficiency level)
uniform, controlled heating
automatic demagnetisation
simple operation
high cost-effectiveness through selection of the device size most
suitable for the particular application.
The heating devices have various functions, see table.
Functions Function HEATER

10 20 40 150 300 600 1200
Demagnetisation
Program shutdown
Display of actual
temperature value
Temperature display
in C or F
Display of actual
temperature value and time
present
Operating modes The induction heating devices can be operated in the following
modes:
temperature control
time control
ramp control (size HEATER40 and above).

Induction units The heating device with medium frequency technology gives rapid,
with medium frequency technology simple and effective heating of medium-sized to large spherical
plain bearings and similar steel parts for mounting and dismounting.
The device always comprises two parts: an inductor and a generator.
The inductor can be of a flexible or rigid design. The rigid design
is particularly suitable for batch applications. The flexible design
of inductor can be wound around the components.
Each device is designed for the specific application and is fitted,
depending on the workpiece, with flexible or rigid inductors.
Due to its compact construction, the device can also be used
for mobile operation. The device can therefore be moved to
the location of the workpiece. It can therefore be used, for example,
at construction sites for wind turbines or for other large components
that are difficult to transport.
Advantages The advantages of the heating device with medium frequency

technology are as follows:
suitable for mounting
suitable for dismounting
operating frequency from 10 kHz to 25 kHz
efficiency of the generator higher than 90%
low energy requirements
short heating times
control of heating according to time and temperature
automatic demagnetisation
flexible and fixed inductors available
suitable for use either inside or outside component
lower mains connection power than heating devices with mains
frequency
almost silent
air-cooled system.

Mounting
Hydraulic tools Hydraulic tools can be used to apply large forces. These tools are
therefore particularly suitable for the mounting and dismounting
of large bearings or parts with a tapered bore.
Hydraulic nuts are used as a mounting tool. Pressure can be
generated using oil injectors, hand pumps or hydraulic units.
Hydraulic nuts Hydraulic nuts HYDNUT, see table, are used to press components
with a tapered bore onto their tapered seat. Presses are mainly
used if the drive-up forces required cannot be applied using other
accessories, e.g. shaft nuts or pressure screws.
The main area of application is:
the mounting and dismounting of spherical plain bearings
with a tapered bore.
Spherical plain bearings are available by agreement with
a tapered bore. The bearings can be seated directly on a tapered
shaft, an adapter sleeve or a withdrawal sleeve. The hydraulic nut
can also be used for the dismounting of adapter or withdrawal
sleeves.
Available hydraulic nuts Designation Design Application

HYDNUT50 to With metric fine pitch Standardised adapter and
HYDNUT200 thread to DIN 13 withdrawal sleeves
HYDNUT205 to With trapezoidal thread to With metric dimensions
HYDNUT1180 DIN 103
HYDNUT90-INCH to With inch size thread to Sleeves with inch
HYDNUT530-INCH ABMA dimensions
Standards for Mounting
Accessories, Section 8,
Locknut Series N-0
HYDNUT100-HEAVY to Increased capacity design For high mounting forces,
HYDNUT900-HEAVY with smooth bore for example
in shipbuilding
Further information For detailed information, see TPI 196, FAG Hydraulic Nuts.
Enquiries: industrial-services@schaeffler.com,
+49 2407 9149-66.

Pump for drive-up distance The hand pump PUMP1000-4L-CONTROL is particularly suitable as
a pressure generation device where special spherical plain bearings
are to be driven onto their tapered seat using a hydraulic nut,
Figure 3.
First, the bearing is driven smoothly onto the tapered seat as far as
the initial position. A suitable hydraulic nut is then screwed onto
the shaft and the hand pump is connected. The hand pump is then
operated until the pressure to reach the start position is achieved.
The pump is then operated further to drive the bearing by the
required drive-up distance and thus achieve the final position.
The user manual for the pump PUMP1000-4L-CONTROL contains
a table that shows the number of strokes necessary to achieve
the required drive-up distance of the bearing. The required drive-up
distance is calculated using the software Mounting Manager.
Hand pump
Hydraulic nut
Tapered seat
Initial position
Start position
Drive-up distance
Final position
Figure 3
Mounting of a spherical plain
00019A95
bearing using
PUMP1000-4L-CONTROL
Scope of delivery Hand pump with digital manometer

High pressure hose with coupling sleeve
Spacer ring (HYDNUT50 to HYDNUT150)
Plug-in coupling nipple
User manual
Metal case
Ordering designation PUMP1000-4L-CONTROL

Product overview Lubrication
Arcanol greases ARCANOL
00019AEA

Lubrication
Features In more than half of all cases, inadequate lubrication is the cause
of unplanned machine downtime. The life of machine elements
undergoing swivel, rotary or linear motion can be significantly
extended by the use of greases appropriate to the different operating
and environmental conditions as well as the definition of and
adherence to lubrication intervals and quantities.
Services Services relating to lubrication include:

the selection of lubricants and lubrication systems
the preparation of lubrication and maintenance plans
lubrication point management
consultancy on lubricants
lubricant investigations and tests.
Advantages The Schaeffler lubrication service helps to:

prevent failures involving components undergoing swivel,
rotary or linear motion
achieve increases in productivity
reduce lubrication costs.
Lubricants An extensive selection of high quality Arcanol rolling bearing

greases is available. In case of doubt, please consult the Schaeffler
Lubrication devices Lubricators and lubrication systems automatically provide bearings

with the correct quantity of lubricant. For manual relubrication,
grease guns are suitable.
Lever grease gun The lever grease gun, see table, can be used to manually relubricate
rod ends requiring maintenance via lubrication nipples.
The container on the lever grease gun can be filled with 500 g
loose grease or by means of a 400 g cartridge. The cartridge must
correspond to DIN 1284 (diameter 53,5 mm, length 235 mm).
The lever grease gun is connected to the lubrication nipple via
a reinforced hose. The reinforced hose must be ordered separately,
see table.
Available lever grease guns Designation Maximum Delivery quantity

delivery pressure per stroke
bar cm3
ARCA-GREASE-GUN 800 2
Available reinforced hoses Designation Length Connector

mm
ARCA-GREASE-GUN.HOOK-ON-HOSE 300 Cylindrical
lubrication nipple
with head 16 mm
to DIN 3404
ARCA-GREASE-GUN.HOSE 300 Taper type
lubrication nipple
to DIN 71412
Further information For information on products for the supply of lubricant, see
Catalogue IS 1, Mounting and Maintenance of Rolling Bearings.

Product overview Condition Monitoring
Continuous or
regular monitoring
3 2
l 1 2
3
00019D3B
20:00 06:00 t
Wear measurement system

for spherical plain bearings
00019A96

Condition Monitoring
Features The malfunction-free and optimised operation of complex machinery

and plant can only be achieved by means of condition-based
maintenance. Schaeffler uses vibration diagnosis as a preferred
method here.
This method makes it possible to detect damage in machinery at
a very early stage. This means that, for example, damaged compo-
nents can be replaced as part of planned downtime. Unscheduled
downtime is avoided.
Depending on the type of machine and its importance for the
production process, condition monitoring can be carried out
by means of either continuous (online) monitoring or regular (offline)
monitoring.
Continuous monitoring For production-critical machinery, continuous monitoring, Figure 1,

by means of vibration diagnosis is indispensable in many cases.
In addition to giving advice on selecting the right system, Schaeffler
also implements monitoring of the machine. This includes not
only hardware selection but also system configuration and, where
necessary, its integration into existing systems.
The customer can decide whether to carry out plant monitoring
himself or to enlist the services of Schaeffler for online monitoring.
Due to the communication options of the monitoring systems,
remote analysis can be carried out by the Schaeffler experts.
00017986
Figure 1
Continuous monitoring

Condition Monitoring
Regular monitoring The failure of so-called B or C category plant items not does
lead directly to downtime and does not therefore lead to expensive
secondary damage. In the case of such machine parts, regular
monitoring is generally recommended as a more economical option.
In this type of monitoring, machinery is examined and assessed
by vibration analysis at regular intervals, for example every four
weeks. This regularity gives more in-depth knowledge of the normal
condition of the machine. Deviations can thus be detected.
For the monitoring concept, the selection of measurement points
and monitoring accessories as well as the measurement interval
play a decisive role. If deviations occur during measurement or
if trends are to be investigated, the data can be sent to the Schaeffler
Diagnosis Centre. Vibration experts will then analyse the data
and prepare a diagnosis report. Through working with the Schaeffler
experts, customers can build up their own know-how in analysis.
If no personnel are available for data logging, Schaeffler can also
offer support in data logging. The Companys experts can carry out
regular measurements on site.
Troubleshooting Where malfunctions occur on a machine, defects must be detected

and rectified very quickly. Based on many years of experience with
different sectors and applications, the Schaeffler diagnosis experts
are well versed in such troubleshooting tasks.
Problems or malfunctions in machine operation often become
apparent through changes in vibration behaviour, unusual tem-
perature patterns or similar phenomena. The investigation is closed-
out by a handover discussion between the diagnosis experts and
all relevant employees on site. In addition to the results of the
investigation, the recommended countermeasures are discussed
in particular.
Further information Enquiries: industrial-services@schaeffler.com,

+49 2407 9149-66.

Wear measurement system In order to facilitate condition monitoring for plain bearings as well,
Schaeffler has developed a special measurement method.
Several sensors distributed around the circumference allow
continuous monitoring of the wear state and the temperature
in the bearing, Figure 2.
In order to measure the depth of wear on a sliding layer in a
maintenance-free spherical plain bearing, inductive sensors can
be used. The data can be used, for example, to assist in calculating
when the sliding layer will come to the end of its life. As a result,
service intervals can be planned for reconditioning of the bearing.
The wear measurement system is available by agreement for large
spherical plain bearings. These special bearings must be matched
and calibrated specifically to the relevant application. In this case,
please consult the Schaeffler engineering service.
Figure 2
00019D3A
with wear measurement system

Product overview Reconditioning
Reconditioning
of plain bearings
00019DDE

Reconditioning
Features Many bearings are replaced completely in the course of maintenance

work although they could be restored to almost as-new condition by
means of reconditioning. In the case of maintenance-free spherical
plain bearings with ELGOGLIDE, this may represent an economically
attractive alternative, Figure 1.
Before reconditioning
After reconditioning
Figure 1
00019E29

before and after reconditioning
Advantages The advantages for the customer are as follows:
longer useful life due to high quality maintenance work
short downtime periods due to swift implementation
of the maintenance process
little mounting work, since the bearings are returned
in a condition ready for mounting
reduced maintenance costs due to preventive maintenance.
Reconditioning level Before reconditioning, the bearing is dismounted, cleaned and

examined. The processing steps required are established and
a proposal is prepared. The scope of reconditioning of plain bearings
is subdivided into levels, see table.
Level I to Level II Processing steps Level

I II
Removal of fretting corrosion
Reconditioning of outer ring:
remove worn ELGOGLIDE sliding layer
bond and cure new ELGOGLIDE sliding layer
Reconditioning of inner ring:
remove chromium layer
apply new chromium layer
Assembly
Preservation

Addresses
Argentina Canada Denmark

Schaeffler Argentina S.r.l. Schaeffler Canada Inc. Schaeffler Danmark ApS
Av. Alvarez Jonte 1938 100 Alexis Nihon Suite 390 Jens Baggesens Vej 90P
C1416EXR Buenos Aires Montral, QC H4M 2N8 8200 Aarhus N
Argentina Canada Denmark
Tel. +(54) 11 / 40 16 15 00 Tel. +(1) 514-748-5111 Tel. +(45) 70 15 44 44
Fax +(54) 11 / 45 82 33 20 +(1) 800-361-5841 Toll Free Fax +(45) 70 15 22 02
info-ar@schaeffler.com Fax +(1) 514-748-6111 info.dk@schaeffler.com
info.ca@schaeffler.com
Australia Egypt
Schaeffler Australia Pty Ltd
Chile Delegation Office
Unit 3, 47 Steel Place Schaeffler Chile Ltda. Schaeffler Technologies
Morningside, QLD 4170 Jose Tomas Rider 1051 25, El Obour Buildings Floor 18 Flat 4
Australia Providencia Salah Salem St.
Tel. +(61) 7 / 3399 9161 7501037 Santiago 11371 Cairo
Fax +(61) 7 / 3399 9351 Chile Egypt
martin.grosvenor@schaeffler.com Tel. +(56) 2 477 5000 Tel. +(20) 2 24012432
Fax +(56) 2 435 9079 Fax +(20) 2 22612637
Austria sabine.heijboer@schaeffler.com schaeffleregypt@schaeffleregypt.com
Schaeffler Austria GmbH China Finland
Ferdinand-Plzl-Strae 2
2560 Berndorf-St. Veit Schaeffler Holding (China) Co., Ltd. Schaeffler Finland Oy
Austria No. 1 Antuo Road Lautamiehentie 3
Tel. +(43) 2672 202-0 (west side of Anhong Road) 02770 Espoo
Fax +(43) 2672 202-1003 AnTing, JiaDing District Finland
info.at@schaeffler.com 201804 Shanghai Tel. +(358) 207 36 6204
China Fax +(358) 207 36 6205
Belgium Tel. +(86) 21 3957 6666 info.fi@schaeffler.com
Fax +(86) 21 3957 6600
Schaeffler Belgium S.P.R.L./B.V.B.A. info_china@schaeffler.com France
Avenue du Commerce, 38
1420 Braine LAlleud Schaeffler Hong Kong Co., Ltd. Schaeffler France SAS
Belgium Unit 3404-5 34/Floor, 93 route de Bitche, BP 30186
Tel. +(32) 2 / 3 89 13 89 Tower One Lippo Center 67506 Haguenau
Fax +(32) 2 / 3 89 13 99 89 Queensway France
info.be@schaeffler.com Hong Kong Tel. +(33) 3 88 63 40 40
China Fax +(33) 3 88 63 40 41
Tel. +(852) 2371 2680 info.fr@schaeffler.com
Brazil Fax +(852) 2371 2680
Schaeffler Brasil Ltda. sales_hk@cn.fag.com
Av. Independncia, 3500-A
Germany
Schaeffler Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
Bairro den Taiyuan Office Schaeffler Technologies GmbH & Co. KG
18087-101 Sorocaba, SP Room 1209, 12th Floor, Industriestrae 1 3
Brazil Shanxi International Trade Center 91074 Herzogenaurach
Tel. +(55) 0800 11 10 29 West Tower Germany
Fax +(55) 1533 35 19 60 No. 69 Fuxi Street Tel. +(49) 9132 82-0
sac.br@schaeffler.com 030002 Taiyuan, Shanxi Fax +(49) 9132 82-4950
China info.de@schaeffler.com
Bulgaria Tel. +(86) 351 8689260 Schaeffler Technologies GmbH & Co. KG
Schaeffler Bulgaria OOD Fax +(86) 351 8689261 Georg-Schfer-Str. 30
Dondukov-Blvd. No 62 info.cn-taiyuan@schaeffler.com 97421 Schweinfurt
Eing. A, 6. Etage, App. 10 Germany
1504 Sofia Croatia Tel. +(49) (9721) 91-0
Bulgaria Fax +(49) (9721) 91-3435
Schaeffler Hrvatska d.o.o. faginfo@schaeffler.com
Tel. +(359) 2 946 3900 Ogrizovieva 28b
+(359) 2 943 4008 10000 Zagreb
Fax +(359) 2 943 4134 Croatia Great Britain
info.bg@schaeffler.com Tel. +(385) 1 37 01 943 Schaeffler (UK) Ltd
Fax +(385) 1 37 64 473 Forge Lane, Minworth
info.hr@schaeffler.com Sutton Coldfield B76 1AP
West Midlands
Czech Republic Great Britain
Tel. +(44) 121 3 13 58 70
Schaeffler CZ s.r.o. Fax +(44) 121 3 13 00 80
Prbn 74a info.uk@schaeffler.com
100 00 Praha 10
Czech Republic
Tel. +(420) 267 298 111
Fax +(420) 267 298 110
info.cz@schaeffler.com

Hungary Mexico Romania
Schaeffler Magyarorszg Ipari Kft. INA Mxico, S.A. de C.V. - S.C. Schaeffler Romania S.R.L.
Rtkz u. 5 Rodamientos FAG, S.A. de C.V. Aleea Schaeffler Nr. 3
1118 Budapest Henry Ford #141 507055 Cristian/Brasov
Hungary Col. Bondojito Romania
Tel. +(36) 1 4 81 30 50 Deleg. Gustavo A. Madero Tel. +(40) 268 505000
Fax +(36) 1 4 81 30 53 07850 Mexico D.F. Fax +(40) 268 505848
budapest@schaeffler.com Mexico info.ro@schaeffler.com
Tel. +(52) 55 5062 6085
India Fax +(52) 55 5739 5850 Russia
distr.indl.mx@schaeffler.com
FAG Bearings India Limited Schaeffler Russland GmbH
B-1504, Statesman House, Netherlands Leningradsky Prospekt 47, Bau 3
148, Barakhamba Road Business-Center Avion
New Delhi 110 001 Schaeffler Nederland B.V. 125167 Moscow
India Gildeweg 31 Russia
Tel. +(91) 11 237382-77/-78 3771 NB Barneveld Tel. +(7) 495 7 37 76 60
+(91) 11 415214-76/-77 Netherlands Fax +(7) 495 7 37 76 61
Fax +(91) 11 515214-78 Tel. +(31) 342 40 30 00 info.ru@schaeffler.com
info.fag.delhi@schaeffler.com Fax +(31) 342 40 32 80
info.nl@schaeffler.com Serbia
FAG Bearings India Limited
Maneja Schaeffler Technologies
Vadodara 390 013 New Zealand Reprsentanz Serbien
India Schaeffler New Zealand Branka Krsmanovica 12
Tel. +(91) 265 2642651 (Unit R, Cain Commercial Centre) 11118 Beograd
Fax +(91) 265 2638804 / 10 20 Cain Road Serbia
info.fag.in@schaeffler.com 1135 Penrose Tel. +(381) 11 308 87 82
New Zealand Fax +(381) 11 308 87 75
Italy Tel. +(64) 9 583 1280 fagbgdyu@sezampro.yu
+(64) 021 324 247
Schaeffler Italia S.r.l. (Call out fee applies)
Via Dr. Georg Schaeffler, 7 Singapore
Fax +(64) 9 583 1288
28015 Momo (Novara) sales.nz@schaeffler.com Schaeffler (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
Italy 151 Lorong Chuan, #06-01
Tel. +(39) 0321 929 211 New Tech Park, Lobby A
Fax +(39) 0321 929 300 Norway 556741 Singapore
info.it@schaeffler.com Schaeffler Norge AS Singapore
Grenseveien 107B Tel. +(65) 6540 8600
Japan 0663 Oslo Fax +(65) 6540 8668
Norway info.sg@schaeffler.com
Schaeffler Japan Co., Ltd. Tel. +(47) 23 24 93 30
New Stage Yokohama 1-1-32 Fax +(47) 23 24 93 31
Shinurashima-cho Slovak Republic
info.no@schaeffler.com
221-0031 Yokohama Schaeffler Slovensko, spol. s r.o.
Japan Nevdzova 5
Tel. +(81) 45 274 8211 Poland 821 01 Bratislava
Fax +(81) 45 274 8221 Schaeffler Polska Sp. z o.o. Slovak Republic
info-japan@schaeffler.com Budynek E Tel. +(421) 2 43 294 260
ul. Szyszkowa 35/37 Fax +(421) 2 48 287 820
Korea 02-285 Warszawa info.sk@schaeffler.com
Poland
Schaeffler Korea Corporation Tel. +(48) 22 8 78 41 20
Seoul Branch Slovenia
Fax +(48) 22 8 78 41 22
A-501, 1258, Guro-dong, Guro-gu, info.pl@schaeffler.com Schaeffler Slovenija d.o.o.
Seoul, 152-721 Glavni trg 17/b
Korea 2000 Maribor
Tel. +(82) 2 2625-8572 Portugal Slovenia
Fax +(82) 2 2611-6075 INA Rolamentos Lda. Tel. +(386) 2 22 82 070
Arrbida Lake Towers Fax +(386) 2 22 82 075
Luxembourg Rua Daciano Baptista Marques Torre C, info@schaeffler.si
181, 2 piso
Schaeffler Belgium S.P.R.L./B.V.B.A. 4400-617 Vila Nova de Gaia
Avenue du Commerce, 38 South Africa
Portugal
1420 Braine LAlleud Tel. +(351) 22 5 32 08 00 Schaeffler South Africa (Pty.) Ltd.
Belgium Fax +(351) 22 5 32 08 60 1 End Street Ext. Corner Heidelberg Road
Tel. +(32) 2 / 3 89 13 89 info.pt@schaeffler.com 2000 Johannesburg
Fax +(32) 2 / 3 89 13 99 South Africa
info.be@schaeffler.com Tel. +(27) 11 225 3000
Fax +(27) 11 334 1755
info.co.za@schaeffler.com

Addresses
Spain Ukraine
Schaeffler Iberia, s.l.u. Schaeffler Ukraine GmbH
C/ Foment, 2 Zhylyanskaya Str. 75, 5.
Polgono Ind. Pont Reixat Bussines Center Eurasia
08960 Sant Just Desvern Barcelona 01032 Kiew
Spain Ukraine
Tel. +(34) 93 4 80 34 10 Tel. +(380) 44 520 13 80
Fax +(34) 93 3 72 92 50 Fax +(380) 44 520 13 81
info.es@schaeffler.com info.ua@schaeffler.com
Sweden USA
Schaeffler Sverige AB Schaeffler Group USA Inc.
Charles gata 10 308 Springhill Farm Road
195 61 Arlandastad Corporate Offices
Sweden Fort Mill, SC 29715
Tel. +(46) 8 59 51 09 00 USA
Fax +(46) 8 59 51 09 60 Tel. +(1) 803 548 8500
info.se@schaeffler.com Fax +(1) 803 548 8599
info.us@schaeffler.com
Switzerland
HYDREL GmbH
Badstrasse 14
8590 Romanshorn
Switzerland
Tel. +(41) 71 4 66 66 66
Fax +(41) 71 4 66 63 33
info.ch@schaeffler.com
Taiwan
Schaeffler Taiwan Co. Ltd.
23F, No.76, Sec. 2, Dunhua S. Rd.,
Daan Dist.
Taipei
Taiwan
Tel. +886 2 7730 1911
Fax Fax +886 2 2707 9964
info.tw@schaeffler.com
Turkey
Schaeffler Rulmanlari Ticaret Limited
Sirketi
Aydin Sokak Dagli Apt. 4/4
1. Levent
34340 Istanbul
Turkey
Tel. +(90) 212 2 79 27 41
+(90) 212 280 77 98
Fax +(90) 212 281 66 45
+(90) 212 280 94 45
info.tr@schaeffler.com

Schaeffler Technologies Schaeffler Technologies
GmbH & Co. KG GmbH & Co. KG
Industriestrae 1 3 Georg-Schfer-Strae 30
MATNR 083165991-0000 / HG 1 / GB-D / 201407 / pdf only
91074 Herzogenaurach 97421 Schweinfurt

Germany Germany
Internet www.ina.com Internet www.fag.com
E-mail info.de@schaeffler.com E-mail faginfo@schaeffler.com
In Germany: In Germany:
Phone 0180 5003872 Phone 0180 5003872
Fax 0180 5003873 Fax 0180 5003873
From other countries: From other countries:
Phone +49 9132 82-0 Phone +49 9721 91-0
Fax +49 9132 82-4950 Fax +49 9721 91-3435

Plain Bearings PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Plain Bearings PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Plain Bearings

Spherical plain bearings

Schaeffler Technologies GmbH & Co. KG

Reproduction in whole or in part without our

Worldwide presence Through a closely knit network of development and manufacturing

Definition This catalogue gives descriptions of standard and special bearings.

X-life is the premium brand of Schaeffler. Plain bearings identified

Thrust washers, strips

Mounting and maintenance

Load carrying capacity and life Basic load ratings...................................................................... 35

Internal clearance and Operating clearance of spherical plain bearings ...................... 72

Design Adjacent construction of spherical plain bearings.................... 90

Mounting and dismounting General guidelines ................................................................. 116

ISO tolerances ISO tolerances for bores ......................................................... 126

Support of load and Bearing type Load Motion Compensation

Radial spherical plain bearing, rod end

Angular contact spherical plain bearing

Axial spherical plain bearing

Shaft diameters in catalogue range Bearing type Shaft diameter

1) Other combinations are available by agreement.

Type of maintenance Type of maintenance Sliding layer Description

p = specific bearing load

p = specific bearing load

Nominal bearing size

C/P = Cr/P or Ca/P

Nominal bearing size

C/P = Cr/P or Ca/P

of spherical plain bearings

Radial spherical plain bearing

Axial spherical plain bearing

Combined loading If spherical plain bearings are subjected simultaneously to radial

Calculation of axial spherical plain bearings, Figure 6, page 39:

The correct spherical plain bearing is selected as follows:

Radial spherical plain bearings,

X = axial load factor

spherical plain bearings,

X = axial load factor

Axial spherical plain bearings,

Axial spherical plain bearings:

Bushes and radial component of flanged bushes:

Thrust washers and axial component of flanged bushes:

Flanged bush, radial force:

Flanged bush, axial force:

For combined swivel and tilt motions in spherical plain bearings,

Specific diameter Plain bearing Specific diameter

1, 2 = tilt angle

In the case of intermittent operation, the sliding velocity during one

Operating clearance Load direction Sliding layer

Wear of the load zone Failure criterion Sliding layer

Operating clearance and Load direction, Sliding contact surface

Range of validity Sliding layer, pv value1) Specific load2)

1) The maximum permissible bearing load as function of velocity is determined

Range of validity Sliding layer, Sliding velocity Temperature

Calculation service In the product selection and information system medias,

Symbols, units and definitions,

Checking of the range of validity,

Maintenance-free and Rating life of maintenance-free and low-maintenance bearings:

Bearings requiring maintenance Rating life of bearings requiring maintenance:

Rating life of bearings requiring maintenance taking account

P = equivalent dynamic bearing load

Symbols, units and definitions Lh h

Maintenance-free and Ser- Sliding layer Motion Correction factors

Maintenance-free Series Sliding layer Correction factors

1, 2 = tilt angle

fN = correction factor

1) Relubrication only possible with tilt angle = 0.